SlideShare a Scribd company logo
2012:
   HUMANKIND
AT A CROSSROADS
 A Call to Action




                    Lauren Tratar
Undoubtedly, you have heard much about 2012, cataclysm and ‘end
 times.’ However, the most significant aspect of this story is not yet
   commonly known: Ancient secret knowledge was destined to be
unveiled at a time when Humankind could no longer survive without
               the Ancient knowledge. That time is now.
    The release of this knowledge will trigger a transformation of
 consciousness in our world which will impact almost every aspect
of life. Additionally, it will allow us to resolve the myriad challenges
           we are now facing and create a promising future.
 Past civilizations went to enormous lengths to alert our civilization
   to the deeper meaning behind 2012 so that we could utilize this
          once-in-26,000-year opportunity as it was intended:
                to move into the next stage of evolution.
However, an unsuspecting power seeks to block our progress and
derail our efforts: our own resistance to explore what lies outside
                       of our comfort zones.

  It is my hope that you are ready and willing to explore this
knowledge, for the Ancients tell us that this is a choice each one
               of us will be called upon to make.

 To learn how you can make a difference at this unprecedented
  moment in history, view this presentation and if you deem it
    credible, pass it forward for we are all in this together.
Our mission is to “inspire and empower others to live life as a
 joyful, magical experience. By simplifying ageless wisdom into
practical tools and techniques, we (An Alliance of Angels) intend
   to improve the quality of life, alleviate unnecessary pain and
 simultaneously, recreate our world for the highest good of all!”
                                             From my heart to yours,
                                                       Lauren
2012
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROAds
“Evolution made civilization steward of this planet. One hundred
   thousand years later, the steward stood before evolution, not
 healer, but parasite. A gifted society in so many ways, trapped at
last by greed and lack of vision. It ravaged the forests into desert,
 consumed the soul of the land in mine-pits and waste, smothered
    its air and its oceans, sterilized the earth with radiation and
 poisons. A million million chances it had to change, but it would
  not. From the ground it dug luxury for a few, jobs for the rest,
 and graves for the children of all. In the end, the children didn’t
              agree, but the children had come too late.
            How could a civilization have been so blind?”
That, friends, is an excerpt from
a novel entitled ‘One’ by Richard
 Bach. It describes one possible
  future for mankind — a future
   some believe to be the most
          probable future.

   But I am about to present
compelling evidence which states
  that you and I have both the
  power and responsibility to
       change that future.
Thousands of years ago, numerous civilizations all over this
planet — not geographically close to one another — took great
   pains to communicate essential information for those of
                 us living from 1987-2012.
They spoke of this 25 year period as a
major milestone in the evolution of mankind –
 a time when we would have the opportunity
      to birth the next stage of evolution.
However, unlike milestones of the
 past that occurred subtly and
gradually beneath the surface of
        everyday life...
this one is different.
To gain admittance into the next stage of evolution
           we first must pass a test…
a test of consciousness.
During this era, crises, conflicts, and great upheavals were
destined to occur. As we attempted to resolve these crises using
 our current methods — predominantly power and force — we
 would ultimately hit a brick wall for those methods would no
                       longer be effective.
At that point, we, as
   humankind, would
 stand at a crossroads
  where we would be
  called upon to alter
the course we are now
  on and consciously
   choose our future.
“For millennia, humankind has wandered in darkness… but now
  there is a change coming. After hurtling blindly through history,
mankind has reached a crossroads. This moment was predicted long
 ago, prophesied by ancient texts, medieval calendars, by the stars
     themselves. The date was specific, its arrival imminent, and
preceded by a brilliant explosion of knowledge, a flash of clarity to
  illuminate the darkness and give mankind a final chance to veer
          away from the abyss and take the path of wisdom.
             Our destiny is to light this torch of wisdom.”
                 — Dan Brown - The Lost Symbol pg-54
“‘Open your eyes,’ they were saying, ‘there is more.’ More depth,
      height, dimension, perspectives, choices than we have ever
imagined... Throughout history there were lone individuals here and
    there, or small bands at the fringes of science or religion, who,
      based on their own experiences, believed that people might
 someday transcend narrow ‘normal’ consciousness and reverse the
brutality and alienation of the human condition. They celebrated the
  freedom found in the larger context and warned of the dangerous
blindness of the prevailing view. Long before global war, ecological
    stress, and nuclear crisis struck, they feared for the future of a
  people without a context. Although they themselves moved beyond
       the dominant ideas of their day, they carried few of their
   contemporaries with them. Most often they were misunderstood,
  lonely, even ostracized.... Their ideas, however, served as fuel for
                         future generations.”
                                               — Marilyn Ferguson
                                             The Aquarian Conspiracy pp 45-46
What are we opening our eyes to?
How might we light this torch of wisdom and create our future?
The answers to those questions are contained in this presentation
                 I have divided into 6 sections:
SECTION 1


        The Ancient Prophecies:
The Significance of the Time We Are Now
                  Living
SECTION 2


       The Bigger Picture:
The Process of Evolution and How it
              Unfolds
Section 3


The Most Formidable and Unsuspecting
     Threat Now Facing Humanity
Section 4


Unveiling the Ancient
      Mysteries
Section 5


The Obstacles We Must Remove From our
  Path Before We Can Progress into the
         Next Stage of Evolution
Section 6


What You Can Do at This Critical
 Moment in History to Ensure a
       Promising Future
“This knowledge is poised to open a new door of understanding and
once the door is cracked, it is only a matter of time before everything
changes.”                              — DAN BROWN The Lost Symbol pg-100
The information I am about to reveal is going to challenge what you
   thought you understood about the world and life itself. This will
 trigger an instinctive response to reject what contradicts what you
have been taught thus creating a barrier to your personal evolution
                  as well as our collective evolution.
“Your acquired knowledge, education, and convictions
       automatically reject new perspectives.”
                                        — patricia cori
                                           Atlantis Rising -pg 39
Why does this happen?
From the moment you arrived,
 you have been “downloaded”
   with information which has
   created your belief system.
 This, in turn, has created your
      comfort zone, and your
     mind/ego has the job of
   guarding that comfort zone.
   Your ego is programmed to
ensure your survival, therefore
  it has built a fortress around
your belief system/comfort zone
complete with soldiers ready to
   shoot anyone who dares to
     approach the front gate.
“Throughout history, humankind has been resistant to change
and to the acceptance of new ideas. Historical lore is replete with
  examples. When Galileo discovered the moons of Jupiter, the
 astronomers of that time refused to accept or even look at these
  satellites because the existence of these moons conflicted with
                      their accepted beliefs.”
                                                  — Dr. Brian Weiss
                                           Many Lives, Many Masters - pg 10
“The brain chooses
between conflicting views. It
 represses information that
    does not fit with its
dominant beliefs. Unless, of
course, it can harmonize the
   ideas into a powerful
         synthesis.”

   — Marilyn Ferguson
   The Aquarian Conspiracy pg 72
The purpose of this presentation is to provide you with that
powerful synthesis which ‘connects the dots’ between the various
  realms of life, thereby providing a new context from which to
   understand how life operates at the most fundamental level.
Be advised, at this critical juncture in human history you must be
willing to step outside of your comfort zone and contemplate the
      bigger picture: the human race and our home, Earth.
Also, bear in mind that if you are not growing and evolving...
You are withering and dying...
“Grasshopper, look beyond the game, as you look beneath the
          surface of the pool to see its depths.”
                       — Master Po
“The most beautiful thing we can experience is the mysterious. It
is the source of all true art and science. He to whom this emotion
is a stranger, who can no longer pause to wonder and stand rapt
         in awe, is as good as dead: His eyes are closed.”
                        — Albert Einstein
“Do not believe what you have heard. Do not believe in tradition
   because it is handed down many generations. Do not believe in
anything that has been spoken of many times. Do not believe because
 the written statements come from some old sage. Do not believe in
  conjecture. Do not believe in authority or teachers or elders. But
 after careful observation and analysis, when it agrees with reason
     and it will benefit one and all, then accept it and live by it.”
                                                    — The Buddha
“To shape your future, you have to be ready and
       able to change your paradigms.”
                                          — Joel Barker
              Paradigms: The Business of Discovering the Future
“The philosophies of one age have
 become the absurdities of the next,
and the foolishness of yesterday will
 become the wisdom of tomorrow.”
                    — William Osler
“There is no absolute knowledge and those who claim it, whether
 they are scientists or dogmatists, open the door to tragedy. All
   information is imperfect. We have to treat it with humility.”
                                             — JOSEPH BRONOWSKI
“A blanket of dogmatic thought is so
deeply seeded in the mass mind that
  it seems to obliterate almost all
 curiosity regarding the possibility
         of anything new.”
                    — patricia cori
                    Atlantis Rising - pg 182
Because of this instinctive reaction to resist information which
 does not currently exist in your belief system, I’m going to ask
that you suspend your judgment while you view this presentation
  and meet me in a place that Rumi, a Sufi poet who lived in the
                        1200's, spoke of...
“There is a place
beyond right and
     wrong.
 I will meet you
     there.”

    — Rumi
I ask that you meet me in a place of neutrality and allow me to
   present a case for your consideration for I have amassed a
compelling body of evidence which supports the thesis I am about
  to present. After hearing my case, it will then be up to you to
    weigh this evidence and arrive at a verdict. Fair enough?
This presentation includes knowledge from myriad diverse
sources including that of ‘metaphysical’ origin. For the Ancient
 wisdom was not to be the only means of providing advanced
 knowledge to humanity at this critical point in our evolution;
      off-planetary intelligences were also to contribute.
And just in case you are uncomfortable
 with anything categorized as “Metaphysical,”
      or that which is beyond the physical,
a well-known person whose intellect has passed
              the test of time stated:
“The more I
study Physics,
the more I am
   drawn to
Metaphysics.”

— Albert Einstein
Each of the sources within this presentation contributes a piece
 to the puzzle of life which when connected, provides a startling
new worldview that has the power to change the world as we now
            know it - just as the Ancients prophesied!

However, keep in mind that this presentation is not the ‘be all end
all.’ I do not profess to have all the answers. My goal is to inspire
    you to look further and deeper if your curiosity becomes as
                           piqued as mine.
“This information opens the floodgates of a new
thinking and has the power to usher in a fundamental
 shift in the consciousness of man thus changing the
            course of human development.”
                                      — DAN BROWN
                                      The Lost Symbol pg 54
“This era is the result of a climax of human self-reflective
thought resulting in an exponential change in consciousness in
           which all becomes revealed and known."
                                       — Vladimir Vernadsky
Before we go any further I’ve got to ask you a really important
                          question…

   the same question Morpheus posed to Neo in the movie
                      “The Matrix:”
Are you ready for the red pill?
Which means:
Are you ready to go down the ‘rabbit hole’ and explore what lies
            beneath the surface of life experience?

 Because once you learn the secrets, you cannot unlearn them.

     So if you’re not ready, I recommend that you exit this
                       presentation now.
What qualifies me to be the messenger of this information?
I have been a life-long student
      of esoteric wisdom.
 The ‘dog-eat-dog’ world we
  live in never made sense to
   me. I believed that we, as
 humanity, must have missed
   something. We must have
       taken a wrong turn
     somewhere so I began
  searching for truth. And the
   truth I discovered was so
incredible, so life-changing, I
   had to share it with others
  which impelled me to write
          my first book:
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
The subtitle of this book is:
The Secret to Life Unveiled: Who
 You Really Are, How Life Really
Operates, And How to Unleash the
    Incredible Power Within!
In a nutshell, this book is about a
premise you may be familiar with:
your thoughts
 create your
   reality
Though many are familiar with this premise, the process of using
      thought to create life experience can be challenging.

The Ancients knew just how challenging it would be and referred to
                 those of us living in this era as:
             “Those who walk between the worlds.”

 To make the transition into the “next world” a bit easier I created
“Life” as a workbook and guide that takes the power of thought out
of the realm of the esoteric and philosophical and into everyday life.
After “Life” was released in January of 2001, I began speaking
    at various book stores and was scheduled to deliver a final
lecture in a series I was giving at my local Borders book store on
                       September 11, 2001.
  But when the horrific attacks occurred on that day, I canceled
that talk, as I, and most everyone else in the country, was reeling
     over these events. Nonetheless, my phone began to ring.
Some attending this lecture series wanted to know if I could shed
   a deeper light on these tragedies for I was teaching that
                ‘nothing in life is an accident.’

                    And I believed I could...

  While conducting research for “Life,” I had discovered much
 about the significance of the time we are now living. However, I
but didn’t include that information because this book had already
        grown to 632 pages and I had to stop somewhere.

 But when the tragic events of September 11 occurred, I felt this
information was so important it compelled me to write a second
                             book…
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
Today, I have learned so much more about 2012 I felt compelled
   to share this knowledge in the form of this presentation.

 I have learned that the events of September 11, 2001 not only
     had a higher purpose, but signaled the beginning of a
confluence of alarming events meant to awaken humanity to the
   critical evolutionary juncture we are now in the midst of.

 The degree of pain we undergo during this period will depend
 upon just how tenaciously we choose to cling to our outmoded
                   ideas and belief systems.
SEPTEMBER 11, 2001:
a 9-1-1 emergency call
    to Humankind
Asian Tsunami
DECEMBER 2004
Hurricane Katrina
 AUGUST 2005
Haitian Earthquake
 JANUARY 2010
Chilean Earthquake
 FEBRUARY 2010
BP Gulf of Mexico
    Oil Spill
   MAY 2010
APRIL 2010 - Volcanic
 eruption in Iceland
FEBRUARY 2011
Earthquake in New
     Zealand
MARCH 2011
     Japanese
Earthquake/Tsunami
and Nuclear Threat
In addition to these devastating disasters, we are now juggling a
          host of new overwhelmingly complex issues;

most notably the debilitating effects of the economic crisis which
         is restructuring the very fabric of our society.

 Our middle class is undergoing a massive exodus into a newly
 created poverty class perpetrated by the unbridled greed and
  utter refusal to acknowledge the global consequences of the
              actions taken by those on Wall Street.
Economic Crisis
SEPTEMBER 2008
More and more people
 are suffering: unable
  to find a job, losing
     their homes to
   foreclosure, going
  bankrupt in record
  numbers, watching
their retirement funds
 diminish before their
 very eyes. Businesses
   are failing; banks
  closing, real estate
prices plummeting and
   ghost towns being
  created as a result.
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
We are discovering that many in our government have been so
 threatened by the banking industry and their lobbyists, those who
bankroll their elections, they have been forced to do their bidding as
             opposed to what our forefathers intended:
         a government which represents “We, the People.”
We are forever engaged in the futility of war and paying its ever-
      increasing price in terms of money and human life.
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
To make matters worse, the
 “Doomsday Clock” now stands
  at 5 minutes before midnight -
illuminating even greater threats
     to life as we now know it.

  Created in 1947, this clock
    warns how close we, as
Humankind, are to catastrophic
  destruction — the means by
   which we can obliterate
 ourselves, represented by the
      figurative midnight.
Among the group of scientists
who determine the level of threat
 to humanity are 19 Nobel prize-
  winning Laureates. Their focus
 today is on two major means of
           catastrophe:
 1) The threat created by 27,000
nuclear weapons — 2,000 of them
 ready to launch within minutes;
     2) Climate change — the
  destruction of human habitats
    upon which we depend for
             survival.
“We stand at the brink of a second nuclear age. Not since the
 first atomic bombs were dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki
has the world faced such perilous choices. North Korea’s recent
 test of a nuclear weapon, Iran’s nuclear ambitions, a renewed
emphasis on the military utility of nuclear weapons, the failure to
adequately secure nuclear materials, and the continued presence
 of 26,000 nuclear weapons in the United States and Russia are
  symptomatic of the failure to solve the problems posed by the
              most destructive technology on earth.”
                               — “doomsday” Atomic Scientists
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
"As scientists, we understand the dangers of nuclear weapons and
 their devastating effects, and we are learning how human activities
   and technologies are affecting climate systems in ways that may
forever change life on Earth. As citizens of the world, we have a duty
  to alert the public to the unnecessary risks that we live with every
day, and to the perils we foresee if governments and societies do not
 take action now to render nuclear weapons obsolete and to prevent
                        further climate change.”
                                                 — stephen hawking
                                                  “Doomsday Clock” Scientist
"Nuclear weapons still pose the most catastrophic and immediate
      threat to humanity, but climate change and emerging
  technologies in the life sciences also have the potential to end
                    civilization as we know it.”
                                               — sir martin rees
                                              “Doomsday Clock” Scientist
“In these dangerous times, scientists have the responsibility to
  speak truth to power especially if it might provoke actions to
   reduce threats from the preventable technological dangers
    currently facing humanity. To do anything else would be
                           negligent.”
   “Global warming poses a dire threat to human civilization.
 Through flooding and desertification, climate change threatens
  the habitats and agricultural resources that societies depend
   upon for survival. As such, climate change is also likely to
contribute to mass migrations and even to wars over arable land,
               water and other natural resources.”
                                                 — Lawrence Krauss
                                         Bulletin Member & professor of Physics
                               and Astronomy at Case Western Reserve University
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
And how are the majority of us responding to these monumental
                            issues?
We are on “input-
    overload.” As
 individuals, we feel
  powerless to make
      any kind of
      meaningful
     difference so
   we abdicate our
  power to those we
  believe to be more
powerful than us and
  assign to them the
 task of “fixing” our
        world…
“Most of humanity are passive reactionaries, moving along
in a very unassertive manner until something upsets the status
    quo, and only then dealing with the momentary upset in
       order to reestablish the pace of their daily lives.”
                                                 — patricia cori
                                                 Atlantis Rising-pg 182
However, at this critical evolutionary
juncture, responding to these issues by
    ignoring them may be unwise.
For alarming events were destined to continue and intensify until
 they touched the lives of almost every person on the face of this
                              planet.
Why?
The Ancients tell us that discomfort, pain, conflict, and struggle
                     have a higher purpose:
They are catalysts for evolution…
signals to awaken us to the beginning of a new evolutionary cycle.
“Crises and conflict serve as a catalyst calling you
to transcend the beliefs around you. You must look
  within and ask if you are ready to be sovereign
             and claim your power.”
                                    — PATRICIA CORI
                              No More Secrets, No More Lies
The alarm clock is
ringing louder and
 louder with each
   passing day...
So, are you willing to wake-up and begin building a foundation of
    knowledge and understanding so that we have the tools to
            resolve the challenges we are now facing?

 Are you ready to learn how we can create a promising future?

   If so, let’s begin with the ancient prophecies and learn the
importance of the time we are now living for the Ancients left us
 the knowledge we need to navigate these challenges with hope
                         and empowerment.
Section 1


The Ancient Prophecies:
 The Significance of the
Time We are Now Living
Some allege that the ancient prophecies are simply myth.
However, a common thread runs through these prophecies which
               makes them difficult to dismiss.
  Albert Einstein felt the ancient prophecies were actually a
                      source of knowledge.
“The Ancients knew something which
    we seem to have forgotten.”
        — albert Einstein
What is the common thread in the ancient
              documents?
From 1987-2012 mankind would undergo the most radical
transformation of consciousness ever experienced on this planet.
“Prophecy of a coming enlightenment, a transformation of our
human minds into their true potentiality, is echoed in virtually
 every faith, culture, era, philosophical tradition, and in every
                       corner of the world.”
                                                   — Dan Brown
                                                 The Lost Symbol pg 408
The Ancients spoke of this time as:
“The Time of Trial on Earth”
  “The Shift of the Ages”
  “The Great Awakening”
   “The Apocalypse…”
which in Greek means: the “lifting of the veil,”
the Ancients explain is the veil of incomplete understanding
              that now pervades life on earth.
“This is the time of the Great
Initiation, Global Awakening.
All is to be revealed now. The
 veil is lifting. Apocalypse is
            upon us.”
       — Patricia Cori
    No More Secrets, No More Lies
What were the Ancients trying to convey to those of us in the future?
Let’s begin with a basis of understanding.
   Many ancient civilizations were highly evolved and possessed
 knowledge those of us living today can only understand with the
     assistance of computers and satellite probes. They built
   observatories, charted the movement of the stars through the
heavens, and discovered that just as a cycle of seasons exists on a
  planetary level, there is also a cycle of seasons that exists on a
                             cosmic level.
The Ancients learned that our solar system orbits the Milky Way
galaxy in an elliptic pattern whose far end carries us to a distant
                        point from its core.
 This long cosmic cycle occurs every 25,920 years and is called
 “The Precession of the Equinoxes,” as it relates to the Earth’s
 wobbling on its axis. The Ancients created a calendar detailing
  the precession; the movement of the stars during this cycle as
           they orbit through each house of the zodiac.
2012
Mayan expert John Major Jenkins tells us that ancient
civilizations all over the world were aware of this 25,920 year
                           precession.
“The Sumerians, Tibetans, Egyptians, Cherokee, Hopi, Maya,
  Kabbalists, Essenes, Navajo, Apache, Iroquois, Dogons,
Greeks, and Aborigines all had knowledge of the 25,920 year
     Precession and developed calendars based on it.”
                                      — John Major Jenkins
The Ancient calendars
  indicate that we are now
approaching the end of this
25,920 year cycle which will
  culminate at noon on the
       winter solstice:
     December 21, 2012.
On that heralded day, a rare
 celestial conjunction in our
solar system will occur: the
  Earth and sun will align
   with the equator of our
     Milky Way galaxy.
Because the ‘end time’ of this cycle was so significant, the Ancients
  attempted to communicate its importance with great intention by
 whatever means they could think of: stone monuments, pyramids,
 temples and tombs all over the world, many of which are encoded
               with precise calendrical computations.
Why did the Ancients take such great pains to communicate this
           knowledge to those living in the future?
The end of this cycle has ramifications:
As Earth draws nearer to the equator of the Milky
 Way, the energy at its core affects the energy on
Earth triggering geophysical changes in weather
   patterns, an increase in solar flares, and the
 magnetic north of Earth shifting a few degrees -
 events having the potential to cause cataclysm.
The Ancients wanted to make sure that we were aware of these
 potentials so that we would know what to expect and could
                   prepare for these events.
Could this Ancient knowledge be accurate?
Data derived from ocean
sediment and core drilling
all over our planet confirm
 that the Earth has indeed
    undergone cycles of
      cataclysm which
 correspond with the cycle
     dates the Ancients
         recorded.
Paleoclimatic evidence
 shows that whenever
this 25,920 year cycle
  has occurred in the
    past, it has been
    accompanied by
 climate change, mass
    extinctions and
 evolutionary change.
The Ancients tell us that
specific events occur during
          this cycle:
1) The magnetic fields on Earth decline.

Fact: Scientists have traced the magnetic fields of Earth since
 1837 when Carl Friedrich Gauss invented the first device for
 measuring the field. Data now shows a ten percent decline in
  Earth's magnetic field —a rate twenty times faster than the
   natural decline rate would have been if the power source
creating the Earth's magnetic field had completely stopped. At
 this rate, the magnetic field could virtually disappear in 2000
                               years.
2) There is a sharp increase in the sun’s
              energy reaching Earth.

 Fact: NASA predicts an unusually powerful “Solar Maximum”
sunspot season for 2012 though it may peak as early as late 2011.
  This intense solar activity occurs roughly every 11 years due to
   cyclic changes to the Sun's magnetic field. Regions on the sun
continue to generate extremely energetic solar flare activity which
   sends charged particles crashing into the outer fringes of the
  Earth's atmosphere at a high velocity, generating auroras and
     geomagnetic storms thereby disrupting satellite and other
                 electromagnetic communications.
3) Global temperatures increase.
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
4) Polar ice sheets melt and collapse.
5) Global sea levels rise.
6) Mass extinctions occur

 Fact: Scientists agree that we have entered an unprecedented
period of mass extinction not seen since the age of the dinosaurs.
   While estimates vary, extinction is occurring at a pace 100 to
    1,000 times greater today than natural extinction with ever-
    increasing intensity. According to a United Nations report,
  almost a quarter of the world's mammals face extinction within
   30 years, among them; lions, wild dogs, cheetahs, elephants,
gorillas, Siberian tigers, and the black rhinoceros. The UN report
  has identified more than 11,000 endangered animal and plant
 species — including more than 1,000 mammals and one in eight
                            bird species.
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
Mass extinctions
Is there anything we can do about this?
The Ancients say yes, if we open our minds and utilize the “secret
 wisdom” — information prophesied to be revealed during this
     era; information I will reveal later in this presentation.
Author Gregg Braden explains in “Fractal
  Time,” that our Universe is composed of
 cycles within ever-repeating cycles. We are
  now in the midst of a major “end cycle;”
 December 21, 2012 marking the end of one
   cycle and the beginning of a new cycle.
 Although this end cycle is accompanied by
  geophysical events, we have the ability to
    minimize the effects of these events; to
influence the magnitude of how these events
  unfold. Braden explains that the cycles of
the universe are never-ending and with each
     successive end-cycle, the inevitable
 geophysical events grow more intense until
  humanity “wakes up,” passes the tests of
  consciousness and progresses to the next
             phase of evolution.
“Those who do not learn from history are doomed to repeat it.”
                                                 — unknown
“There is a universal truth underlying all life: all things are
constantly changing and evolving and the higher reflection of
                  that process is cyclical.”
                                                — PATRICIA CORI
                                                 Atlantis Rising pg 20
The
 prophecies
 urge us to
wake-up and
  seize this
opportunity
to evolve so
that we can
mitigate the
  degree of
 discomfort
     we
 experience
 during this
    cycle.
Could the
ancient myths
  be true?
Similar stories appear in many cultures around the world which
 speak of past civilizations that experienced global catastrophe
             and the near extinction of humankind.
“There is a remarkable convergence, a uniformity of ancient
 traditions evident within stories all over the world; a familiar
                   theme of divine warning.”
“The same symbolic language is used in ancient traditions and
myths from many widely scattered regions of the world. This is
   hardly coincidental. These myths mix the familiar theme of
   catastrophe with the quite separate theme of precession.”
                     — Graham Hancock
                     Fingerprints of the Gods- pg 247
Graham Hancock spent years
  researching evidence left by past
     civilizations and concluded:
  “Through myths, the voices of the
 Ancients speak to us. If we go back
  far enough, the focus of the great
         myths is cataclysm.”
       “All around the world a
 remarkable uniformity of symbolic
 motifs recurs: the great flood; the
great cold, and the great upheaval.”

               — graham hancock
          Fingerprints of the Gods-pg 199&222
One of the most common stories is that of Noah and the Ark.
“More than 500 deluge legends are known around the world; 20
   Asiatic, 3 European, 7 African, 46 American, and 10 from
   Australia and the Pacific. Researcher Dr. Richard Andree
       concluded that 62 were entirely independent of the
          Mesopotamian and Hebrew accounts.” pg193
“A similar story is told in Vedic India more than 3000 years ago
   where a wise man named Manu was warned of the coming
deluge. He was sent a large ship and ordered to load it with two
 of every living species and the seeds of every plant. Just after
 Manu accomplished these orders, the ocean rose, submerged
      everything and a new age of the world began.” pg196
 “The Biblical deluge marked the end of a world age, and the
             beginning of a new age: our own.” pg 197
                                           — graham hancock
                                                Fingerprints of the Gods
If geophysical changes are inevitable, what specific steps do we
                      now need to take?
We need to identify the issues and societal structures which no longer
serve the highest good and reform these structures. We cannot ‘fix’ an
 issue by covering it with ‘bandaid’ upon ‘bandaid.’ Rather we must
        expose the core issue and create anew from that point.
The Ancients explained that the issues facing
mankind would be illuminated during this end
    cycle in a process they referred to as
    “The Purification,”“Cleansing,” or
              “Intensification.”
What creates this intensification?
As we approach the equator of the Milky Way, the
  electromagnetic energy emanating from its core interacts with
   and accelerates the energy on Earth. This results in an acute
 polarity between those who seek reform from those who seek to
    maintain the old ways, thus exposing that which serves the
    highest good from that which does not. The masks worn by
 people to veil their hypocrisy are revealed through this process,
the higher purpose of which is to illuminate our issues personally
and collectively, so that we can acknowledge them, resolve them,
     and by doing so, progress to the next stage of evolution.
The financial crisis of 2008 exposed the flagrant fraud and crimes committed by
 those on Wall Street who own our government and control our worlds resources.
   Silently and tragically over the past 100 years, they have manipulated We, the
People through lie after lie utilizing their greatest strategy: “divide and conquer.”
  This enables them to divert our attention from them, the true culprits, to fighting
  among ourselves on absurd issues. This sham is structured to serve a few at the
 expense of the majority. It is inherently flawed and requires a complete revision.
The manner in which we treat the
   whole of humanity, especially the
weakest members of our civilization, is
 a litmus test: a test of consciousness.
“The measure of a civilization is how it treats its weakest
                      members.”
                                                    — Gandhi
“The test of a civilization is the way that it cares for its helpless
                             members.”
                                                    — Pearl S. Buck
“The moral test of government is how that government treats
those who are in the dawn of life, the children; those who are in
 the twilight of life, the elderly; those who are in the shadows of
          life; the sick, the needy and the handicapped."
                                           — hubert H. Humphrey
“You can judge
a nation by the
way it treats its
most vulnerable
   citizens.”

 — Aristotle
“Once to every man
and nation comes the
moment to decide, and
  the choice goes by
  forever ‘twixt that
  darkness and that
        light.’”

   — James Russell
       Lowell
       1819-1891
The Maya spoke of the 25 years preceding 2012 as the
“Great Hall of Mirrors,” for we, as Humankind, as well as each
  of us individually, will be forced to face those mirrors and
   examine our behavior with ourselves, others and nature.
The Maya
 explain that
 the cycles of
 the universe
generate these
 processes so
     that a
  civilization
can evolve its
understanding
      and
 fundamental
integrity with
  everything
  that exists.
“The white man
knows how to make
 everything but he
does not know how
  to distribute it.”

  — Sitting Bull
Only after the last tree
 has been cut down,
Only after the last river
 has been poisoned,
Only after the last fish
   has been caught,
 Only then will man
 discover that money
   cannot be eaten.


- cree indian wisdom
During this period of Purification, the circumstances of our test
of consciousness will be in place and life will resemble a famous
             excerpt from “A Tale of Two Cities:”
“It was the best of times and it was
 the worst of times; it was the age of
wisdom, it was the age of incredulity;
 it was the season of light, it was the
season of darkness; it was the spring
    of hope, it was the darkness of
despair; we had everything before us,
we had nothing before us; we were all
 going direct to Heaven, we were all
    going direct the other way…”
                  — Charles Dickens
How we respond to these “tests” will
   be one measure of the level of
 consciousness our civilization has
attained over the past 25,920 years.
To tackle the specific issues
we need to resolve, we must
begin with a basic question
    Dr. Phil poses when
 presented with an issue:

“Is what you are currently
doing working for ‘you’”?
“You” being Humankind.
We also need to listen to what others are saying; those who are
 examining and learning from the mistakes, we, in the United
States have made; those who can assess from a distance which
           structures no longer serve the majority.
In a rare interview,
    CNN’s highly
 esteemed journalist,
  Fareed Zecharia,
asked Chinese Prime
    Minister, Wen
 Jiabao, his view on
governing. And in my
estimation, his reply
    was very wise.
“We had one important thought: that socialism can practice
market economy. Give full play to the basic role of market forces
in allocating resources under the macro-economic guidance and
 regulation of the government. Ensure that both the visible hand
            and the invisible hand are given full play.”
   Prime Minister Wen Jiabao citied two books, circa 1776, by
                 Adam Smith which inspired him.
"The Wealth of Nations:” which addresses the invisible hand of market
forces; and “The Theory of Moral Sentiments:” which deals with social
   equity and justice, stressing the importance of the regulatory role of
   government. The prime minister agreed with Smith’s ideas stating:
  “If most of the wealth in a country is concentrated in the hands of the
        few, the country can hardly have harmony and stability.”
Although the word “socialism” will incite some, at this critical
  stage we must transcend the rhetoric and work on behalf of the
  human race. We must recognize that the wealth of our country
   has indeed shifted dramatically to a few at the expense of the
  majority. Our representatives must now garner the courage to
look beyond the next election and work for the majority of people,
                not the corporations and lobbyists.
I personally know many people impacted by the Economic crisis:
     Upstanding citizens, who worked hard all of their lives to
establish a business, buy a home within their means and pay their
taxes. Those same people are now losing their businesses or jobs,
  their homes to foreclosure. Their credit scores, the measure of
“worthiness” in our society, have plummeted to the degree that it
   will be years before they will ever be able to get credit again.
They have literally been stripped bare and now face an uncertain
    future, perhaps even homelessness. And how are they being
  treated by those who perpetrated these conditions? The banks
and credit card companies are carrying on as though nothing has
  happened; for them it is ‘business as usual.’ They are preying
upon these people, raising interest rates, cutting available credit,
  demanding payment and threatening litigation - to people who
  did nothing to create the conditions they are now caught up in.
How long will average people
  tolerate not being able to feed
their families or send their kids to
college while a wealthy few at the
       top enjoy conspicuous
           consumption?

  Energy always seeks balance;
     it is a tenet of physics.

So this is a wake-up call; a call to
action. The underlying structures
in our society which do not serve
the highest good will not change
 until we, the people, the “silent”
majority, speak up and demand it.
“Humanity has arrived at this critical evolutionary point before
 without successfully balancing the material and spiritual aspects of
 life. As a result, Earth went through drastic physical changes to rid
herself of those who had the potential to destroy her, and Humankind
     had to begin this journey again at the most primitive level of
consciousness. In our distant past, civilizations existed which became
     technologically advanced, but not spiritually advanced. This
imbalance led to their demise. And so, our ancestors left information
    for us to discover and contemplate which warn of geophysical
          changes that periodically afflict our planetary home.
   Around the year 2012, however, there appears to be a fork in the
road of human destiny. Which path opens for us is determined by the
choices we make. The die has been cast and each soul must choose to
                    turn toward the light or the dark.”
                                                          — Eden Sky
“Think of the Earth as a living organism that is being attacked by
  billions of bacteria whose numbers double every forty years.
         Either the host dies, the virus dies, or both die.”
                                                    – Gore Vidal
"Our planet can be renewed or ravaged. Now is the time to
awaken and take action...The prophesized Earth changes are
going to happen, but our attitude and actions determine how
                  harsh or mild they are.”
                                           — Carlos Barrios
                                              The Book of Destiny
“The ancients felt the overwhelming need to transmit messages to
  future civilizations. They went to enormous lengths to provide
   convincing proof that theirs was a serious and scientifically
 advanced civilization. [They had a] sense of urgency that seems
    to have enlightened all their works and deeds... saying that
  cyclical, recurrent and near-total destructions of mankind are
part and parcel of life on this planet; that such destructions have
         occurred before and will certainly occur again.”
                                             — Graham Hancock
                                         Fingerprints of the Gods-pg 497:498
“Astrological mapping of the years up to 2012 provide valuable
 insights into the nature of the coming changes upon the planet.
The way in which we respond to the released celestial energies is
crucial because the upside of desperate circumstances will be an
accelerated flowering of the spirit amongst people who can relate
 positively to what is happening. From the perspective of events
   working themselves out as part of an intense global healing
 crisis, this is an initiation process for the whole of humanity. An
 astrological natal chart for December 21, 2012 says with great
                     deliberation: “This is a test.”

                                                        – moira timms
                                           Beyond Prophecies and Predictions
Our ancestors are warning: “This is a test...” If we fail to act, that
response is a choice and our future experience will reflect that choice.
With this information in mind,
let’s now examine the prophecies from
        different civilizations:
ancient Mayans

We are exiting the Fifth Age of Man –
     the “Age of the Intellect”
And entering the Sixth Age of Man —
       the “Age of the Gods”
The Classic Maya were extremely intelligent, possessing advanced
 knowledge of the written language, mathematics and astronomy,
       referred to by science as ‘The Maya Phenomenon.’
According to the Maya,
December 21, 2012 is the
  beginning of “a new
   world age — a new
       creation.”
  They explain that the
  world we create will
depend upon the choices
     we make now.
The Classic Maya state that we are now living in the fourth “sun”
   or great solar cycle, which will end on December 21, 2012. On
December 22 , 2012, we will begin a new fifth “sun,” which we are
           being told to now “dream” or create right now.
The Maya describe three different ages that existed in the past, each
 ending in cataclysm created by mankind. They explain that when a
   civilization arrives at the end of a “great cycle,” it is given the
 opportunity to evolve, but if it fails the ‘test,’ the evolution of man
                      must start all over again.
The Maya understood that the cyclical nature of the galaxy
remains constant and never changes. It is only “Man’s process
      toward Perfection,” i.e. evolution, which changes.
“We are now in a transition period called the
           ‘Cycle of the Merge of the Dark and the Light.’
  The cycle of the light will come in full force on 12/21/2012.
    The world will not end; it will be transformed. Earth will
  transcend to a new level of consciousness where everything
   will change. Change is accelerating now and will continue
to accelerate. We will rise to a new higher level but to get there
   we must transform enormously powerful forces that seek to
  block the way. Earth can be renewed or ravaged. Now is the
        time to awaken and take action. This is a crucially
          important moment for humanity and for Earth.”
                                               — Gerardo Barrios
“Mayan prophecies have been astonishingly exact regarding the
war in Iraq, the destruction of the Twin Towers, conflicts such as
     those between India and Pakistan and between Israel and
  Palestine, the tsunamis, earthquakes and floods are just a few
   examples. The predictions that have not yet come to pass are
even more catastrophic - but there is time to change the outcome!
       Our Grandfathers warn of calamities and the possible
 destruction of a large part of humankind, so that we can change
 such events. The Mayan Elders want to caution us that we must
  live in harmony, become aware, stop polluting, and safeguard
   our natural resources. The damage we have already done to
               Mother Earth is more than obvious.”
                                               — Carlos Barrios
                                                    The Book of Destiny
“We are in a Time of Trial, a sacred
 testing, a Great Crossing. We must
find the ways to live in harmony and
     peacefully coexist within our
  Biosphere; our survival depends
      upon our awakening to the
       interdependence of life.”

        — Carlos Barrios
           The Book of Destiny
“During the last few years preceding 2012, we are told that we
  must disintegrate the corruption within the traditional world
 order. For those who choose the old ways, it will be the end of
their world. For those who pledged allegiance to the sacredness
of life and the planet, the sound the old makes as it crumbles will
                be the sound of one egg cracking.”
                                               — Carlos Barrios
                                                     The Book of Destiny
Hopi prophecies

     We are exiting the
“Fourth World of Destruction”
      and entering the
   “Fifth World of Peace”
The Hopi, whose name means "people of peace," have sacred
traditions that go back thousands of years. Their prophecies state
 that a great purification would take place on Earth; a time when
 the world would shudder and tremble causing much destruction
  in order to cleanse the planet of the karmic negativity we have
              created while serving as its caretakers.
“The Hopi spoke of three previous “Suns,” (world ages) each
culminating in a great annihilation followed by the gradual re-
 emergence of mankind. They explain that the first world was
destroyed by fire; the second ended when the terrestrial globe
toppled from its axis and everything was covered with ice; the
third ended in a universal flood; and the fate of the fourth, our
 present world, will depend on whether or not its inhabitants
       behave in accordance with the creator’s plans.”
                                            — graham hancock
                                           Fingerprints of the Gods- pg 198
The Hopi warn that humankind now stands at a critical point of
    decision where we must choose everlasting life or total
                        destruction.
Hopi wisdom
   explains:


 “We now face the
final test of human
  consciousness:
  we must restore
 our oneness with
 creation. We are
going home. It is a
 process. It is like
the seed becoming
  the green shoot
    and then the
      flower.”
“The key to going through these changes lies in meditation and
prayer and giving love to all things: people, animals, plants and
  mountains for the spirit is one of the cantinas (expressions of
                    spirit) which are many.”
                                                 — Hopi wisdom
Lakota Sioux prophecies

We are exiting a period of chaos and destruction
 and entering a period of harmony and unity
The Lakota prophecies tell us that the transition
into the new era would begin when a rare white
   buffalo was born. The father of this buffalo
  would die shortly after its birth and then this
buffalo would change its color four times — each
 color representing one of the root races in our
 world and symbolizing the coming together of
                   humanity.
As prophesied, in August of
   1994 an extremely rare
    white buffalo, named
   “Miracle” was born in
   Janesville, Wisconsin.
  Miracle’s father died ten
  days later and amazingly
  her coat indeed changed
 color over the next 3 years:
from white to black to red to
           yellow.
“Miracle”
color changes 1994-1997
The Lakota prophecies also tell us that if
we fail to achieve harmony at this evolutionary juncture...
life as we now know it… will end.
Hindu prophecies
      We are exiting the Kali Yuga,
        “The Age of Ignorance”
      and entering the Satya Yuga,
“The Golden Age of Truth and Knowledge”
The Hindu separated the great
25,920 year cycle into periods
 known as Yugas. They tell us
 that we are now living at the
    close of the Kali Yuga:
    an era characterized by
  darkness, suffering, greed,
 and violence - an age where
the helpless become targets to
       be preyed upon.
But in the near future, we will
  transition into the “Satya”
Yuga - an era characterized by
   virtue and wisdom where
misery, hatred, and illness no
          longer exist.
Kali Yuga   Satya Yuga
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
The Hindu prophecies explain that the transition into
 the next yuga would occur when problems became
     amplified and hypocrisy reached its zenith.
 The discomfort produced from these actions would
   compel us to seek solutions which would then
        usher in the next stage of evolution.
“The Indian Vedas [the primary texts of Hinduism] tell us that
     cataclysms occasionally overtake the world and [in the
     process]the written scriptures are destroyed. After each
destruction there are survivors, ‘wise men’ who ‘repromulgate at
the beginning of the new age the knowledge inherited by them as
   a sacred trust from their forbearers in the preceding age.’”
                                           — graham hancock
                                       Fingerprints of the Gods-pg 483-484
ancient EGYPTIANS




We are exiting the “Piscean Age”
and entering the “Aquarian Age”
The ancient Egyptians were an incredibly sophisticated culture
possessing advanced abilities in design, architecture, engineering
      and construction incapable of being replicated today.

The Giza complex of ancient Egypt is the last of the seven ancient
wonders of the world. The great pyramid is considered one of the
 most mysterious enigmas which exists today, and is the largest
         and most massive stone structure in the world.

Egyptologists claim that the Pyramids were built by pharaohs as
tombs, however, the Great Pyramid did not contain a pharaoh's
           body, a treasure chamber, nor treasures.
                  What then was its purpose?
Legend
                    claims that encoded
              in its architecture is a proph-
          etic message containing the past and
         future history of our planet. If this was
   indeed the intent of the Egyptians, they had a tall
order, for they had to construct a monument that would
not only endure for eons, but be understood by a future
                        civilization.
The word
                   pyramid perhaps sheds
               light on its meaning. In Greek,
           the word "pyra" means light or visible,
       and the word "midos," means measures. Hence,
    the Great Pyramid of Giza has been called "the center
of measurement and enlightenment (knowledge)" for centuries.
Scientist and mathematician, Sir Isaac Newton was mesmerized by
    both the legend of the Pyramid and its incredible accuracy of
  construction. After studying the measurements made by numerous
 investigators before him, Newton recognized that key measurements
 would produce round numbers if he utilized the Sacred Jewish Inch,
a unit of measure said to have been used in ancient times. The sacred
Jewish inch is 1/25 of a sacred cubit, or 1/1,000 inch larger than the
  British inch, and has a meaning beyond measurement for the Bible
           often employs substitutions such as days for years.
  Using one pyramid inch to represent one year, the pyramid reveals
                unmistakable geometrical relationships.
*The relationship between Pi (p) and Phi (F) is expressed in the
fundamental proportions of the Great Pyramid.
*The length of a base is 9,131 Pyramid Inches from corner to
corner in a straight line.
*The length of a base side at the base socket level is 9,131
Pyramid Inches or 365.24 Pyramid Cubits. (365 days in a year)
*The length of a base side at sidereal socket level is 9,131.4
Pyramid Inches or 365.256 Pyramid Cubits.
*The length of the perimeter at the sidereal socket level is
36,525.63629 Pyramid Inches.
*The perfect formula height of the pyramid including the missing
apex is 5813.2355653763 Pyramid Inches, calculated from
perimeter of base divided by 2 Pyramid Inches.
*The height to the missing apex is 5,812.98 Pyramid Inches.
*The volume of the pyramid is: V = 1/3 base area x height =
161,559,817,000 cubic Pyramid Inches = 10,339,828.3 cubic
Pyramid Cubits. [(5,813.2355653 Pyramid Inches)/3 x 9 131
Pyramid Inches x 9 131 Pyramid Inches]
*The sum of the pyramid's two base diagonals in Pyramid Inches
= length of the Precession of the Equinoxes (25,827 years)
* The distance from the ceiling of the King's Chamber to the apex
of the pyramid = 4,110.5 Pyramid Inches, the radius of a circle
whose circumference = the precession of the equinoxes. [4,110.5
x ”2 “ Pyramid Inches = 25,827]
*The outside surface stones are cut within 0.01 (1/100th) inch of
perfectly straight and at nearly perfect right angles for all six
sides, and placed together with a gap between them of 0.02 inch
designed to allow space for glue to seal and hold the stones
together.
*The perimeter of the 35th course of blocks, thicker than any of
the other courses, reveals a figure which corresponds with the
precession of the equinoxes.
*The mortar used to connect the casing stones and make them
watertight is still intact and stronger than the blocks that it joins.
*The Ascending Passage rises at the same angle, 26.3 degrees,
as the angle of decline of the Descending Passage.
*The Descending Passage lines up with the Pole Star. With the
length of the passage 334 feet long, the angle of view is only + or
- 1/3 of a degree. Because of the slow motion of the stars, the
passage lines up precisely to a Pole Star only once every several
thousand years. Stars move, and the Pole Star, Alpha Draconis
has not been in direct alignment with the Descending Passage for
thousands of years. However, a new Pole Star, known as the
North Star, or "Polaris,” aligned with the floor of the
Subterranean Passage in 2004.
*Each year the North Star shines further down the Descending
Passage thus illuminating the entrance to the Well Shaft in 1997.
*The Pyramid's immense weight is supported by a flat solid
granite mountain directly under the Pyramid.
*The Pyramid is located at the exact center of the Earth's land
mass. Its East-West axis corresponds to the longest land parallel
across the Earth and the longest land meridian on Earth passes
right through the Pyramid.
* A universal relationship exists between the diameter of a circle
and its circumference. The height of the Pyramid's apex is
5,812.98 inches, and each side is 9,131 inches from corner to
corner (in a straight line). If the circumference of the Pyramid is
divided by twice its height (the diameter of a circle is twice the
radius), the result is 3.14159 – pi — demonstrated many times in
the pyramids precise construction.
*The great pyramid was built to face true North.
*The Pyramid's cornerstones have balls and sockets built into
them. After 4,600 year, this structure would have been
significantly damaged without such construction.
*Each of the Pyramids four walls, when measured as a straight
line, are 9,131 inches, for a total of 36,524 inches — moving the
decimal point over = 365.24 — the exact length of the solar year.
*The average height of land above sea level (Miami being low
and the Himalayas being high), as can be measured only by
modern-day satellites and computers is 5,449 inches — the exact
height of the Pyramid.
*The four sides of the Pyramid are very slightly and evenly
bowed in exactly replicating the curvature of the earth; the
radius of this concave bow is equal to the radius of the Earth.
CHRONOLOGICAL MEASUREMENTS?
  When years are substituted for inches, some allege that the Great
  Pyramid becomes a prophetic calendar. Dates shown include the
alignment of the last Pole Star Draconis in 2141 B.C., the start of the
Pyramid's construction in 2623 B.C., the Exodus of the Israelites from
 Egypt in 1453 B.C., the death of Christ in 33 A.D., and the start of
                        World War I in 1914.
In addition to the incredible stone monuments the Egyptians
constructed, they also possessed an astonishingly accurate zodiac
          calendar which spanned thousands of years.
This calendar ended on September 17, 2001;
     six short days after the September 11 attacks –
   a day that changed the course of history and forced
many choices which would impact the future of Humanity.
 Some say that September 2001 marked the beginning of
  the most intensive end phase of our “test” where the
       level of our collective consciousness would
                       be revealed...
This calendar is called the Dendera disk, an ancient celestial
   zodiac clock ticking away Earth’s journey through time. It is
 embedded into the stone ceiling of the Dendera temple complex
  in Egypt and clearly marks the shift from one world age to the
next as well as one zodiac sign to the next. More intriguing, every
 zodiac sign is close to its successor with the exception of Pisces
 and Aquarius. Between these two signs is a symbol called “the
    Square of Pegasus” – a tablet that holds the ‘programs of
destiny;’ telling us that during the cycle we are now in, there is a
         window of opportunity for Humankind to evolve.
:
“Historical records contain
  indisputable evidence that secret
 wisdom came out of ancient mystery
schools in Egypt. They taught that the
Pyramid represents enlightenment: an
architectural symbol of ancient mans
 ability to break free from the earthly
 plane and ascend toward Heaven —
the supreme source of illumination.”
                       — DAN BROWn
                     The Lost Symbol pg-129
In addition to the knowledge left by the Ancients, other sources
have also attempted to communicate critical knowledge to those
                of us living in this historic cycle,
                         “if we can read.”

        One of those sources is the highly controversial
                        “Bible Code,”
considered by some to be the most compelling enigma in history.

 The Bible Code not only corroborates the Ancient wisdom, but
warns that during the narrow window of time we are now living,
 we must learn the ancient wisdom and consciously utilize it to
                       create our future.
What is the Bible Code?
For more than 3,000 years
 it was alleged that a code
  existed within the Torah;
the first five original books
         of the Bible.
  Dating back to medieval
 times, rabbinical scholars
wrote about the discovery of
meaningful words hidden in
      this Hebrew text.
“The rule is that all that was,
 is, and will be unto the end of
time, is included in the Torah;
 from the first word to the last
   word. And not merely in a
  general sense, but as to the
  details of every species and
   each one individually, and
details of details of everything
that happened to him from the
day of his birth until his end.”
        — The Genius of Vilna
                an 18th Century Sage
The Biblical book of
   Daniel speaks of
‘sealing the book’ until
   ‘the end of time.’
“Go your way, Daniel, for the words are shut up and sealed
until the time of the end. Many shall purify themselves and make
    themselves white and be refined, but the wicked shall act
wickedly. And none of the wicked shall understand, but those who
                    are wise shall understand.”
                                                     — The Bible
                                                     Daniel 12: 9, 10
“But you, Daniel, shut up the
 words and seal the book, until
the time of the end. Many shall
run to and fro, and knowledge
        shall increase.”

         — The Bible
           Daniel 12:4
Sir Isaac Newton was
among those who believed
that the Bible contained a
hidden prophecy of human
history. He was convinced
    that the Bible was a
  “cryptogram set by the
  Almighty” and wanted
  very much to “read the
riddle of the Godhead, the
 riddle of past and future
       events divinely
       foreordained.”
“Essays and Sketches in Biography”-
 Meridian Books, 1956 pp 280-290
The entire notion of a
Bible Code was myth
    until 1994…
when two scientists; world-
 renowned mathematician,
Eliyahu Rips (to the right),
and computer expert Doron
Witztum, stunned the world
 for they had succeeded in
     breaking the code!
They published their findings in a
    journal called “Statistical
Science.” However, these findings
  were so controversial they were
subjected to the intense scrutiny of
   a panel of referees who were
     appointed to verify them.
        Their conclusion?
“The math used to ascertain these
findings was ironclad, and in fact,
exceeded the criteria typically used
        as a benchmark.”
“Our referees were baffled. Their prior beliefs made them think
   the Book of Genesis could not possibly contain meaningful
   references to modern day individuals, yet when the authors
carried out additional analyses and checks, the effects persisted.
  The paper is thus offered to ‘Statistical Science’ readers as a
                      challenging puzzle.”
                                                   — Robert Kass
                                                 Statistical Science Editor
In addition, the Bible code was proven
 infallible by a number of other credible
             scientific sources.
   Famous mathematicians, the highest
level Pentagon code-breakers, as well as
  esteemed professors at Harvard, Yale,
    and Hebrew University agree that
   although incomprehensible from our
 current knowledge base, the Bible Code
                  is valid.
This mystery
 was unraveled
 by eliminating
 the spaces and
   punctuation
between words,
    essentially
   turning the
 original Torah
  into one long
strand of letters.
Rabbi Michael Ber Weissmandl, considered to be
the father of the Bible Code, discovered the basis
for unraveling the code - an equidistant letter
sequence, referred to as an ELS. If you begin
with the letter “T” (tav in Hebrew) in the book of
Genesis and skip fifty letters, you will find the
letter “O.” Skipping another fifty letters, an “R”
appears, etc. Using the same letter skip of fifty
the word “Torah” is spelled out in Hebrew. This
specific ELS code appears not only in the book of
Genesis, but also the books of Exodus, Numbers,
and Deuteronomy. In each of these instances, the
letter skip sequence, or ELS, is identical.
In subsequent searches it was found that the
number of letters between meaningful words
differs. Today, scholars believe that a significant
correlation exists between a lower numerical
letter skip and higher probability of occurrence.
“A great part of mankind now assumes that the Bible is just old
folklore, myth, that science is the only reliable picture of reality.
  Others say that the Bible, the word of God, must be true, and
therefore science must be in error. I think that, finally, when we
  understand both well enough, religion and science will come
       together and we will have a Unified Field Theory.”
                                                    - Eliyahu Rips
The Bible code appears to foretell every major event in history:
 current, future, and past, including the Kennedy assassinations, the
Rabin assassination, World Wars I and II, the Shoemaker-Levy comet
   striking Jupiter, the Gulf War, and the September 11 tragedies.
        Some also suggest that it foretells the future of man…
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
Investigative writer Michael Drosnin,
     author of “Bible Code II: The
   Countdown” reveals an unsettling
        message regarding 2012.
Intersecting the word ‘comet,’ are the
words ‘Earth annihilated.’ However, a
second message also appears:“It will
be crumbled; driven out;” “I will tear
it to pieces.” In the second scenario it
  is not Earth which is destroyed, but
  the threat. Even more interesting, a
   haunting third phrase appears – a
phrase which appears throughout the
  Bible Code when specific scenarios
              are identified:
“Will you change it?”

The Bible Code appears to present various potential futures which
 exist concurrently — a premise more fully understood with the
advent of Quantum Physics which essentially says the same thing.
In his closing remarks in “Bible Code: The Countdown,” author
                  Michael Drosnin concludes:

     “...the Bible Code is more than a warning. It may be the
information we need to prevent the predicted disaster. ‘Code will
  save’ appears right above ‘Atomic Holocaust,’ just below ‘the
 End of Days.’ It is not a promise of divine salvation nor a threat
of inevitable doom. The message of the Bible Code is that we can
save ourselves. In the end, what we do determines the outcome.”
The Bible Code provides further validation that we, as
 humankind, have arrived at a point in our evolution
    where we must consciously choose our future.
There is yet another
controversial book
which corroborates
    the Ancient
Prophecies entitled:
   “The Book of
  Knowledge: The
 Keys of Enoch.” ®
“This book challenges us to go beyond
our rational intellect explaining that we
  are all experiential beings with free
   will. By integrating our Higher Self
with the Divine in conjunction with the
   energy field, we will bring forth the
  knowledge of the true science of Life
enabling us to make a quantum leap in
our consciousness. The Keys teach that
     we must unite the scientific and
  spiritual realms in order to solve the
problems of Earth. Its ultimate purpose
 is to advance humanity so that we are
 prepared to make a quantum shift that
  will move both us and Earth into the
      next phase of our evolution.”
           -dr. j. j. Hurtak
The Book of Enoch was also found
  intact in the Dead Sea Scrolls. This
book describes a wondrous civilization
which existed in the past – a civilization
    which misused the keys of higher
knowledge and as a result, was unable
to save themselves from cataclysm. Yet
    Enoch promises a return of this
    knowledge at the “end of time,”
             suggesting that:
“regular cataclysmic changes act as an
   evolutionary agent provocateur to
 quicken the resident life forms to the
       next evolutionary phase.”
            — PATRICIA CORI
         No More Secrets, No More Lies
Author Graham Hancock spent years travelling the world seeking
the origin of the ancient knowledge. A preponderance of evidence all
      seemed to point to one source - a highly advanced ancient
                             civilization ...
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
The historical records of many cultures refer to a great,
       technologically-sophisticated civilization called Atlantis;
   although most of the academic establishment considers it myth.
  However, irrefutable evidence exists that advanced civilizations
   indeed existed before our own. We need only consider the great
engineering mysteries which exist in North America, Egypt, England,
      Europe, Mexico, and the underwater city near Bimini. The
 construction of temple sites, walls and burial grounds at these sites
  utilized megalithic stones in a way that our advanced civilization
                         cannot begin to fathom.
The famous Greek philosopher,
  Plato, detailed accounts of this
    civilization in his writings.
“The capital city of Atlantis was a
    marvel of architecture and
     engineering. The city was
composed of a series of concentric
   walls and canals. At the very
center was a hill, and on top of the
    hill a temple to Poseidon.”
   It was said that the people of
   Atlantis became corrupt and
 greedy; that a violent cataclysm
   shook the land causing giant
 waves to roll over the shores and
  the island to sink into the sea.
Other information also
   corroborates the existence of
 Atlantis. The British Museum is in
possession of a priceless document
 known as the Troano manuscript,
  written 3,500 years ago by the
   Maya of Yucatan. It is said to
contain an authentic account of the
cataclysm which sank the continent
             of Atlantis.
“The Popol Vuh speaks in a
 veiled language about a great
secret of human history: a long
   forgotten golden age when
   everything was possible – a
    magical time of scientific
  progress and enlightenment
   when the ‘first men’ (those
endowed with intelligence) not
only ‘measured the round face
of the earth’ but ‘examined the
  four points of the arch of the
              sky.’”

    — graham hancock
    Fingerprints of the Gods- pg 490
“Proof of Atlantis lies everywhere. It is woven into the fabric of
ancient temples, left in effigy of enlightened civilizations whose
 knowledge reached the furthest points of your planet. You can
find it in the tale of the elders, who have handed down the story
  from generation to generation, guardedly sharing the secret
               wisdom with those who could hear it.”
                                                 — patricia cori
                                                  Atlantis Rising – pg 24
In ‘Atlantis Rising,’ author and channel
  Patricia Cori explains that we are now
  reliving the same scenarios, or ‘tests,’
which existed in the last days of Atlantis.
 These scenarios provide our civilization
 an opportunity to wake-up and progress
to the next stage of evolution - a premise
   corroborated in both the best-selling
     series of books by channel Neale
 Walsch: “Conversations with God”, as
   well as “The Secret Teachings of the
           Ages” by Manly Hall.
“The great antediluvian civilization of Atlantis reached an acute
state of disharmony and short-circuited the energy networks of
earth which nearly obliterated life. The power structure of that
 time was blindly arrogant and felt they could own the forces of
   Earth. They pushed beyond the limits [as your civilization is
doing today with HAARP] and all was virtually washed away in
the great flood as earth cleansed herself of the intense negative
   vibration and brought herself back to center to start again,
                   renewed and revitalized.”
                                                — PATRICIA CORI
                                                 Atlantis Rising pg 2&3
“Once before on your planet you had reached the heights —
beyond the heights, really, to which you now are slowly climbing.
You had a civilization on Earth more advanced than the one now
 existing. And it destroyed itself. Not only did it destroy itself, it
nearly destroyed everything else as well. It did this because it did
not know how to deal with the very technologies it had developed.
   Its technological evolution was so far ahead of its spiritual
      evolution that it wound up making technology its god.
     Walsch: Are you talking about the Lost City of Atlantis?
              God: Some of you have called it that.
   Walsch: So then it is true? We did get to that place before?
          God: Oh beyond it, My Friend. Way beyond it.
              Walsch: And we destroyed ourselves?
God: Why are you surprised? You're doing the same thing now.”
                                          — Neale Donald Walsch
                                               Conversations with God Book 3
“What is occurring now on your planet is a repetition of human
history - a perfect replay of the last days of Atlantis. You are now
reliving the same undercurrents, energy manipulation, and abuse
   of power that exemplified the last generations of Atlantis....a
  civilization that had reached (in some aspects) a much higher
 level of technological prowess than that which you know today.
 Once again you are confronting yourselves; the power struggle;
 misguided materialism; human suffering; the disregard for life
  and beauty; and the abuse of those who seek an all-consuming
      pursuit of power over others has become the overriding
   experience of your contemporary civilization, causing you to
   question just how much it is that the human race has actually
            progressed in its course of social evolution.”
                                                  — PATRICIA CORI
                                                   Atlantis Rising pg 4&28
“Before the Atlantean continent was submerged, the initiates of
 the Atlantean Mysteries, carrying with them the secret doctrines
entrusted to their keeping, immigrated into Egypt and other parts
     of the Earth where they would be safe from the impending
catastrophe. Thus, their secret teaching with its priceless value to
    subsequent ages was preserved. They established centers of
  learning and promulgated the code, clothed in the language of
      symbolism to such as they deemed worthy to receive it.”
                                                       — manly hall
                                            The Secret Teachings of the Ages
“The monumental cataclysm known as the Great Flood was
 Earth’s process of cleansing the poisonous energies emanating
  from the Atlanteans.” pg33 “Once again, this is an imminent
reality. You, the whole of humanity, are very much a part of the
cause and effect, the symptom and the cure. All is interrelated in
              the cosmic dance of karmic process.”
                                                 — patricia cori
                                                   Atlantis Rising -pg 10
The ancients sought to warn those of us living today, those
witnessing the end of the great cycle, of the conditions we would
inevitably encounter during this era. They used the language of
      mathematics - the mathematics of precession. Why?

 “Precession is one of the basic mechanisms of the solar system”
 pg241 ... “the engine that drives this majestic celestial juggernaut
 along its never-ending tour of the heavens.” “The precession of
the equinoxes has rigid and repetitive mathematical qualities that
  can be analyzed and predicted precisely.” pg237 “According to
 Santillana and von Dechend in “Hamlet’s Mill”: this language
    ignores local beliefs and concentrates instead on numbers,
motions, measure, overall frames and schemas – on the structure
                   of numbers; on geometry.” pg244
                                              — graham hancock
                                                    Fingerprints of the God
“The scale of the great pyramid is keyed
  numerically to the rate of the precession
   of the equinoxes – one of earth’s most
   characteristic planetary mechanisms.
 [This was] a deliberate decision intended
to be recognizable only by a culture which
  had acquired (a) an accurate knowledge
 of the dimensions of the earth and (b) an
     accurate knowledge of the rate of
    precessional motion; a scientifically
             advanced culture.”
                  — graham hancock
                Fingerprints of the Gods-pg 442
Thirty miles north of Mexico City lie the remains of an ancient
city named Teotihuacan, meaning “The City of the Gods", or the
  place "Where Men Become Gods." The builders of this great
      ancient city also utilized mathematical computations...
This huge city presents a mystery to archaeologists because its
  builders are unknown. During its greatest period of prosperity,
Teotihuacan quickly became the largest and most populous urban
 center in the New World with 60,000 to 80,000 inhabitants (Millon
 1981:221). Then this city suddenly collapsed; apparently by a great
       catastrophe which significantly reduced its population.
 Anthropologists speculate that the crisis may have been brought
about by a climactic shift, for originally there were cedar, cypress,
pine, and oak forests; which have been replaced by cactus, yucca,
                  agave, and California pepper trees.
“...the civilization that built Teotihuacan appears to have deliberately
 encoded complex information in their monuments using a mathematical
language. [Regardless of] the extreme changes and transformations that
human civilization might go through, the radius of a circle multiplied by
2 pi would always give the correct figure for that circle’s circumference.
      ...such a code could always be deciphered, even by people from
          unrelated cultures living thousands of years in the future.”
                                                  — graham hancock
                                                  Fingerprints of the Gods- pg 182
Egyptologist and construction engineer, Robert Bauval
tells us:“These prehistoric inventors knew their epochs
   and the clock they used was the clock of the stars.
 Their working language was precessional astronomy
 and their monuments express that language in a very
    clear, unambiguous, scientific manner.” “These
  builders were fulfilling a long-term objective – some
 kind of purpose.” “They...sought to create an enigma
   which would provoke questions. For once you start
  asking questions about the pyramids, you’ve asked a
   question about engineering, geometry, astronomy.
     Then you begin to realize how sophisticated the
  pyramids are and how incredibly clever, skillful and
knowledgeable its builders must have been, which then
   forces you to ask questions about mankind; about
                     human history.”
                                 — graham hancock
                            Fingerprints of the Gods- pgs452:454
The most
   important
   reason the
Ancients went to
   such great
   lengths to
forewarn of the
  changes that
were to occur?
They wanted to make sure that we were aware
 of the reason for the crises occurring in our
     world so that we could transcend the
         inevitable chaos and seize this
           unprecedented opportunity
                    to evolve.
The Ancient documents agree:

We have arrived at a critical juncture in our evolution where we
   must take action and apply the ancient wisdom in order to
minimize the effects of the Earth changes and create a promising
                              future.
“The knowledge to unlock the ancient mysteries was to be
 revealed at a pivotal moment in history where mankind could no
longer survive without the knowledge and wisdom of the ancients.
 At this dark crossroads, mankind will herald in a wondrous new
                         age of enlightenment.
                That moment is fast approaching —
                 it is always darkest before dawn.”
                                                 — dan brown
                                                The Lost Symbol pg-328
Have we now arrived at the point where we can no longer
           survive without the ancient knowledge?
                       Many believe so.
 The ancient prophecies indicate that around the year 2000 we
      would arrive at a precarious point in our evolution.
For by that time, we would have acquired vast technological and
    scientific capabilities but at the same time, lack critical
               knowledge to use that power wisely.
  As you can now see through the fate of Atlantis, unmitigated
  power in the hands of those who are unaware of the bigger
     picture threatens both the planet and the human race.
It was not only the Ancients who spoke of this
  threat, for many contemporary visionaries
           have recognized it as well.
“We stand at a critical moment in Earth’s history, a time when
     humanity must choose its future. As the world becomes
   increasingly interdependent and fragile, the future at once
    holds great peril and great promise. To move forward we
  must recognize that in the midst of a magnificent diversity of
    cultures and life forms, we are one human family and one
           Earth community with a common destiny.”
                                         — the Earth Charter
“Humankind is standing precariously on the edge of its destiny. It
  will either rise to a paradigm change or experience decline or
   possible destruction. This is an unavoidable confrontation.”
                                                — Glenda Green
                                                Love Without End -pg 140
“Within the next ten years, America will have a catastrophe or a
  renaissance. Something is going to happen to take us back to
                            who we are.”
                                       — Marianne Williamson
                                        1997-The Healing of America pg 33
“The age of nations is past. The task before us now, if we would not
    perish, is to shake off our ancient prejudices, and to build the
          Earth… The future of the world is in our hands.”
                                      — Pierre Teilhard de Chardin
“We are the ones who have the most profound task in
                    human history:
    The task of deciding whether we grow or die.”
                                    — JEAN HOUSTON
So, how do we grow?
What are we now supposed to do?
I’m now going to share a rather strange prophetic message I received in
1988 which provides a clue.
Late one evening a friend of mine called and asked if I would accompany her
the following day to an appointment she had made with a psychic. Although
she had planned to go with another friend, that friend had just canceled and
she was a bit apprehensive about going alone.

While I wasn’t keen about seeing a psychic, she begged and pleaded until I
finally conceded thinking, “What the heck, life is an adventure,” right?

Indeed this meeting was an adventure for in the midst of our session this man
stopped abruptly and told me that he was receiving an urgent message for me
from a group of teachers…

My reaction was one of disbelief and incredulity, but he distracted me and
told me to hurry up and write down what he was receiving before he lost it.
This is the message I received on that day:
“Things only happen when you make them happen. To let go and
             surrender is to let things happen to you.
You have free will and must set things in motion. Planet Earth is
on the verge of destructive power in the wrong hands. Things will
  only change when people change. To raise people’s spiritual
 consciousness is the task at hand. It can only begin there and be
    demonstrated as such. There is much work to do. Begin by
 helping others become aware. You have the gift. Use it or it will
                            be wasted.
D.M.A. is your first step...
 [DMA, Dimensional Mind Approach, was a course I was then
     taking that dealt with the multi-dimensions of the mind]
…Every person’s “Universal truth” is holy unto them. Formulate
  your own truth, live by it, share it, and teach it. That is your
mission. To blend the psychological awareness of your past with
 the awareness of the reality of the future is key. While men are
   building new and beautiful skyscrapers, energy should be
           channeled into consciousness in this world.
They are blind. Make them see. Various civilizations that were
   highly technical, fell. When there is technology without the
 awareness of Spirit, it cannot work. Spirit is before technology
   and channeling the power properly will benefit and evolve
mankind. It [consciousness] must be harnessed or all will be lost.
Mankind on Earth will have to begin again. All progress made by
the various souls will be lost. It is time; the time is now for these
events to happen. They only happen with individual people. That
                       is the task at hand.”
Other than the reference to DMA, I didn’t have a clue as to
         what this message meant... at that time.
So, what’s the clue?
“Various civilizations that were highly technical
  fell. When there is technology without the
  awareness of Spirit, it cannot work.”
What does that mean?
Without an integration of
   science and spirit, or
achieving balance in body,
 mind & spirit, stagnation
occurs, evolution comes to
  an abrupt halt, and our
   civilization begins to
          decline.
And English historian,
   Arnold Toynbee,
    agreed with that
premise. After studying
 the fall of 26 ancient
    civilizations, he
 concluded that these
    civilizations all
      perished for
   the same reason:
They refused to
   evolve.
These civilizations had become so blinded by
  their power, so convinced of their utter
   brilliance, so unwilling to examine the
    incongruities in their belief systems;
           they unwittingly created
              their own demise.
precisely where we find
   ourselves today…
How can we avoid the same fate?
Albert Einstein provides
    two more clues.
 In the first he tells us:
“Problems cannot be solved at the same level of awareness that
                        created them.”
                                             — ALBERT EINSTEIN
So, it appears that the
    solutions to our
problems lie at the next
  level of awareness,
which just so happens to
impel our evolution into
     that next level.

 In the second clue he
         warns:
“We shall require a substantially new manner of thinking if
                   mankind is to survive.”
                                            — ALBERT EINSTEIN
So, our manner of
thinking seems to
  be key to our
 survival, and as
   you learned
    earlier, the
  knowledge we
 need to advance
our thinking – the
ancient mystery of
   mysteries –
was destined to be
 revealed today.
But think about it... How would this
“secret” knowledge be conveyed and
  received in today’s day and age?
Was someone to appear on CNN and
  reveal the secret? And if they did,
   how do you think they might be
            perceived?…
So, what would it take to capture the attention of the world
    to the degree that our prevailing beliefs would change
                         dramatically?
What would it take to force us to look at the bigger picture;
                  the path we are now on?
Events of Magnitude…
Earthquakes, tornadoes, foreclosure,
   unemployment, austerity, war,
        conflicts, upheavals…
 riveting events that shake us to the
 core and kick us out of our comfort
                zones.
For when we are too busy to concern ourselves with larger
issues, the only effective wake-up call is adversity, crisis or
                         catastrophe...
these events are
catalysts which
    trigger
  evolution…
providing an
opportunity
   for an
evolutionary
  quantum
    leap.
“The human spirit shines through in times of cataclysm and
crisis. As you rally to the call of the suffering the pulse of the
   love of Spirit pours through you, burning like lightening
through the dark clouds of human turmoil. Rising above your
 personal concerns, you realize that those are your brothers
 and sisters. You run to each other’s aid embracing the weak
  and wounded, and together you celebrate the One Heart:
                the emerging soul of humanity.”


                                                     — PATRICIA CORI
                                                      Atlantis Rising pg 205
“The only thing that can possibly save humanity is for God to
rise up within the human soul in the midst of great catastrophe.”
                                              — Lewis Mumford
                                                 The Pentagon of Power
“There are some things you learn best in calm,
             and some in storm.”
                                       — Willa Cather
“Conflict, pain, tension, fear, paradox.... these are
transformations trying to happen. Once we confront them, the
               transformative process begins.”
                                        — Marilyn Ferguson
                                        The Aquarian Conspiracy pg 76
“Only that which is deeply felt can change us. Rational
 arguments alone cannot penetrate the layers of fear and
conditioning that comprise our crippling belief systems.”
                                     — Marilyn Ferguson
                                      The Aquarian Conspiracy pg 35
“Struggle creates discord and disruption which pulls and pushes
consciousness forcing it to examine itself, choose its path, and thus
                              evolve.”
                                                      — PATRICIA CORI
                                                No More Secrets, No More Lies
“Pain exists to promote evolution; its cumulative effect finally
                  forces us in a new direction.”
                                        — Dr. David r. Hawkins
                                              Power Versus Force pg 104
                                                    www.veritaspub.com
“Tolerance for pain may be high, but it is not without limit.
Eventually everyone begins to recognize, however dimly, that
there must be a better way. As this recognition becomes more
       firmly established, it becomes a turning point.”
                                   — A Course in Miracles®
                                                         Pg 22
“Change will not occur
    unless there is
   discomfort in the
  current paradigm.”
         — JOEL BARKER
     Paradigms: The Business of
         Discovering the Future
The events
occurring in our
world today force
us to look within
     and ask
  penetrating
   questions:
“Where are we,”
and more important,
“Where are
we heading?”
Consider the path of Ebenezer
 Scrooge in Dickens classic,
   “A Christmas Carol:”
Only until Mr. Scrooge was
     able to experience
  the repercussions of his
  tyrannical ways from a
  place of discomfort was
he able to awaken and alter
    the course of his life.
Where was he, and where was he
 going before discomfort came
     knocking at his door?
Now that you are aware of the importance of the time we are now
living and the underlying reason for the numerous crises we are
   now experiencing, we will move onto Section 2 and examine
 another critical piece of the puzzle of life: The Bigger Picture -
           the process of evolution and how it unfolds.
“You must first recognize the pieces of the puzzle before you can
 understand how they will fit together. To be most effective, you
    need first to observe the big picture, break it down into
  manageable bits, and then, only then, will you be capable of
               putting it all back together again.”
                                                — patricia cori
                                                Atlantis Rising -pg 193
SECTION 2


       The Bigger Picture:
The Process of Evolution and How it
             Unfolds
Nothing will make sense in life unless you have a more
               expanded perspective.
And that premise was
illustrated beautifully in a
song written by the gifted
     songwriter Steven
  Schwartz, for the movie
  “The Prince of Egypt.”
A single thread in a tapestry though its color brightly shines,
   can never see its purpose in the pattern of the grand design.
           And the stone that sits at the very top of the
                      mountain’s mighty face,
         does it think it’s more important than the stones
                         that form the base?
          So how can you see what your life is worth or
                      where your value lies?
           You can never see through the eyes of man.
           You must look at life through Heaven’ eyes.
A lake of gold in the desert sand is less than a cool fresh spring?
             And to one lost sheep, a shepherd boy is
                   greater than the richest king.
 If a man loses everything he owns, has he truly lost his worth?
       Or is it the beginning of a new and brighter birth?
So how do you measure the worth of a man,
              in wealth or strength or size?
    In how much he gained or how much he gave?
   The answer will come to him who tries to look at
             his life through Heaven’s eyes.
 And that’s why we share all we have with you though
                 there’s little to be found.
When all you’ve got is nothing, there’s a lot to go around.
     No life can escape being blown about by the
               winds of change or chance.
       And though you never know all the steps,
            you must learn to join the dance.
     So how can you judge what a man is worth?
               By what he builds or buys?
      You can never see with your eyes on Earth.
          Look at life through Heaven’s eyes!
To look at life through Heavens eyes, we must begin with the
                     perennial questions:
“What are we doing here”
           and
“Why is life so difficult?”
Throughout the ages, spiritual teachers have taught that life is a
 course of experience we must go through in this schoolroom
                      called planet Earth
      before we can graduate to higher levels of being.
If that’s the case,
    what’s the
   curriculum?
the evolution of consciousness…
the expansion or advancement of our souls
           through experience.
Whether you know it or not, evolution is
  occurring in your every moment.

Think about it. Do you know more today
      than you did ten years ago?

         But more important:
Have you grown wiser as a result of those experiences?
Hopefully…
“There are no
    mistakes, no
   coincidences.
   All events are
 blessings given to
 us to learn from.”
Elizabeth Kubler-Ross
“Evolution, innate to the overall field of consciousness,
guarantees the salvation of mankind, and with it, all of life.”
                                        — Dr. david r. Hawkins
                                               Power Versus Force pg 92
                                                   www.veritaspub.com
So, if evolution is the
  name of the game,
is there an organizing
process to evolution?
I believe the answer to that question is:
                         yes,
and it is best explained by a scientific theory called:
Spiral Dynamics
Spiral Dynamics is an
       offshoot of
    Developmental
  Psychology which
studies the growth and
  development of the
          mind,
 with Spiral Dynamics
    focusing on the
      dynamics of
    consciousness.
What is consciousness?
The dictionary
   defines it as:
    awareness;
   wakefulness;
   the executive
      control
system of the mind.
I discovered the premise of
  Spiral Dynamics in a book
            entitled:
   “A Theory of Everything”
       by Dr. Ken Wilber.
And I just loved that title for I
    thought “this dude has a
 theory of everything,” and I
was curious to learn what his
      theory was all about.
Fundamental to Dr. Wilber’s
  theory, is the premise of
Spiral Dynamics. He believes
         that without
    an understanding of
 Spiral Dynamics, it would
  be difficult to understand
       anything in life.

    And after reading his
   book and experiencing
  a number of epiphanies,
         I agreed.
What does Spiral
Dynamics say?


       .
More than one hundred different research studies conducted
across the globe which tested more than fifty thousand people,
                     agreed on one item:
Humanity is divided into 8 distinct
   levels of consciousness –
  each representing a stage of
    evolution personally and
          collectively.
The development of consciousness occurs as one progresses
through these stages, referred to as memes, and every person on
    the face of this planet operates from one of those memes.
Just as our schools are separated into various grade
 levels, the schoolroom called planet Earth is also
             divided into different levels.
Each meme has specific beliefs and attributes that operate
 unconsciously but significantly influence an individuals behavior.
These beliefs are so deeply ingrained within ones psyche, he or she
  believes that their meme is the only ‘legitimate’ meme and as a
                 result, adopts the following stance:
“My beliefs are right, yours are wrong, and if I can’t convince
                    you of the err of your ways,
I had better rid the world of your kind or else the world will go to
                      hell in a hand basket!”
This is the typical ‘save the world from evil’ story that has been told,
                retold, and embellished upon for ages.
 Those who hate or have disdain for a specific group of people are
      simply revealing their level of consciousness. From their
perspective, they have concluded that another group with dissimilar
 beliefs are decadent, corrupt, and unspiritual thus will ultimately
infect and destroy the human race if they don’t eliminate that group
                      from the face of this planet.
        A noble premise, and that’s why they’re able to recruit
 and incite many followers. This group believes they are saving the
 world from evil and oftentimes the group perceived as evil doesn’t
            have a clue as to why they are being targeted...
You may be thinking that we would
be better off if those at more primary
 levels of consciousness just didn’t
        live on this planet…
It would certainly
 eliminate a lot of
    issues, right?
        But think
       about it…
What would life be
like if we lived in a
     place where
  everyone looked
     similar, held
   similar beliefs,
   and behaved in
   similar ways?
   In other words,
Would you want to live in a world populated by
             7 Billion of you?
I don’t think so... I think you might become a bit bored with
                 yourself after a few weeks...

           But let’s take that idea even further:
The different memes, or levels of consciousness, provide
contrast — variety and diversity, which in turn, provides a
     context from which to define and experience life.
And what is the purpose of life?
The expansion of consciousness through experience.
How could you define
         ‘hot’
if ‘cold’ didn’t exist?
How could you
 fully appreciate
    the euphoric
experience of love
if its opposite did
      not exist?
You couldn’t.
For there would be no
context from which to
 define, compare or
    experience it.
Moreover, in order for evolution to occur, there must be
something higher to evolve to and something lower to evolve
                     from. Therefore:
We live in a world of duality, of opposites –
and these opposites have a higher purpose.
They provide
   context and
contrast which in
  turn, creates
  choices. After
making a choice,
     we then
 experience the
   result of our
      choice.
And if we find that we have made a bad choice,
            we can choose again —
                and thus evolve.
“The evolutionary
driver of existence is
 choice. You cannot
  experience choice
without polarity. The
  dark side exists to
provide the freedom
  to choose and the
  responsibility for
   those choices.”
    — patricia cori
    Atlantis Rising - pg 34
Can you see how valuable this
          information is?
For it enables us to understand why
people think, believe and behave the
            way they do.
And interestingly, the premise of ever-evolving stages of
           development was also found in a
     2,500 year old Essene document which states:
“What is Truth? For the same things appear different to different
  minds and even to the same mind at different times. What then
      is Truth?... To men Truth is revealed according to their
   capacity to understand and receive. The one truth hath many
  sides, and one seeth one side only, another another, and some
   see more than others, according as it is given to them.... That
  which appeareth true to some, seemeth not true to others. They
    who are in the valley see not as they who are on the hilltop.
   But to each, it is the truth as the one mind seeth, and for that
     time, till a higher truth shall be revealed unto the same.”
                                — The Gospel of the Holy Twelve
In another excerpt
from the Essenes we
      are told:
“God giveth you all Truth as a ladder with many steps for
   the salvation and perfection of the soul, and the truth
 which seemeth today, ye will abandon for the higher truth
  of the morrow.... As I have received the Truth, so I have
 given it to you. Let each receive it according to their light
  and ability to understand, and persecute not those who
          receive it after a different interpretation.”
                           — The Gospel of the Holy Twelve
                                           The Essene New Testament
As you can see, the premise of the ever-expanding nature of truth,
  or the evolution of consciousness, has been around for a long
                           long time.
So, now that you have an idea of
   how evolution unfolds on an
individual basis, let’s explore how
      it unfolds collectively:
Just as you and I progress through the various memes in
  our personal evolution, the same is true of humanity.
         However, our collective evolution differs
             in one way for there is always…
one dominant meme which holds the seat of power.
This meme is at the
  helm of mankind’s
  evolution and will
remain in power until
 we have completed
  our lessons in that
        meme.
How will we know when we have completed our lessons?
When we can acknowledge the incongruities that exist within our
current dominant meme – aspects/beliefs held by this meme that no
 longer make sense, we will then be ready to graduate to the next
                              meme.
Two telltale indicators?
      1) Solutions touted by this meme are ineffective.
2) Those in power are willing to compromise their integrity in
               order to preserve their power.
To illustrate how Humankind transitions from one meme to the
                next, let’s take a look at history.
Religion was the
  dominant meme
   for hundreds of
        years.
  But when people
   discovered that
 “express tickets to
heaven” were being
 sold to the highest
       bidder,
and that the church was taking a strong stance on scientifically
  invalid “facts,” such as the sun revolves around the Earth,
        incongruities were illuminated within religion.
At that point in the 17th century, people became rather
uncomfortable and began looking for another source from which
  to understand life; a source which would provide meaningful
 solutions to life’s problems. And the baton of power was then
                             passed to…
Science and
   Technology…
 which has reigned
ever since that time.
The next requirement for graduating to the next
              stage of evolution?
All aspects of our being: body, mind, and spirit,
                must be balanced.
Therefore, if we’re evolving more rapidly in the technological
                 and scientific arena, the mind,
               and lagging in our spiritual growth,
                    an imbalance will result.

  And just like the Atlantean civilization, that’s where we find
ourselves today, for we currently have a number of imbalances in
                       our collective being.
How do we identify an imbalance?
An imbalance first appears as a
   small problem. If that problem
is not resolved, it becomes a bigger
problem. And if the problem is still
not resolved, it eventually becomes
  a catastrophe where we are then
        forced to deal with it.
Therefore, before any large-scale tragedy
       occurs, less critical events
             will precede it.
These events have a higher purpose…
THEY ARE WARNINGS,
   ALERTING US TO AN
       IMBALANCE
WHICH MUST BE RESOLVED.
In the case of the September 11 attacks, the bombing of the SS
Cole as well as the embassy bombings in Africa preceded these
                      events, did they not?
However, because we are currently unaware of the higher
          purpose of these less critical events,
 we typically don’t take decisive action until something
                  catastrophic occurs.
And this poses a serious problem today. For during the process
     of “Purification,” smaller critical events are inevitable.
 They serve to illuminate the imbalances in our collective being –
issues that must be resolved. Therefore, if we ignore these events,
regardless of where they are occurring in our world, the potential
   for catastrophe grows greater and greater. The bottom line?
Until we understand the higher purpose of adverse experiences
           we will continue to experience tragedy.
From our current state of consciousness…
critical events provide the discomfort necessary to wake-up and
            take action; thus they promote evolution.
“Accelerated evolution is made possible by exaggerated polarity
– an opportunity for humankind to explore a new understanding
                  of the nature of all reality.”
                                                — PATRICIA CORI
                                          No More Secrets, No More Lies
“It is important that we look beyond the immediate tumult of
   world events to the potential for resolution, rebalance, and
healing. Inherent within the gestation period of prophecy is the
 tremendous power of intention and right action in averting it.
Turmoil and confusion are integral parts of the equation today.
    Like leaking toxic waste no longer containable below the
  threshold of awareness, today’s chaos represents negativity,
suppression, and denial becoming externalized into a conscious
 combustible force. If we do not deal with problems before they
         escalate, we deal with them when they combust!”
                                                      — Moira Timms
                                  Beyond Prophecies and Predictions - pg 201
Now that you are aware of the significance of the time we are
living and have a greater awareness of the bigger picture — the
 process of evolution and how it unfolds — and understand the
   importance of addressing smaller critical events before they
                     become catastrophes,
we will now move onto Section 3 and explore the most formidable
          and unsuspecting threat now facing humanity.
SECTION 3


   The Most Formidable
     and Unsuspecting
Threat Now Facing Humanity
Where is this threat
  coming from?
Science and
Technology.
Many individuals who
we deem as credible
have recognized this
   threat but their
 warnings, thus far,
 have been ignored.
“I believe that human survival in the face of the threat of
    nuclear holocaust and the devastation of our natural
     environment, will be possible only if we are able to
 radically change the methods and values underlying our
                  science and technology.”
                                        — DR. Fritjof Capra
                                          The Tao of Physics pg 335
“As we stand at the brink of a second nuclear age
and at the onset of unprecedented climate change,
our way of thinking about the uses and control of
technologies must change to prevent unspeakable
destruction and future human suffering.”
                            — Kennette Benedict
                           Atomic Scientist executive director
“We’ve arranged a global
civilization in which most crucial
  elements profoundly depend on
  science and technology. We’ve
    also arranged things so that
     almost no one understands
 science or technology. We might
 get away with it for a while, but
 sooner or later, this combustible
 mixture of ignorance and power
is going to blow up in our faces.”
         — Carl sagaN
“One of humanity’s constant nightmares has been that
technological growth...has always run ahead of...growth in
wisdom, care, and compassionate use of that technology. In
other words, exterior development has run ahead of interior
                       development.”
                                          — Dr. Ken Wilber
“Your present technology is threatening to outstrip your ability to
     use it wisely. Your society is on the verge of becoming a
  product of your technology, rather than your technology being
   a product of your society. When a society becomes a product
             of its own technology, it destroys itself.”
                                        — NEALE DONALD WALSCH
                                        Conversations with God Book 3 pg 276
“Before the seventeenth century, the goals
   of science were wisdom, understanding
  the natural order, and living in harmony
     with it. In the seventeenth century this
   attitude changed into its opposite. Ever
   since [that time] the goal of science has
  been [the acquisition of] knowledge that
     can be used to dominate and control
        nature. Today both science and
    technology are used predominantly for
    purposes that are dangerous, harmful,
               and antiecological.”
                       — Dr. Fritjof Capra
                          The Tao of Physics pg 335
“By developing medicines
 to do the work that your
 bodies were intended to
do, you’ve created viruses
       so resistant to
   attack that they stand
 poised to knock out your
entire species… If you are
   not careful, your own
 technology — that which
 was created to serve you
      — will kill you.”

     — NEALE d. WALSCH
Conversations with God Book 3 pg 278
“Science is but a perversion of itself unless it has as its ultimate
                goal: the betterment of humanity.”
                                                    — NICOLA TESLA
“The old science is undermining its own foundations. With the
 awesome authority that we have given it, science is telling us
 that our faith has been misplaced…We have relinquished our
authority to the scientists to whom we gave the responsibility of
probing the mysteries of creation, change, and death. To us, we
   gave the everyday routine of mindless living. The scientists
  readily assumed their task. We readily assumed ours, which
   was to play a role of impotence before the ever-increasing
    complexity of “modern science” and the ever-spreading
             specialization of modern technology.”
                                                   — gary zukav
                                              The Dancing Wu Li Masters:
                                      An Overview of the New Physics pg 92
“Advanced technology without advanced thought creates not
               advancement, but demise.”
                                    — Neale Donald Walsch
                                 Conversations with God - Book 2 - pg 114
And what is the price we are paying
for abdicating our power to Science?
The potential destruction of our
 planet and elimination of the
        human race…
 So, perhaps it’s time we ask
          ourselves:
Who is at
 the helm
   of our
evolution,
    the
 caretaker
   of our
  planet?
 And more
important,
Do they have the best interests of humanity and the
 preservation of Earth as their primary objective?
Do they see the bigger picture?
For this issue is about the world, the human race.
     It reaches far beyond corporate profits.
And though I recognize the incredible contributions and
astounding discoveries made by science and technology,
we are repeatedly being warned
  that we are now standing at a
  critical evolutionary juncture
where we must integrate science
with other realms which possess
  equally valuable knowledge...
as our ancestors did years ago ...
“The roots of physics, as of all western science, are to be found
in the first period of Greek philosophy in the sixth century BC, in
    a culture where science, philosophy, and religion were not
  separated. The sages of the Milesian school of Ionia were not
 concerned with such distinctions. Their aim was to discover the
essential nature, or real constitution, of things which they called
‘physis.’ The term ‘physics’ is derived from this Greek word and
meant therefore, originally, ‘the endeavor of seeing the essential
                        nature of all things’.”
                                              — Dr. Fritjof Capra
                                                The Tao of Physics - pg 20
“As is the cyclical nature of all existence, civilization has once
    again reached a level of development that is imploding upon
 itself, as excessive technology turns you into robots and you lose
    yourselves to the almighty mechanical god. [This fixation on
  electronics] strips you of your natural intelligence, your desire
and will, and undermines your energetic interaction and personal
    exchange.” pg11 “The children are now abandoning play and
discovery, laughter and innocence; their delicate minds anxiously
   clutching at electronic distractions. It is a travesty to observe
  humanity once again shutting down true communication, which
you have all but forgotten was once a great exchange of emotion,
                intellect, and spirit between you.” pg14
                                                  — PATRICIA CORI
                                                         Atlantis Rising
The precarious situation we find ourselves in today is precisely
  why Einstein warned that we must advance our thinking if
                    mankind is to survive.

                So, to advance our thinking,
let’s now move onto section 4 and become acquainted with the
              “Ancient Mystery of Mysteries.”
SECTION 4


Unveiling the Ancient
Mystery of Mysteries
…information
 destined to be revealed now so
that we have the tools to resolve
  the issues we are facing and
   create a promising future.
Let’s begin with “The Secret
  Teachings of the Ages”

   “The entire theory of this
book is diametrically opposed
    to the modern method of
 thinking, for it is concerned
      with subjects openly
 ridiculed… It’s true purpose
is to introduce the mind of the
   reader to a hypothesis of
living wholly beyond the pale
   of materialistic theology,
    philosophy, or science.”
        — dr. Henry l. Drake
                       1906-1978
“Of what use to
   reveal to men that
      which I have
    discovered at the
   price of laborious
 efforts?" Why should
I do so? This doctrine
cannot be understood
    by those filled by
desire and hatred... It
  is mysterious, deep;
     hidden from the
    vulgar mind. If I
 proclaim it and men
      are unable to
   understand it, the
   only result will be
       fatigue and
 annoyance for me.”
— Alexandra David-
Néel & Lama Yongden
 Secret Oral Teachings in
  Tibetan Buddhist Sects
“I have discovered a profound truth, difficult to perceive, difficult to
    understand, accessible only to the wise. Human beings busy
themselves in the vortex of the world and find their pleasure. It will
 be difficult for men to understand the law of the concatenation of
causes and effects, the suppression of the samskaras (ideas that one
                forms which depend upon ignorance).”
             — Alexandra David-Néel & Lama Yongden
                  Secret Oral Teachings in Tibetan Buddhist Sects
“The Lost Symbol,” by Dan
Brown brilliantly weaves a
    thrilling fictional story
  around the ancient secret
    wisdom which he then
 corroborates with modern
scientific discoveries which
  inspired me to dig deeper
 into the material I am now
 sharing with you, so thank
            you, Dan!
“There will come a time when [the secrets] will at last be
unearthed and deciphered – it will be a moment of great
               human transformation.”
                                            — DAN BROWN
                                         The Lost Symbol pg-240
“Certain secret orders have always managed to salvage or save
  the universal truth on clay tablets, scrolls, and papyri. They
recorded the truth so that future man might know the truth, thus
        freeing them from the bondage of untold ages.”
                                           — cARLA rueckhert
“The sacred wisdom contains knowledge of the true nature of man
buried in the secret covenants. It has been concealed throughout the
ages, awaiting a time in human evolution when consciousness would
    be capable of taking giant steps and begin its journey into the
brilliance of enlightened mind and spirit. That evolutionary point on
                  the time-space continuum is now.”
                                                 — patricia cori
                                        More Secrets, No More Lies pg 184
“Every mystical tradition on Earth revolved around the idea that
there existed arcane knowledge capable of imbuing humans with
               mystical, almost God-like powers.”
                                                 — dan brown
                                                The Lost Symbol pg-79
“Before the end of the world, God shall create a great flood of
          spiritual light to alleviate the suffering.”
                                    — The Rosicrucian Order
“The mysteries were
organized for the purpose of
  assisting the struggling
     human creature to
   reawaken the spiritual
 powers which… lay asleep
      within his soul.”
       — MANLY HALL
   The Secret Teachings of the Ages
“The ancient philosophers believed that no man could live
intelligently who did not have a fundamental knowledge of nature
 and her laws. Before a man can obey, he must understand, and
  the Mysteries were devoted to instructing man concerning the
        operation of Divine Law in the terrestrial sphere.”
                                                     — MANLY HALL
                                          The Secret Teachings of the Ages
Although the secret knowledge was known to many ancient
    cultures, over the years those in power began to use it for
 personal gain rather than the highest good. In their attempt to
 retain power and control, they destroyed all known vestiges of
                             this wisdom.
However, others were keenly aware that this knowledge would be
essential to those of us living today, and thus secreted it so that it
              could be revealed when it was destined.
“The great libraries which held the
secrets of antediluvian records were
   consistently sacked and burned
 throughout man’s passing leaving
   almost no written clues to your
enigmatic past. The dark ages of the
   Crusades and other moments of
religious zeal and despotism saw the
    mass burning of your greatest
 wealth as a means of guaranteeing
  the perennial ignorance of those
    who would be conquered and
 brought to their knees. Knowledge,
      the light of consciousness,
 empowers; ignorance, the absence
          of light, enslaves.”
         — PATRICIA CORI
          Atlantis Rising pg 24
The original Book of Enoch was
    banned from the Bible by early
   religious leaders but a copy was
discovered in Ethiopia in the 1800’s.
What knowledge did the church wish
                to ban?
    The powerful Ancient secrets –
  knowledge relegated to only a few
              high priests.
 Enoch was the great-grandfather of
         Noah and explained:
 “My great-grandfather Enoch gave
me all the secrets and parables which
  had been given to him, and he put
them together for me in the words of
      the book of the parables.”
The sacred wisdom was hidden not only in many places around
  the world, but also in a metaphorical language of symbols,
mythology, allegory, art, ancient artifacts, documents, and the
                    occult texts of the ages.
“After the collapse of the pagan cultural institutions it was unlawful to
teach classical learnings or to advance scientific knowledge contrary to
  prevailing scholasticism. To avoid persecution, and at the same time,
   perpetuate for the benefit of qualified disciples the more advanced
    formulas of the ancient wisdom, the sacred truths were presented
   symbolically through the beautiful engraved devices of the emblem
                                 writers.”
                                                          — MANLY HALL
                                               The Secret Teachings of the Ages
“No longer can be seen the book of Popul Vuh which the kings
had in older times... the original book, written long ago, existed –
  but now it’s sight is hidden to the searcher and to the thinker.”
   “The knowledge in this book was preserved until the Spanish
 conquest which made it necessary for this primordial document
 to be concealed from all but the most highly-initiated sages and
 replaced with a watered-down substitute written ‘under the law
                           of Christianity.”
                                              — graham hancock
                                        Fingerprints of the Gods- pg 490:491
“Those who do not
    understand the spiritual
sciences question their use of
 unusual symbols, myths and
 figures employed to conceal
the essential teachings. Let it
   be remembered that these
 ‘clouds’ were no part of the
  original doctrine, but were
      made necessary by
 intolerance and bigotry; not
employed to cover ignorance,
    but to protect wisdom.”
      — Henry drake
     The Secret Teachings of the Ages
“This knowledge was obscured for the same reason the
ancient mystery schools were hidden, the same reason the
 neophytes had to be initiated before learning the secret
  teachings, the same reason the scientists in the Royal
Academy of London refused to share their knowledge…..
...this information is powerful.”

                   — DAN BROWN
                  The Lost Symbol pg-491
To safeguard this wisdom for future generations, secret societies
 were formed. And among those societies were the Freemasons
       who became gatekeepers of the ancient mysteries.
“The origins of Freemasonry were said to have existed before the
 Great Deluge. Knowing that this flood could destroy knowledge
 that had been discovered, they sought to create “two pillars of
  stone” which were inscribed the keys to their knowledge that
might be found after the flood. One pillar of knowledge was later
   discovered by Hermes (also known as Thoth in Egypt) who
    communicated to mankind the secrets herein inscribed.”
                                                     — MANLY HALL
                                          The Secret Teachings of the Ages
“Freemasonry owes to the Dionysians… the legacy of the unfinished Temple
   of Civilization – that vast, invisible structure upon which these initiated
  builders have labored continuously since the inception of their fraternity.
  This mighty edifice, which has fallen and been rebuilt time after time but
whose foundations remain unmoved, is the true Everlasting House of which
 the temple on the brow of Mount Moriah was but an impermanent symbol.
  Human society they considered as a rough and untrued ashlar, but lately
  (recently) chiseled from the quarry of elemental Nature. This crude block
 was the true object upon which these skilled craftsmen labored – polishing
    it, squaring it, and with the aid of fine carvings, transforming it into a
 miracle of beauty. These master workmen learned to swing their hammers
  with the same rhythm that moves the swirling forces of the Cosmos. They
     venerated the Deity under the guise of a Great Architect and Master
Craftsman who was ever gouging rough ashlars from the fields of space and
                          truing them into universes.”
                                                                — MANLY HALL
                                                     The Secret Teachings of the Ages
Thus, we are learning that Freemasonry has nothing to do with bricks
    and mortar for the true mission of Masonry is to catalyze the
  consciousness of man - the “unfinished Temple of Civilization.”




“Civilization has fallen and been rebuilt time after time.” At the end
  of every 25,920 year cycle, civilization is tested and presented an
       opportunity to evolve — if we pass the requisite tests of
consciousness and are ready to become a conscious civilization; one
which honors all of its members and recognizes the sacredness of all
  life — the underlying message in James Cameron’s, “Avatar,” a
           word defined as: “one who is fully conscious.”
“Human society
they considered as a
 rough and untrued
 ashlar” – a rough
   stone used for
 building which has
not yet been carved,
honed, nor polished.
“This crude block [civilization] was the true object upon which
 these skilled craftsmen labored – polishing it, squaring it, and
 with the aid of fine carvings, transforming it into a miracle of
                             beauty.”
The true objective of Freemasonry was to assist in the evolution
    of Humankind; transforming it from a state of primitive
 consciousness to apotheosis; a state of being where man’s ego
                     and spirit are balanced.
“These master workmen learned to swing their hammers to the
rhythm of the cosmos.” The advanced Freemasons had become
  Avatars; they learned how to utilize thought and vibration to
     mold matter and produce results – a process known as
    “alchemy” – a premise you will learn more about as we
                           progress.
“The spirit of Egyptian philosophy still marches triumphant
through the centuries. Though Zoroaster, Hermes, Pythagoras,
Plato, and Aristotle are now but dim memories in a world once
rocked by the transcendency of their intellectual genius, still in
 the mystic temple of freemasonry these god-men live again in
 their words and symbols; and the candidate, passing through
   initiations, feels himself face to face with these illuminated
                  hierophants of days long past.”
                                                       — MANLY HALL
                                            The Secret Teachings of the Ages
“Freemasonry is a world-wide university, teaching the liberal
 arts and sciences of the soul to all those who will hearken to its
 words. Its chairs are seats of learning and its pillars uphold an
 arch of unusual education. Its trestle boards are inscribed with
eternal verities of all ages and upon those who can comprehend
   its sacred depths has dawned the realization that within the
Freemasonry Mysteries lie hidden the long-lost arcana sought by
          all peoples since the genesis of human reason.”




                                                      — maNLY HALL
                                           The Secret Teachings of the Ages
To become a member of this organization, new disciples must
demonstrate the highest principles and values and are required to
         undergo a series of initiations designed to…
“Awaken the slumbering man inside, lifting him from his dark
  coffin of ignorance to the importance of living in honor,
          integrity and service to their fellow men.”
                                              — dan brown
                                            The Lost Symbol pg-437
Initiates are told of the winding staircase that represents
man’s intellectual climb toward the Divine Truth of human
                           science…
— a symbol of
the connection
  between the
  earthly and
    spiritual
     realms
 enabling him
 to participate
      in the
   mysteries
 where he will
       be…
“‘Born again’ out of spiritual darkness into perfect wisdom”
                                                  — MANLY HALL
                                       The Secret Teachings of the Ages
“Each individual must grow into the comprehension of truth.
Before he can be entrusted with the divine powers of the mind
and will, he must accept knowledge as a responsibility to his
  Creator and his world, rather than an opportunity for the
            advancement of personal ambitions.”
                     — Henry l. drake
                   The Secret Teachings of the Ages
No important secrets were entrusted to a disciple until he
  had been tempted in many ways and his strength of
               character severely tested.
Initiates progress through
 various levels until they attain
the highest level of masonry: the
  33rd degree – a sacred figure
   symbolizing Divine Truth.
Also entrusted with the
sacred wisdom was the
    Royal Society of
    London, an elite
organization formed in
  the mid-1600’s, also
known as the “Invisible
       College.”
Considered to be Europe’s
 premier scientific think tank,
 this organization became the
brain trust of the world’s most
       enlightened minds:
Isaac Newton, Francis Bacon, Robert Boyle, Benjamin Franklin,
Albert Einstein, Niels Bohr, and Stephen Hawking to name a few.
And you may
  find it interesting that many of these people made quantum leaps in
human understanding; a result of their knowledge of the ancient wisdom.
Other eminent scientists
studied the ancient wisdom as
             well.
     Renowned physicists,
    Dr. Werner Heisenberg
  and Dr. Erwin Shrodinger
     openly stated that the
  ancient Hindu Vedic texts,
  known as the Upanishads,
   helped them to formulate
      some of their most
       famous theories.
It has also been reported that
  the most famous discoveries
 made by Albert Einstein were
inspired by a book he deemed
so important, he always kept it
           on his desk:
     “The Secret Doctrine:
    The Synthesis of Science,
   Religion and Philosophy”
    by Madame Blavatsky —
     wisdom she stated was
         garnered from
       mahatmas in India.
Now that you understand the significance and potency of the
secret wisdom – it’s power to change the world as we now know
   it - let’s examine what the Ancients had to say that was so
                            intriguing:
The ancient
documents repeatedly
 refer to a term called
      “The Law,”
they tell us is the most
  powerful law in the
       Universe.
When we finally comprehend the simplicity and breadth of this
  law, the radical transformation of consciousness the Ancients
 spoke of will occur because this information radically changes
                   the way we now perceive life.
   I will now present excerpts from the ancient documents that
speak of the power of this law but before I do, I’d like to provide
       you with a little history because it is so fascinating!
The documents known as the Dead Sea Scrolls
    were essentially the library of the Essene brotherhood –
      a Jewish sect which lived 2,000 to 2,500 years ago.
Fearing the Romans would destroy the last remaining copies of
   what later became the Bible, the Essenes hid hundreds of
parchment scrolls in the caves of desert cliffs in Qumran, Egypt
where they were discovered in 1947 by a Bedouin shepherd boy.
 Similar to our indigenous American Indians, the Essenes were
  conscious of and thus honored all aspects of life — animals,
 seasons, weather, etc. The most familiar Essene was Jesus for
   he was schooled extensively in their advanced knowledge.
The Essenes knew that the wisdom they possessed would
 be essential to those of us living today, so they not only
  secreted their documents at the Dead Sea, but also in
   other locations around the world ensuring that this
 information would be discovered when it was destined.
These
 documents
 have been
found in the
   Secret
Archives of
the Vatican
  Library
an ancient monastery in Tibet
and The Royal Library of the
Habsburgs, now property of
  the Austrian government.
These last documents have an interesting past because they were
  said to have been brought out of Asia in the 13th century by
            Nestorian priests fleeing Genghis Khan.
Once more, this
knowledge was
   deemed so
important that
   only those
 whose virtue
  was beyond
 question were
  entrusted to
protect it — at
    all costs.
The following is
what the Essenes
wanted us to know
      about
  “The Law:”
“To obtain the treasures of the material world, O sons of men,
 Forego not the world of the Law...The communions of the Law
    are perfect, converting the soul from darkness to light.”
                                              — The Holy Law
                                            Essene Gospel of Peace
Another reference
 to the power of the
  Law was found in
the Emerald Tablets
      of Thoth, a
 document found in
 the great Pyramid
       of Giza,
    which states:
“Hear ye and listen, O my children. Magic is knowledge
  and only is law. Be not afraid of the power within thee
 for it follows law as the stars in the sky. Follow ye and
  learn of my magic. Know that all force is thine if thou
     fear not the path that leads thee to knowledge, but
   rather shun the dark road. Light is thine, O man, for
   the taking. Cast off thy fetters and thou shalt be free.
    Know ye that thy soul is living in bondage fettered
    by fears that hold ye in thrall. Man is only what he
believeth, a brother of darkness or a child of the light.”


                               — The Emerald Tablets of Thoth
“Thoth was regarded as a deity
 who understood the mysteries of
   ‘all that is hidden under the
heavenly vault.’ It was said that he
  had inscribed his knowledge in
  secret books and hidden these
about the earth, intending that they
  should be sought for by future
generations but found ‘only by the
 worthy’ – who were to use their
   discoveries for the benefit of
             mankind.”

      — graham hancock
      Fingerprints of the Gods- pg 391
In another excerpt
 from the Essene
  documents it is
    explained:
“No other creature in the kingdom of our Earthly mother is given
 the power of thought. All the beasts that crawl and birds that fly
    live not of their own thinking but of a law that governs all of
   life. Only to the sons and daughters of man is given the power
  of thought. And even that thought can break the bonds of death.
  Do not think that because it cannot be seen that thought has no
      power, for I’ll tell you truly: the lightning that cleaves the
  mighty oak, the quaking the opens up cracks in the earth, these
     are like the play of children compared to the power of your
                                 thought.”
                                     — The Essene Gospel of Peace
                                                               Book 4
“For you know not the power of your thoughts. Know, Sons
  of Light that your thoughts are as powerful as the bolt of
  lightning that stabs through the storm and splits asunder
   the mighty tree... Use then, wisdom in all you think, and
    say, and do... May the Law bless you with all good and
   keep you from all evil, illumine your hearts with insight
    into the things of life, and grace you with knowledge of
                          things Eternal.”
                               — The Essene Gospel of Peace
                                                        Book 4
“The Lost Teachings of Atlantis,” by Jon Peniel speaks of the
  Atlantean civilization and high priests who fled the continent
      prior to its demise taking with them the knowledge their
 civilization had attained. It is said that this knowledge has been
    sequestered for millennia in a Tibetan pre-Buddhist temple
   referred to by some as “Shangri-La” or “Shambhala.” This
knowledge is awaiting the consciousness of mankind to rise to the
  degree that the information can be utilized for the good of all.
“What many consider the mysteries of life were not confusing or
   complex, but simply a matter of applying and understanding
  Universal Laws. The Atlanteans easily manipulated vibration,
     using thought within a framework of scientific facts. The
  Universal Spirit was not unknown to them; not some being that
  was ‘out there somewhere.’ Magic and miracles were not just
 something that existed in fairy tales and religious parables from
   days gone by. They were the scientific workings of spiritual
forces on physical matter. Spirituality, as well as materiality and
physical life, were all simply based in scientific facts of Universal
                               Laws.”
                                                            – jon Peniel
                                               The Lost Teachings of Atlantis
“The barbarian cultures that came in contact with the Atlanteans
    couldn’t understand these things so they concluded that it was
 ‘magic’ — some mysterious ‘something’ that could only be created
and wielded by gods, devils, or witchdoctors with strange powers and
 rituals. What is real ‘magic’ other than creating or altering energy
 and matter which is comprised of energy? So, in a very real sense,
   much of what the Atlanteans did was magic, but it was based in
  science, not superstition....The use of the mind to create physical
   reality is just a simple fact of Universal law science, and a very
fundamental one. All understanding of God and the matters of day to
    day life are based knowing that real magic is science, and real
                            science is magic.”
                                   — jon peniel The Lost Teachings of Atlantis
As the ancient documents reveal,
‘The Law’ is indeed very powerful.
“We are now learning that the Ancients understood the
power of thought more profoundly than we do today for the
  ancient texts are filled with excerpts which speak of the
                     power of the mind.”
                                            — DAN BROWN
                                          The Lost Symbol pg 498
If this ancient knowledge is indeed true, this truth must be evident
                              in life...
And it is!

 But we would be incapable of
  understanding it unless our
  civilization had advanced to
the degree where it understood
         the science of…
Quantum Physics:
  the study of the
physical nature of
   our world at a
 subatomic level.
So, let’s now
  learn how
   Quantum
   Physics
corroborates
 the ancient
 knowledge.
Quantum Physics tells us that everything in life is
            composed of energy.
Rather than atoms
   being the basic
 ‘building blocks’ of
physical matter, those
atoms, at a subatomic
 level, are part of an
  invisible universe
     composed of
   electromagnetic
        energy.
This is the “E=M” or Energy=Mass in Einstein’s
                famous equation
We are now learning that not only is
physical matter composed of energy,
       but so too is thought!
Every thought creates a small parcel of energy called a thoughtform
which is part of an invisible energy field that surrounds each of us at
         all times — a kind of “hard drive” that stores data.
“Everything that is alive pulsates with energy and all of this
     energy contains information. Your physical body is
   surrounded by an energy field that extends as far out as
   your outstretched arms and the full length of your body.
 That energy field is both an information center and a highly
     sensitive perceptual system. We are constantly “in
   communication” with everything around us through this
     system, which is a kind of conscious electricity that
 transmits and receives messages to and from other peoples
                            bodies.”
                                         — Dr. Carolyn Myss
                                           Anatomy of the Spirit pg 33
And though this information is not
commonly known, medical science uses it
              every day.
For the reason an EEG, EMG or EKG can
 be performed on your body is because…
your body projects
   electromagnetic
frequencies which can
    be measured!
Fundamental to the science
   of Biophysics is the
   premise that energy
    is the basis of life.
“The Earth is a living body, an energy system comprised of a web
        of interconnections generating a magnetic field…It is
   interesting to compare humans with the Earth. Human beings
    are like balls of energy made up of electricity and magnetic
  energy. And just like the Earth, the human body also generates
   a magnetic field, especially intensified in the heart and brain,
  with the brain outputting frequencies which interact with other
     frequencies… Every cell in the human body has a powerful
        magnetic substance called magnetite which responds
     sensitively to the magnetic fields in our environment… The
   human body is actually bio-regulated by virtue of tiny energy
          transactions within the body and also the Earth.”
                                                — dr. Beverly Rubik
                                                      HAARP: Holes in Heaven
                                     a documentary film by Paula Randoll Smith
And to validate this premise,
The energy field generated
by your body is capable of
   being photographed.
In the 1930's, Russian
   Scientist, Dr. Semyon
  Kirlian developed the
means to photograph the
energy fields of plants, or
 the "life force" of living
  things. As science and
technology advanced, so
     did the ability to
  photograph the energy
 fields of human beings.
Examples of Kirlian Photography
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
As you can see, different colors are
radiating from these two ladies. Why?
Every color in the color spectrum projects
       a specific frequency of energy.
Approximate wavelength and frequency ranges
                    for the various colors
Red       Wavelength (n)    780 – 622   Frequency (THz)   384 – 482
Orange                      622 – 597                     482 - 503
Yellow                      597 – 577                     503 - 520
Green                       577 – 492                     520 - 610
Blue                        492 – 455                     610 - 659
Violet                      455 – 390                     659 - 769
At one end of the scale, red projects a lower denser
frequency, and at the opposite end, violet and white
         project a higher faster frequency.
Although science has not yet developed the means to interpret a
 Kirlian/aura photograph, it is believed that the various colors
    represent frequencies of energy created by the emotions
        emanating from a person in that exact moment.
Sound also
     has
significance
     on a
 subatomic
   level…
Although little is now understood about the correlation of sound
 to matter, this field may be the next new frontier for the ancient
documents tell us that sound has the power to manipulate matter.
The word “abracadabra”
came from ancient Aramaic mysticism:
      “Avrah Kadabra” means
        “I create as I speak.”
                                — DAN BROWN
                                       The Lost Symbol
Isaac Newton
possessed knowledge
 of the ancient secret
      wisdom and
    understood the
 importance of color
    and sound. He
  published a report
 entitled “Optiks” in
1704 utilizing a color
  circle to depict the
 correlation of color
   to musical notes.
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
Laboratories all over the world validate that sound waves have
  the ability to manipulate matter. When a specific frequency of
     sound is emitted, a unique geometrical shape is formed.
  Geometry is the language the Ancients chose to communicate
        with a future generation – those of us living today.
You can witness this fascinating phenomenon on a youtube video
    by Dr. Hans Jenny entitled: “Bringing Matter to Life with
                   Sound.” @www.cymatics.org.
 The following photographs are examples of these phenomena:
These forms
   have been
    created
    through
specific sounds
   utilizing a
liquid medium.
Cymatics -
             The Science of the Future?




                               sound
                              waves in
                              a water
                              droplet


vibrating sand on a
     metal plate
Now examine the correlation between the geometric shapes created by
  sound with the phenomena of “Crop Circles,” “Sand Circles,” and
 “Ice Circles,” which have appeared all over the world for hundreds of
      years but in the past 10 years with increasing frequency and
complexity. Many believe these complex designs to be “messages” from
  off-world intelligences who are trying to awaken a civilization at an
                    important evolutionary juncture...
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
East field, NR Alton Barnes,
       Wiltshire England
          July 14, 2009




Cross hatch placement of design
Nebraska




Chilbolton,
  England
England                        Queensland



                 Sand Circles

Rio Grande, Mexico
Ice Circles
Go to Youtube to see the ice circles in motion
Snow circles
To learn more about these phenomena,
        go to cropcirclemovie.com

    It appears that the “explosion of
knowledge” the Ancients spoke of is indeed
 imminent… if we can open our minds and
     get past our current paradigms.
Now that you know that everything in life is composed of energy,
    we can define “The Law” which is also referred to as:
“The Law” of Attraction
which means that
similar/like energy attracts, or magnetizes, similar/like energy.
And though that may not sound like
momentous life-changing information,
     at a fundamental level…
you are like a giant magnet continually transmitting
                and receiving energy.
Whenever you focus on a specific topic, you begin to attract
      evidence of that topic in your life experience.

                           How?
“Thoughts have measurable mass and all mass has gravity, hence
             thoughts can pull things toward it.”
                                                — DAN BROWN
                                              The Lost Symbol pg 76
Everything in this world is interconnected by virtue of a matrix of
                         energy where…
your thoughts, feelings, beliefs, words, and actions act as
  boomerangs magnetizing evidence of those thoughts, feelings,
beliefs, words and actions right back to you, thereby creating your
                          life experience.
“Every prayer — every thought, every statement, every feeling —
  is creative. To the degree that it is fervently held as truth, to
   that degree, it will be made manifest in your experience.”
                                        — Neale Donald Walsch
                                       Conversations With God Book 1 – pg 12
What does that mean?
What you believe will manifest in your life experience.
An illustration of how the Law works was
beautifully depicted in a true story entitled ‘To
  Save A Life” by Hanoch McCarty which I
 discovered in “A Fourth Course Of Chicken
    Soup For The Soul,” The following is a
       condensed version of this story:

“Just after World War 2 ended in the 1940s, an
  emigrant family in New York tried to contact
    their relatives in Budapest, Hungary — a
country ravaged by bombings. They wondered if
  their family was still alive; if they could have
 possibly survived the war. But communication
 was difficult in those days. It could take weeks,
 even months for letters to travel to Europe and
         just as long for replies to return.
plants, water supply, and fuel
                                         reserves—had been decimated
                                        which made each day a
                                        struggle just to survive. After
                                        reading the letter, the New
                                        Yorkers      wanted     to    do
                                        something to help so they
                                        decided      to   send     ‘care
But finally one day a letter arrived    packages’ to their relatives in
from Uncle Lazlo, and miraculously      Budapest. They stuffed boxes to
all of their relatives had survived     the brim with anything they
the war. But it was clear from the      could think of that might be
letter that life was tough. Food and    useful in a postwar situation:
other necessities were extremely        canned meats, vegetables,
difficult to obtain, their money,       toilet paper, bandages, candy,
almost worthless, and all the           paper, pencils, and shipped it
critical infrastructures — electrical   all off to Hungary. But when a
maddening. But finally another
                                     letter arrived from Uncle
                                     Lazlo. ‘My dearest cousins;’ he
                                     wrote, ‘We are so grateful for
                                     the packages you sent.’… And
                                     his letter went on to detail
                                     every item in the cartons and
                                     how they had been used. But
                                     then came a mystery... ‘We
                                     also cannot thank you enough
few months passed and they heard     for the medicine you sent.
nothing, they began to worry.        Cousin Gesher’s knees were so
Headlines were now reporting that    swollen and painful, he was
conditions were so bad in Europe     only able to walk with the use
that hundreds were now starving to   of a cane but your medicine
death. To make matters worse, a      has miraculously cured him!
severe winter was reported on the    My back pain is completely
horizon. The silence was             gone, as are Lizabeta’s
medicine. But they were
                                            certain that one of them
                                            had included medicine, so
                                            they drafted a letter to
                                            Uncle Lazlo asking him to
                                            provide the name of the
                                            medicine they so urgently
                                            needed. Another two
                                            months passed and finally
                                            a letter arrived: ‘My
                                            dearest cousins; luckily
migraine headaches, and Anna’s              young      Sandor    took
constant fevers. America is great and its   English in school and he
science is great! But our medicine is       translated the name of the
running low. Could you please send          medicine. It is ‘Life-
more?’ The family in New York looked at     savers.®’ Please send
one another rather quizzically because      more as quickly as you
no one could recall sending any             can. Love, Lazlo.’
Were you aware of
  the medicinal
    benefits of
   Lifesavers®?
Probably not. Because you believe that Lifesavers® are candy,
            that’s the reality you will experience.

  However, because Uncle Lazlo and family believed this candy
                         was medicine,
the power of their thoughts created an altogether different reality
— a reality where ‘candy’ was able to cure a variety of ailments.

       This story vividly illustrates what is referred to as:
the placebo effect — which in Greek means:
                 "to please”
You may have surmised
that living in a world of
duality, there is another,
more somber element to
the Law, and you would
be correct. That element
        is called:
the nocebo effect
To illustrate this aspect of the law I’d like to
    share a story from Dr. Walter Cannon’s
 research, a renowned physiologist on staff at
        Harvard around the year 1900.
 Dr. Cannon studied the Maori aborigines in
  New Zealand — a culture which believed in
the power of taboo — something forbidden, or
   considered to be against the law. When an
  individual violated a law, a ‘hex’ or ‘magic
     spell’ would be placed upon them – a
punishment believed to be so powerful it could
  evoke a terror within the violator that could
               culminate in death.
The following is what Dr. Cannon witnessed:
While traveling, a young aborigine stayed at the
 home of an older friend. For breakfast the elder
    served a meal containing wild hen — a food
forbidden, thus taboo, to the younger generation.
  Suspecting that this bird might be wild hen, the
 young man questioned his host several times but
each time the elder man assured him it was not.
   A few years later, the friends reunited and the
older man asked the younger if he would now eat
wild hen. The young man replied that of course he
  would not because it was forbidden. The elder
man then laughed and revealed that years earlier
  he had indeed served him wild hen and pointed
   out that nothing terrible had happened as the
  young man believed. Upon receiving this news,
    however, the young man became extremely
 distressed. And in fact, he became so tormented
     that within twenty-four hours he was dead.
As you can clearly see, there is something very powerful working
             beneath the surface of life experience,
                 and that something is called…
The Law of Attraction
And though this knowledge was destined to be revealed today,
                   it has always existed.
Dr. Herbert Benson, on staff at
the Harvard Medical School and
     founder of the Harvard
       Mind/Body Clinic,
         discovered the
   astonishing power of belief
(thoughts producing “evidence”
become beliefs) and unveiled his
           findings in:
 “Timeless Healing: The Power
     And Biology of Belief.”

The following is what he had to
 say about the nocebo-effect:
“Belief can...work against us. The brain/body does digest
   unpleasant images and can fulfill ugly prophecies.”
                                          — Dr. Herbert Benson
                    Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief pg 39
“Our brains are wired for beliefs and expectancies. When
 activated, the body responds as if the belief were a reality,
      producing deafness or thirst, health or illness.”
                                              — Dr. Herbert Benson
                     Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief pp 63, 39
As the Ancients, Dr. Benson, and
 countless others are trying to
convey, thought and belief have
both tremendous power and far-
     reaching ramifications.
So, now let’s explore how
the law operates so we can
begin using it to our
advantage...
As you learned earlier we live in a world of duality where every
                  topic has polar opposites.
Between these poles, there are infinite points.
On the topic of health, perfect radiant health exists at one end of
 the spectrum, and at the other end lies its opposite — illness.
Between these
two extremes
  there are
  countless
 degrees of
  health or
   illness.
Imagine that every topic has a radio dial and every point,
               a specific radio frequency.
Whenever you focus on a particular topic you automatically
    ‘tune into’ its frequency which is determined by…
the belief you
 hold on that
     topic,
your personal
  life’s plan,
     or the
  prevailing
     beliefs
    of those
 around you.
Depending upon how often you focus on that topic, you will
magnetize people, events, or circumstances — evidence of what
             you believe into your experience.
For example: Money is a subject
     that all of us focus on:
If you think, believe, and feel that
you have too little money, you will
    attract people, events, and
 circumstances that validate your
 belief; for that’s the ‘station’ you
           are tuned into.
However, because you have the power to choose your thoughts,
  you can change stations and tune into a different reality!
In short, to tune into the ‘prosperity’ station, you would focus on
what you want — what it feels like to have money right now — which
     will then send out a new frequency or vibration of energy.
As your new thoughts
become more dominant
   than your previous
thoughts, you will begin
           to
 attract people, events,
 and circumstances that
  correspond with your
 new frequency for you
 have now tuned into a
      new station.
Will this be easy? Author Dan Brown says:
“No. Learning to direct your thoughts is a learned skill
 requiring laser-like focus, full sensory visualization and a
profound belief. If I hand you a violin and say that you have
the capability to use it to make incredible music, you indeed
have the capability. But you will need enormous amounts of
  practice to manifest it. Harnessing the power of thought
              requires discipline and practice.”
                                              — DAN BROWN
                                            The Lost Symbol pg 502
A number of
best-selling books,
      including
   “The Secret”
   have done an
 incredible job of
    introducing
     the Law of
   Attraction to
       millions.
However, in a world of impatience and immediate gratification,
many were unsuccessful in their attempts at manifesting because
  they did not fully understand the process and prematurely
            concluded that “The Law” was bogus.

One of the misunderstood aspects of this law is explained in the
       following excerpt from Conversations with God:
“When it is said that a prayer has not been answered, what in
actuality happened is that the most fervently held thought, word,
 or feeling has become operative. Yet what you must know, and
here is the secret, it is always the thought behind the thought —
   what might be called the Sponsoring Thought — that is the
controlling thought. If, therefore, you beg and supplicate, there
seems a much smaller chance that you will experience what you
think you are choosing, because the sponsoring thought behind
 every supplication is that you do not have what you wish. The
   Sponsoring Thought becomes your reality. The Sponsoring
 Thought is the primary thought; the prime force. It is the raw
      energy that drives the engine of human experience.”
                                       — NEALE DONALD WALSCH
                                        Conversations with God book 1 pg 12
There is a
     distinct
   difference
     between
    “wishful
 thinking” and
    holding a
 fervently held
belief – which is
   defined as:
“A complete absence of doubt; having absolute faith.”
“Confidence in the truth or existence of something not
     immediately susceptible to rigorous proof.”
So, until you have attained a total conviction and belief,
    it is unlikely that what you desire will manifest.
To achieve what it is that you want, you must first fully believe in
your power — have no doubt — which means that you need to begin
honing your powers of manifestation with something small that you
               have no emotional attachment to.
Next, you must match the frequency or vibration of what you
desire by consciously projecting that frequency; imagining what
    it feels like to have it in the present moment – a process
               corroborated in an ancient document:
In “The Lost Teachings of
 Atlantis” by Jon Peniel it was
           conveyed:
        “All Is Vibration.
All Vibration Follows Universal
               Law.
     All Gives All Receives.
           All Loves.
 All Vibration Seeks to Find its
           Own Level.
       To Find Any Level,
    Set Forth the Vibration.
  By Law You Will Go There.
     By Law it Will Come.”
When you achieve that frequency fully expecting results,
serendipitous events will “mysteriously” appear in the form of
people, events, and circumstances. It is then that you must take
action for these events are leading to the manifestation of what
                           you desire.
There is another important impediment to the power of
       manifestation which must be addressed:
                 Your current beliefs.
From the moment you
   arrived, you have
 been “downloaded”
    with information
   which has created
   your belief system
 which is responsible
 for creating your life
      experiences.
 Therefore, if there is
 any area in your life
   you would like to
change, you must first
 become aware of the
     belief you are
 currently holding on
       that topic.
“You form the fabric of your experience through your beliefs and
   expectations. You take your beliefs about reality as truth and
   often do not question them; they seem self-explanatory. They
  appear in your mind as statements of fact, far too obvious for
 examination. Therefore they are accepted without question too
  often. They are not recognized as beliefs about reality, but are
  instead considered characteristics of reality itself. Frequently
 such ideas appear indisputable, so a part of you that it does not
  occur to [will not] speculate about their validity. They become
invisible assumptions, but they nevertheless color and form your
                       personal experience.”
                                                       — jane rOBERTs
                                     The Nature of Personal Reality pgs 16, 17
Your beliefs also have a physiological component for they have
  created neural pathways in your brain you could think of as
                    default computer software.

Whenever you focus on a specific topic, a specific neural pathway
 is activated which triggers a knee-jerk response. The belief you
 hold on this topic is your dominant belief therefore, despite the
    fact that you may be doing daily affirmations and thinking
 joyfully about what it is that you want, your belief must first be
  reprogrammed or you will simply continue to attract whatever
                    you are now experiencing.
Throughout your life you have had experiences which carry
  strong emotional imprints. Traumatic experiences; moments of
  loss, hurt or betrayal create specific frequencies of energy that
exist in your energy field and cannot be ignored, denied or swept
 under the rug. They are energy and as the Law of Conservation
states: ‘Energy cannot be created nor destroyed.’ Nor can energy
    remain in a state of imbalance – it will always seek balance.
     Therefore, these repressed experiences will remain in your
   energy field as “Stuck Ch’i” — energy which has not yet been
                        emoted or expressed.
This repressed energy will continually
seek balance/release by attracting more
    and more of the same energy thus
creating an ongoing pattern or cycle of
unpleasant experiences in your life – all
 having the same underlying frequency.
  These experiences will intensify until
     you recognize this pattern and
  heal/reprogram/release it by emoting
   the stuck energy and shifting your
   perspective to one that serves you.
As you learned earlier, this is the exact
 same process that we go through as a
collective. “As Above, So Below” – the
  Law applies to everything in life; the
     macrocosm and the microcosm.
“Conclusions of current research in Nonlinear Dynamics are that
 the brain’s neural networks act as a system of attractor patterns
           and that stored memories act as attractors.”
                                         — Dr. DAVID r. HAWKINS
                                               Power Versus Force pg 35
                                                   www.veritaspub.com
“The psychological rule says that when an inner situation is not
made conscious, it happens outside as fate. That is to say, when
    the individual does not become conscious of his inner
      contradictions, the world must perforce act out the
          conflict and be torn into opposite halves.”
                                                   — carl jung
“Most of us respond to our
environment with a collection of
  automatic responses. These
 patterns change only when we
 are forced to realize that they
  are no longer productive.”
          — gary ZUKAV
        The Dancing Wu Li Masters:
                  pg 191
Let’s now address these old programs, or excess baggage, which
                   need to be reprogrammed.
You may have been brought
 up to believe that ‘you must
 work hard for money,’ that
  ‘it doesn’t grow on trees,’
   etc. Therefore, if you are
   currently experiencing a
 lack of money, these earlier
 ‘programs’ are responsible
   for creating that lack. In
order to manifest something
different, your newly focused
thoughts must become more
dominant than your original
beliefs. Only then will you be
   able to achieve what it is
         that you want.
“What lies unresolved below those murky
   waters will rust and tarnish all that you
          create in the foreground.
‘As Above, So Below’ applies to all of life —
 including your soul where all is manifest.”
                              — PATRICIA CORI
              No More Secrets, No More Lies pg 182
Whatever you are now experiencing in any area of
your life will help to determine the belief you currently
   hold on that topic – a good thing, because these
  experiences will always let you know where your
                        works lies.
“Rather than pushing away or avoiding what we fear or judge
  within ourselves, we can hold these unresolved aspects of our
psyche in the embrace of compassion. All of us have wounds and
 traumas that we bear. It is these pains, along with our greatest
 joys and aspirations that form the threads of our subconscious.
  All that we've endured - the light and the dark, the smooth and
  the gritty, the shimmering and the stained - together form the
   fabric of our soul's journey. They are the patterns of energy
    necessary to complete the glorious tapestry of our human
experience. It is in the composition of these contrasting elements
that our life gains richness and beauty. In the loom of our heart,
   every feeling finds its place within our wholeness and in the
 wholeness of life itself. Thus it is our job to let our hearts be big
enough to contain all that we are. For it is through the heart that
                    all things return to Source.”
                                                      — Robert Sky
There is another important element to the
       process of manifestation…
your inner guidance system
When you were born, you came equipped with an internal guidance
system that warns you when your thoughts are focused in the wrong
                           direction.
Just as your
  physical
body warns
  you of a
threat to its
 well being
  through
  physical
   pain...
your emotional body
warns you of a threat to
 its well being through
 emotional pain or bad
         feelings
Although there are nuances to this
         premise which are
   covered in my “Life” book, in
  short, whenever you focus on a
   topic that is aligned with your
   meme, personal life’s plan, or
   what you believe, you will feel
    good. And if you continue to
focus on that topic, by virtue of the
      law of attraction you will
 attract more of it — a good thing.
However, when you focus on a topic that is not aligned with
your meme, life’s plan, or what you believe, you will feel bad.
  And if you continue to focus on that topic, you will attract
               more of it — not a good thing.
what you do in a ‘bad’
moment determines your
future, for you can think
of a ‘bad’ feeling as a…
SIGN
Your guidance system is alerting you to a
           “choice point”…
a Point
of Power
What do you do in that moment?
You think of a song the Spice Girls sang a few years ago…
tell me what you want, what you really really want
Once you determine what it is that you want, you then
    consciously shift your thoughts to that topic.
In other words:
Change stations so that you can experience what you prefer in life.
The Law of Attraction
   and your inner
 guidance system are
 guiding you in your
   every moment...
You just didn’t
   know it.
“Of all the creatures of earth, only human beings can change
  their pattern. Man alone is the architect of his destiny. The
 greatest revolution in our generation is that of human beings,
  by changing the inner attitudes of their minds, can change
                the outer aspects of their lives.”
                                               — William James
"I have come to the frightening conclusion that I am the decisive
element. It is my personal approach that creates the climate. It is
  my daily mood that makes the weather. I possess tremendous
power to make life miserable or joyous. I can be a tool of torture
or an instrument of inspiration; I can humiliate or humor, hurt or
 heal. In all situations, it is my response that decides whether a
crisis is escalated or de-escalated, and a person is humanized or
                           de-humanized."
                                                   — von goethe
“To work magic is to weave
the unseen forces into form;
  to soar beyond sight; to
explore the uncharted dream
realm of the hidden reality.”
     CHIEF STARHAWKE
“Whatever the mind of man
can conceive and believe, it
      can achieve.”

"I am the master of my fate, I
 am the captain of my soul.”

“Man alone has the power to
 transform his thoughts into
physical reality; man, alone,
   can dream and make his
     dreams come true.”
             — napoleon hill
Even corporate America is now embracing this premise
Believe that anything you can imagine, you can make real.
Can you now see why the ancient prophecies spoke of this era as
                  ‘the great awakening’?
And can you see why science and technology are posing a threat
                         to humanity?
For if we believe that we must build weapons to ‘eliminate’ the
 bad guys in our attempt to ‘save the world from evil,’ we will
unwittingly create a reality that reflects those beliefs — just as
          we have done countless times in the past…
The Law is absolute – unequivocal.
Whatever we focus on:
 be it war, terrorism,
  or the state of the
  economy, we will
magnetize evidence of
 those thoughts into
   our experience.

   In other words,
What we sow with our dominant thoughts,
        we reap in our experience!
And though some may argue that we survived the cold war
 without disaster, today a far more daunting threat exists.
Unlike the past, where superpowers controlled weapons of mass
destruction — those who understood the magnitude of this power
       and its repercussions — that is no longer the case.
Today, any fanatic who wishes to procure nuclear weapons has
the ability to do so. And I don’t know about you, but that makes
me a bit uncomfortable. So, again let me stress the importance of
                 the time we are now living, for…
unless we advance our thinking and begin living from a more
   conscious perspective, those at more primary levels of
 consciousness, those who do not yet understand the bigger
  picture, will create the potential for a catastrophic event.
And that is why this information was
  destined to be revealed today.
Therefore, if we dismiss what the Ancients are
telling us; if we choose to endlessly debate the
veracity of this wisdom, it is likely that we will
 experience the same fate of those in Atlantis.
“The world is in the condition it is in because of you, and the choices
                   you have made, or failed to make.
 The Earth is in the shape it is in because of you, and the choices you
have made, or failed to make. Your own life is the way it is because of
      you and the choices you have made, or failed to make.”
                      — neale donald walsch
                      Conversations With God Book 1 pg 50
What choices are we
now going to make?
But bear in mind,
we really don’t need to worry about making the wrong choice...
     In the schoolroom called planet Earth, we are given
             the opportunity to repeat this grade...
For this evolutionary juncture will arrive again…
in 25,920 years!
And I don’t know about you, but another 25,920 years of
      darkness doesn’t sound too appealing to me!
“You are now being provided the quintessential test: the ultimate
   initiation – to become masters in the new realm of human
  experience or sink into the confines of absolute limitation.”
                                                    — PATRICIA CORI
                                        No More Secrets, No More Lies pg 83
“Fatalism and indifference will never solve
  the monumental problem of how to avert
     world catastrophe. We must involve
ourselves again with the miracle of life. We
have opened the Pandora’s box of nuclear
  energy; we can also open, with the key of
truth, the hidden treasure house of ancient
    wisdom waiting to be discovered in a
forgotten manuscript, an ancient scroll, or
  in the unknown seat of knowledge within
ourselves. We must rediscover our place in
 the world-picture, our original role as the
partner of the Creator, helping to sow and
  harvest and make the earth once more a
                  Garden.”
             — Edmond Bordeaux Szekely
     The Discovery of the Essene Gospel of Peace - pp 10-11
“Distinguish between those who understand
              and those who agree.
  He who understands the Teaching will not
           tarry in applying it to life;
He who agrees will nod and extol the Teaching
             as remarkable wisdom,
   but will not apply this wisdom to his life.
There are many who have agreed, but they are
 like a withered forest, fruitless and without
       shade. Only decay awaits them.
  Those who understand are few, but like a
 sponge they absorb the precious knowledge
    and are ready to cleanse the horrors of
     the world with the precious liquid.”
               — the buddha
We have now learned of the importance of the time we are
living, the process of evolution and how it unfolds, the most
   formidable threat now facing humanity, as well as the
  ancient mystery of mysteries — the law of attraction, the
     power of thought and your inner guidance system.

 This knowledge provides the tools we need to resolve the
 issues we are now facing and create a promising future.
However, it does not provide our left, logical brain with the
   proof it may need to take action, which brings us to...
SECTION 5

The Obstacles We Must Remove
  From our Path Before We
  Can Progress Into the Next
      Stage of Evolution
Where do these
obstacles lie?
In Science and
 Technology...
our current dominant meme.
Those at the helm of our evolution, those guiding our way,
       those to whom we have given our power…
Until we are able to identify and resolve the
incongruities in Science and Technology, we will be unable to
 graduate to the next meme. And before we can identify these
 incongruities we must have a foundation of knowledge from
                     which to identify them.
Moreover, we must be able to make the connection between the
 Ancient wisdom and life experience. Therefore, to deem this
    thesis as legitimate, there must be proof of its validity.
                         And there is!
       Quietly behind closed doors, scientific research,
        not considered mainstream, has been conducted
over the past 50 years. This research has produced astonishing
         evidence which validates the ancient wisdom.
    And though you may think this is a slam-dunk, it is not.
                           Why?
Mainstream science refuses to acknowledge it.
             In fact, it is dismissed it as “nonsense.”

  I have been the unfortunate recipient of this type of dismissal. My
older brother is a scientist and unequivocally loves me. However, as
  I excitedly began to share my discoveries with him, he stopped me
   midsentence and said: “Lauren: You are delusional! That stuff is
   crazy! If it cannot be validated by empirical evidence it is simply
ridiculous. Use this barometer: if you can’t see it, don’t believe it for
                    these claims are preposterous!”

 Delusional? Preposterous? Whoa – these words hit me like a brick
 wall. Why would he summarily dismiss something he knew nothing
about? I would call this response “contempt prior to investigation.”
Evidently I had just entered the ‘hallowed ground of science’
where you dare not question its basic tenets. But isn’t science an
exploration of the unknown? This further intrigued me. I became
    driven to get to the bottom of this for surely there must be
   evidence to corroborate the ancient wisdom, so why wasn’t
                        science aware of it?

In fact, what does science believe? And how could Science have
    missed the most powerful law in the Universe: the law of
                           attraction?
To answer those questions and more, this section is devoted to
honoring your left, rational, logical brain and providing it with
 evidence that will confirm, verify and validate what you have
                        learned thus far.
Author Dan Brown
evidently encountered the
 same brick wall science
has erected to protect its
    current beliefs...
“Are we living in the dark ages? Still mocking the invisible force we
 cannot see nor comprehend? History teaches us that the strangest
   of ideas which we deride today will one day be our celebrated
                              truths.”
                                                     — DAN BROWN
                                                   The Lost Symbol pg 308
“Acceptance without proof is the
fundamental characteristic of western religion.
  Rejection without proof is the fundamental
      characteristic of western science.”
                                       — GARY ZUKAV
                                 The Dancing Wu Li Masters:
                        An Overview of the New Physics pg 86
But the next dominant meme cannot assume power unless the
       current dominant meme relinquishes its power.
              Something it may not do easily…
“Unveiling the truth is never easy. Throughout history, every
 period of enlightenment has been accompanied by darkness
                   pushing in opposition.”
                                                — dan brown
                                              The Lost Symbol pg 409
“For the most skeptical – allow me to remind you
 that there was an era where when even the brightest
  minds perceived the world as flat – for if the world
 was round, surely the oceans would spill off. To man
   at that time anyone espousing that the world was
   round would be mocked, ridiculed and even more
    so, if you proclaimed that there was an invisible
force which holds everything to the surface of earth.”
                                           — DAN BROWN
                                         The Lost Symbol pg 307
•
“When Galileo discovered the moons of Jupiter, the
     astronomers of that time refused to accept or
  even look at these satellites because the existence
of these moons conflicted with their accepted beliefs.
 So it is now with [Scientists] who refuse to examine
    and evaluate the considerable evidence being
        gathered… Their eyes stay tightly shut.”
                                           — DR. BRIAN WEISS
                                     Many Lives, Many Masters pg 10
“The attainment
   of wisdom is
slow and painful,
    and few are
     willing to
     relinquish
 familiar, even if
    inaccurate,
views. Resistance
   to change or
     growth is
  considerable.”

  — Dr. David r.
    Hawkins
Power Versus Force pg 195
  www.veritaspub.com
“Go ahead and act on all that you know. But notice that you’ve
  been doing that since time began. And look at what shape the
world is in. Clearly, you’ve missed something. Obviously, there is
 something you don’t understand. That which you do understand
    may seem right to you, because ‘right’ is a term you use to
 designate something with which you agree. What you’ve missed
   will, therefore, appear at first to be ‘wrong.’ The only way to
 move forward is to ask yourself, ‘What would actually happen if
  everything I thought was ‘right’ was actually ‘wrong’?’ Every
great scientist knows about this. When what a scientist does is not
working, a scientist sets aside all assumptions and starts over. All
great discoveries have been made from a willingness, and ability,
           to not be right. And that’s what’s needed here.”
                                         — neale Donald Walsch
                                          Conversations with God Book 1 pg 8
The resistance from mainstream Science is formidable because this
  new knowledge challenges what we were taught to believe about
the physical nature of our world and how life operates at the most
 fundamental level. This knowledge affirms that we have based our
   current worldview, as well as our entire medical system, upon
                  assumptions which are invalid.
And we are paying
 a high price for
 this resistance...
People are suffering and dying prematurely
as a result of the unwillingness of Science to acknowledge
                     these incongruities.
So, we have arrived at an impasse –
               with good news and bad news:

The good news? By recognizing the incongruities in science, a
 new worldview will emerge which will provide solutions to
  problems we have previously been unable to resolve, thus
       allowing the evolution of mankind to proceed.

The bad news? Because Science is the current dominant meme,
  we look to it to provide answers. However, Scientists are so
 heavily invested in their current belief system, we cannot rely
  upon them to provide the answers which will lead to a new
                            worldview.
“New paradigms put everyone practicing the old paradigm at
great risk. The higher one’s position of power, the greater the
       risk. The more you have invested in it, the more
          you have to lose by changing paradigms.”
                                                          — JOEL BARKER
                         Paradigms: The Business of Discovering the Future pg 69
“Since the history of science, scientists have vigorously fought off
    an onslaught of new ideas. This is because it is difficult to
   relinquish the sense of security that comes from a long and
     rewarding acquaintance with a particular world view.”
                                                       — GARY ZUKAV
                                                 The Dancing Wu Li Masters:
                                       An Overview of the New Physics pg 191
“If there is anything that human history demonstrates, it is
the extreme slowness with which the academic and critical
  mind acknowledges facts [that] threaten to break up the
                     accepted system.”
                                          — WILLIAM JAMES
"It must be remembered that there is nothing more difficult to plan,
    more doubtful of success, nor more dangerous to manage, than
    the creation of a new system. For the initiator has the enmity of
     all who would profit by the preservation of the old institutions
    and merely lukewarm defenders in those who would gain by the
                               new ones."
                                            — Niccolo Machiavelli
This presents a conundrum which forces you and I into a corner
                 where we must make a choice:
Are we going to wait for science to formulate a new worldview
 despite the fact that they are resistant and hostile to do so?
Prominent physicist, Dr. Werner
 Heisenberg, has observed that we
may be waiting for a long long time...
“When new groups of phenomena compel changes in the pattern of
     thought... even the most eminent of physicists find immense
 difficulties. For the demand for change in the thought pattern may
   engender the feeling that the ground is about to be pulled from
   under one’s feet...I believe that the difficulties at this point can
       hardly be overestimated. Once one has experienced the
 desperation with which clever men of science react to the demand
  for a change in the thought pattern, one can only be amazed that
   such revolutions in science have actually been possible at all.”
                                          — Dr. Werner Heisenberg
                                             Across The Frontiers, 1974, pg 162
Because this knowledge will not be receiving
the “Good Housekeeping Seal of Approval”
         from science any time soon,
     the responsibility for the evolution
    of our civilization lies in the hands of
 those of us outside the scientific paradigm;
        those who care deeply about
       our planet and the human race.
“As frightening or disempowering as world
   events may appear, these events are a much
 needed catalyst to provide a majority of people
  with a great opportunity to shake off the drug
 of indifference and stand for themselves and the
  greater society. This is a most positive aspect
in social evolution for the tightening of the reins
       only stirs desire and determination.”
                                             — PATRICIA CORi
                                 No More Secrets, No More Lies pg 85
Before we can make a difference though, we must understand the
             incongruities which exist in Science;
           where two plus two no longer equal four.
These incongruities exist in the realm of
physics — the study of how nature works
   or how the physical nature of our
        reality is now perceived.

   Some of the old theories and basic
    assumptions made in Newtonian
Physics – the very foundation of science –
    are being challenged by the new
      science of Quantum Physics.
But again, isn’t that how science evolves?
“A different theory...isn’t that what has prefaced all major
 scientific breakthroughs and inventions throughout history? We
discover a set of rules, formulae, or theories that apply and serve
     a purpose, and then discover that they must be modified or
  changed in order for us to progress further. It would seem that
    the laws of logic are inviolate, yet they can, on occasion, be
   eclipsed by others that supersede them. The higher principles
     govern the lower ones and foster the progression of human
                             knowledge.”
                                                        — Moira Timms
                                      Beyond Prophecies and Predictions pg 31
The incongruities in science
 began to surface when the new
science of quantum physics, new
    being 100 years old, was
discovered. This placed science
in a quandary because it hasn’t
   yet sorted out how quantum
    physics fits into the larger
   scheme, something Einstein
 recognized as common in many
         areas of science.
“Why does this applied
 science, which saves
  work and makes life
   easier, bring us so
 little happiness? The
 simple answer runs:
 because we have not
  yet learned to make
   sensible use of it.”
    — Albert Einstein
Why hasn’t science learned to make
       sensible use of it?
I believe there are a
    few reasons:
Scientists are very
much like Congress…
they all have their pet theories and biases, which ultimately
                    results in stagnation.
“Most scientists are “technicians;” they are not really
  interested in something new. Their field of vision is
relatively narrow; their energies applied towards what
  is already known. Because their noses are so deeply
 buried in the bark of a particular tree, it is difficult to
         speak meaningfully to them of forests –
                  the larger picture.”
                                                  — GARY ZUKAV
                                             The Dancing Wu Li Masters:
                                   An Overview of the New Physics pg 263
In addition, the field of science and medicine has grown so
 massive and complex, it is now divided into specialties within
sub-specialties, somewhat like the family doctor who in the past,
cared for you him/herself. Now he/she has assumed the role of a
 general contractor who determines what needs to be done and
             then sub-contracts the work to a specialist.
 This has created a system with no central organization which
  filters the massive data emanating from the various scientific
disciplines, thus preventing evolution. Considering the speed by
which we are able to exchange information today, breakthrough
 discoveries are taking place exponentially but there is no one
  “connecting the dots”; analyzing this data to see how it may
     apply to other areas in science which may lead to further
breakthroughs. This is yet another underlying societal structure
        in need of reform in order to serve the highest good.
Another reason that science has ignored the incongruities
     between Quantum Physics and Newtonian Physics?

Scientists have always held that Quantum Physics was flawed in
some way and that eventually someone would discover this flaw.

However, for more than seventy years, rather than finding a flaw,
   scientific results have continually validated the tenets of
                        Quantum Physics!
“Quantum mechanics has explained everything from subatomic
    particles to stellar energy. It has never failed. It has no
competition. It tells us that some of our commonsense ideas about
       the world are profoundly mistaken and deficient.”
                                                     — GARY ZUKAV
                                               The Dancing Wu Li Masters:
                                     An Overview of the New Physics pg 290
“I am going to present a very strong rational case for actually
accepting what twentieth century physics, if taken seriously, tells
    us about ourselves... I shall argue that the time has come to
     examine the possibility that the mathematical structure of
  quantum theory is not deceiving us, but revealing an essential
truth about ourselves and our place in nature. Quantum theory,
 if taken seriously,... says that our experiential knowings are the
                       basic irreducible units.”
                                             — DR. HENRY R. STAPP
                                          from a lecture entitled “Knowings”
“The dilemma posed by
 Quantum Physics shows that
 our ordinary ideas about the
world are somehow profoundly
          deficient.”
          — DR. HENRY STAPP
Despite the incongruities
   recognized by prominent
  physicists, science has not
 attempted to reformulate its
views, but instead has stuck its
       head in the sand.
If scientists were to validate the discoveries made in quantum physics
 and acknowledge their correlation with the ancient wisdom, the very
  foundation of science would be called into question. Of course, this
would then allow for the explosion of knowledge the Ancients spoke of
   and subsequent evolution of Humankind. However, what science
     failed to realize was that evolution, or a paradigm shift of this
                      magnitude, cannot be stopped.
“You can resist a new paradigm but understand, you cannot stop
      the process. It will take place with or without you.”
                                                          — JOEL BARKER
                        Paradigms: The Business of Discovering the Future pg 149
Let’s now delve into the incongruities between Newtonian
             Physics and Quantum Physics.
What are the underlying tenets of Newtonian Physics?
Newtonian Physics
   presumes that the physical
nature of our reality operates in
 a mechanical predictable way.
Just as we can predict that the hands on a clock will
 reach the one o’clock position every twelve hours,
  life was believed to operate in the same manner.
Newtonian
Physics tells us
 that there are
 invisible laws
of nature such
  as cause and
effect, gravity,
   force, and
 motion which
   provide a
framework we
  exist within.
Newtonian Physics presumes
  that our consciousness; our
  thoughts, beliefs, words and
actions, have nothing to do with
       physical reality…
that you and I are essentially visitors on this planet.
And because we have no
   connection to our
   physical reality…
we can
   observe,
measure, and
  speculate
  about the
   physical
nature of our
    world
 impartially.
“Newton based his laws on sound experimental evidence and
 nothing else: He made no hypotheses. His criteria for validity
was that anyone should be able to reproduce an experiment and
      come up with the same results. If it could be verified
   experimentally, it was true. If it could not, it was suspect.”
                                                     — GARY ZUKAV
                                                The Dancing Wu Li Masters:
                                      An Overview of the New Physics pg 38
The objective of Newtonian
     Physics was to…
uncover the invisible laws of nature which would ultimately
                  improve the quality of life.
Science believed that the cause and effect relationships
underlying life experience would be revealed by observing and
       experimenting with elements of physical reality.
To determine if a cause and effect relationship was valid,
science employed a ‘test of truth’ called ‘empirical evidence.’
Here’s how it works:
  Let’s say that you and I discover a formula that cures cancer.
                             A+B=C
In order for our formula to be deemed truth – C - the result/effect
   we obtained must also be obtained by others who apply our
              formula. In other words, if anyone adds
                   A + B, the result must be C.
The only problem with
  that assumption?
it was wrong…
In many cases, formulae that had passed the test of empirical
evidence were found to have an ‘effect’ only in a percentage of
            cases. So, A + B =?C? sometimes???
Rather than our cure
for cancer curing all
people as dictated by
empirical evidence –
 ‘the test of truth’ –
some people became
well while others did
         not.
Even more incredulous, others
became well, like Uncle Lazlo,
after taking a placebo, a ‘Life
 saver’, which had absolutely
   no medicinal properties.
       A + B = “D”???
According to Newtonian Physics, this is impossible.
    These results defy what is commonly held by the laws of
                      Newtonian Physics.

           If A + B sometimes = C, and sometimes = D
 there is a problem with an underlying assumption in Newtonian
                   Physics, wouldn’t you agree?

But again, rather than acknowledging this incongruity - calling a
            spade a spade - and investigating further,
Science
dismissed the
   placebo-
 effect as an
anomaly – an
 exception to
   the rule.
“As the ultimate insult, a placebo has often
   been called a ‘dummy pill.’ But the human
body, with its propensity to turn a person’s belief
    into a physical instruction, is not dumb.”
                                — DR. HERBERT BENSON
                Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief
“The placebo’s only legitimate role in medicine was assigned in
the 1950’s when it became a benchmark by which to measure new
drugs and techniques. In other words, if a new drug was no better
    than a placebo, it was considered a failure. Never mind that
placebos were 30 to 90 percent effective; attention was focused on
  the next, ever stronger or more aggressive therapy, rather than
               on a mind/body impetus for healing.”
                                               — DR.HERBERT BENSON
                               Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief
Dr. Benson reveals numerous scientific studies which
demonstrate the power of the placebo — the power of belief —
 and how it is impossible for the placebo-effect to be considered
                    an exception to the rule.
“Physicians could no
   longer dismiss the
    phenomenon [of
placebos] as a relatively
 minor factor, because
 now it seemed to have
an effect the majority of
       the time.”
 – Dr. Herbert Benson
 Timeless Healing: The Power
 and Biology of Belief -pg 31
Dr. Benson’s research consistently validates the placebo-effect,
the law of attraction, the power of belief — a higher universal
 law which supersedes the Newtonian definition of cause and
                             effect.
“In 1950, Dr. Stewart Wolf studied women who endured
   persistent nausea and vomiting during pregnancy. These
   patients swallowed small, balloon-tipped tubes that once
positioned in their stomachs, allowed researchers to record the
 contractions associated with waves of nausea and vomiting.
 After receiving the tubes, the women were given a drug they
were told would cure the problem. But in fact, they were given
  the opposite — syrup of Ipecac — a substance that causes
   vomiting. Remarkably, the patient’s nausea and vomiting
 ceased entirely and their stomach contractions, as measured
    through the balloons, returned to normal. Because they
   believed they received antinausea medicine, these women
        reversed the proven action of a powerful drug.”
                                              — DR. HERBERT BENSOn
                        Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief pg 33
A drug that had passed the test of empirical evidence…
The following excerpt
 provides even more
validation of the Law
    of Attraction.
“In 1994, Dr. Alan Roberts and his colleagues at the Scripps
Clinic and Research Foundation looked at medical and surgical
 treatments of bronchial asthma, herpes simplex cold sores, and
 duodenal ulcers. Employing a retrospective approach, Robert’s
 team studied treatments once thought to be successful but later
  debunked. They concluded, according to Clinical Psychology
  Review, that ‘under conditions of heightened expectations’ the
power of the placebo-effect ‘far exceeds that commonly reported
in literature.’ A full 70% of the patients they studied experienced
         excellent or good results from bogus treatments!”
                                                  — DR. HERBERT BENSON
                            Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief pg 31
Even though there are countless scientific studies and mounting
evidence that irrefutably validates the law of attraction, science
had not questioned its basic assumptions but instead has offered
                     another explanation...
       one that does not disrupt its current view. Enter...
“Statistics”
       and
“Margins of Error”
The new line of reasoning?
‘Perhaps you’ll get better.’
Perhaps?
So, maybe the hands on our clock
will reach the one o’clock position
     in 12 hours or maybe they
             won’t...?
What gives?
A powerful incentive not to buck the system.
“Force always distorts truth
for its own self-serving purposes.”
                          — Dr. David r. Hawkins
                                Power versus Force pg 150
                                     www.veritaspub.com
“We see best what we are supposed to see. We see poorly, or not
 at all, that data that does not fit into our paradigm. When that
 ‘wrong data’ shows up we will either ignore it as irrelevant or
     actually distort it until it fits our prevailing paradigm.”
                                                           — JOEL Barker
                          Paradigms: The Business of Discovering the Future pg 91
“The first to see an illusion by which men have flourished for
   centuries surely stands in a lonely place. In that moment of
insight he and he alone, sees the obvious which to the rest of the
   world appears as nonsense, or worse, madness or heresy.”
                                                     — GARY ZUKAV
                                                The Dancing Wu Li Masters:
                                      An Overview of the New Physics pg 303
Put yourself in the shoes of a scientist.
 Would you want to be the victim of a fierce campaign mounted
against you; one where you were ridiculed, ostracized and finally
    your ideas so discredited that you became the joke of the
                        scientific world?
 Unless you want your life to be a living hell, you will go along
 with the program and pretend that the ‘emperor has no clothes
                               on’.
“We want the facts to fit the preconceptions. When they don’t,
      it’s easier to ignore the facts than to change the
                         preconception.”
                                              — Jessamyn West
“If the facts don’t fit the theory,
       change the facts.”
                                — Albert Einstein
“The most difficult subjects
 can be explained to the most
slow-witted man if he has not
    formed any idea of them
   already; but the simplest
thing cannot be made clear to
 the most intelligent man if he
  is firmly persuaded that he
   already knows, without a
shadow of doubt, what is laid
          before him.”

      — leo tolstoy 1897
Author Marilyn Ferguson
   offers another insight.
   She tells us not to fear
    incongruities but to
acknowledge them, for once
    acknowledged, they
ultimately provide answers
to mysteries that have long
          eluded us.
“As scientists worked toward the elusive ultimate answers, bits of
 data here and there refused to fit into Newton’s scheme. This is
     typical of any paradigm. Eventually, too many puzzling
  observations pile up outside the old framework of explanation
 and strain it. Usually at the point of crisis, someone has a great
   heretical idea. A powerful new insight explains the apparent
contradictions. It introduces a new principle, a new perspective.
   By forcing a more comprehensive theory, the crisis was not
                    destructive, but instructive.”
                                            — Marilyn Ferguson
                                            The Aquarian Conspiracy pg 27
And Dr. David R. Hawkins
    corroborates that
      perspective:
“As in the case of the discovery of radio waves or x-rays, a
   sudden expansion of our awareness of the workings of
         the universe not only allows, but demands a
   recontextualization of our world view. Implications of
  new knowledge require a reworking of old ideas to form
        a larger context. Though it may occasion some
  intellectual stress, such scientific recontextualization of
    human behavior can expose the basic structures that
       underlie personal and social problems, thereby
                  revealing their solutions.”
                                   — DR. DAVID r. HAWKINS
                                           Power versus Force pg 10
                                              www.veritaspub.com
Once again, you
can clearly see
how discomfort
   catalyzes
  evolution.
Why doesn’t empirical
    evidence work?
The realm of cause and effect is not governed solely by the laws of
Newtonian Physics, but by Quantum Physics, where consciousness
 and the higher universal Law of Attraction reigns — a law the
     Ancients tell us is the most powerful law in the universe.
“There are no 'causes’ in the observable world…
  the observable world is a world of effects.”
                               — Dr. David r. Hawkins
                                     Power Versus Force pg 19
                                         www.veritaspub.com
The “Emerald Tablets of Thoth,” an ancient Egyptian document,
                corroborates that premise:
“Know ye, O Man, that
all of the future is an open
   book to him who can
read. All effect shall bring
   forth its causes as all
 effects are from the first
 cause. Know ye that the
    future is not fixed or
stable but varies as cause
   brings forth an effect.
  Look in the cause then
    thou shalt bring into
   being and surely thou
  shalt see all is effect.”
 — The Emerald Tablets
       of Thoth
          tablet 12
“Society constantly expends its efforts to correct effects instead of
 causes, which is one reason why the evolution of consciousness
  proceeds so slowly. Others are: 1) Ignorance of the nature of
    consciousness itself. 2) Misunderstanding of the nature of
                             causality.”
                                           — Dr. david r. hawkins
                                                  Power versus Force pg 19
                                                      www.veritaspub.com
Author Laurie Beth Jones provides more evidence of
                  The Law of Attraction
and illuminates another incongruity in Newtonian Physics.
“Physicists are now aware of subatomic particles that hover in
and around everything that exists. One interesting characteristic
 of these particles is that they seem to take on the properties or
          expectations of the scientists studying them.”
                      — LAURIE BETH JONES
                            The Path pg 72
Physical matter responds to expectations?
         What does that mean?
That consciousness indeed affects the physical nature of our
                         reality.
This premise is at the core of a basic tenet of Quantum Physics
   called Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle which states:
we cannot observe anything in the world without affecting it.
“As you are learning from Quantum Physics: the mere
observation or knowledge of an experiment alters its outcome.
  For when one observes an experiment, one is exchanging
energies and the waves of consciousness alter the reality - the
consciousness of the matter - thereby affecting its evolution.”
                                                    — PATRICIA CORI
                                   More Secrets, No More Lies pg 82,180, 181
It appears that waves of consciousness consisting of our dominant
     thoughts or opinions influence every topic we focus upon.
The tenets of Quantum Physics validate The Law of Attraction
   which calls into question the results of scientific research.
For a researcher cannot obtain meaningful results, or determine
“truth” if he or she has an expectation, because that expectation
         will influence the results of his or her research.
To determine if a cause and effect relationship is
valid there must be an objective observer conducting
 the experiment. This person must have no opinion
           about what they are observing.
But Quantum Physics says that you cannot be unbiased!
To
 understand
   how this
   premise
dramatically
 undermines
the world of
   science,
let’s pretend
that you are
  a scientist
 who wishes
  to conduct
      an
 experiment.
Why do you want to conduct this experiment?
You probably believe that it will provide you with information
   which will ultimately lead to the achievement of a goal.
Why do you want to achieve this goal?
Perhaps you want to cure some dreadful disease.
Why do you wish to do that?
You would alleviate a great deal of pain and suffering that exists
                         in our world.
Sound logical? But let’s dig deeper.
Why did you enter the
  field of research?
What was your intent
   in choosing this
particular profession?
After all you could have chosen another vocation, one where you
   were on a Hawaiian beach where you escorted tourists on
           excursions to swim with wild dolphins, right?
But you chose the
field of research and
you had a reason for
    doing so. And
  because you had a
       reason...
you are
biased.
Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle tells us that you affect whatever
you focus upon, therefore you inadvertently skew the results of what
        you are studying by sheer virtue of your studying it.
“The experimenter’s choice of experiment determines what will
manifest. There is no such thing as objectivity. We cannot eliminate
 ourselves from the picture. We are a part of nature, and when we
  study nature there is no way around the fact that nature is then
studying itself. There is no such thing as the independent observer
   who can stand on the sidelines watching nature run its course
                       without influencing it.”
                                                      — GARY ZUKAV
                                                The Dancing Wu Li Masters:
                                    An Overview of the New Physics pg 93,112
Rather than uncovering a cause
and effect relationship through
empirical evidence, the results
 obtained by research instead
    reflect the bias of that
          researcher.
Does this
 sound like
     an
incongruity
  to you?
And this
incongruity
was exposed
on Nightline
  about 10
 years ago.
While studying the effect of salt on our
  diet, two scientists arrived at opposing
conclusions utilizing empirical evidence —
             the “test of truth:”

One scientist had empirical evidence that
proved that salt was good for our health,

   and a second scientist had empirical
evidence that proved that salt was harmful
               to our health.
But you can’t have it both ways.




Empirical Evidence either works or it doesn’t.
How has science dealt with this paradox?
Science sought to resolve this dilemma by employing a
“double-blind” approach while conducting experiments.
I give Suzy a “recipe” without telling her what she’s going to
  make. She then passes the recipe onto Fred who cooks the
                       ‘mystery’ dish.

Fred is considered the ‘impartial observer’ because he doesn’t
  know what he is cooking, and the results of my recipe, ‘my
 original great idea,’ are supposedly distanced from my bias.
The only
 problem
 with this
approach?
It doesn’t work either…
“What an experimenter does has
an intrinsic effect upon the results
    of an experiment, even in a
     distant, separated area.”
                      — GARY ZUKAV
                 The Dancing Wu Li Masters:
       An Overview of the New Physics pg 296
How could that be?
Another tenet in Quantum Physics called Bell’s
 Theorem also confirms what the Ancients are
                  telling us:
That man and nature are
interconnected by virtue of a
      matrix of energy.
“Bell’s Theorem provides a mathematical proof that all the parts
of the universe are connected in an intimate and immediate way
   previously claimed only by mystics and other scientifically
                     questionable people.”
                                                     — GARY ZUKAV
                                               The Dancing Wu Li Masters:
                                     An Overview of the New Physics pg 290
Bell’s Theorem tells us that we
could, in fact, ‘million-blind’ my
 recipe and the end result would
  still be affected by the energy
  created by my original great
idea because that energy cannot
   be separated from me in the
  matrix of energy we are all a
               part of.
A matrix some refer to as ‘Spirit’ or the Spirit of God.
“All matter originates and exists only by virtue of a force which
brings the particles of an atom to vibration and holds the most minute
solar system of the atom together.... We must assume behind this force
  the existence of a conscious and intelligent mind. This mind is the
                         matrix of all matter.”
                 — DR. Max Planck: The ‘Father’ of Quantum Physics
The bottom line?
There is not an ‘us’ and a ‘them.’ There is only an ‘us,’ and rather than
 being powerless visitors on this planet, we impact every aspect of life.
Another tenet in Quantum Physics called the Chaos Theory, tells
 us that even the smallest amounts of energy in motion have a
                    profound effect on life.
Fundamental to this theory is a tenet called the ‘Butterfly Effect’
                         which states:
A butterfly fluttering its tiny wings today in Peking....
...can transform storm systems next month in New York!
So, if a teeny-
  weeny little
butterfly has
 the power to
 affect storm
    systems,
  imagine the
   effect that
 you have on
the matrix of
    energy!
Another tenet of Quantum Physics called ‘Probabilities’ also
               validates the Law of Attraction.
Rather than there being one effect for a cause,
in the realm of Probabilities a number of effects exist —
         just as they do in a game of Nintendo®.
While playing this video game you encounter ‘choice points’ where
     you must move your character one direction or another.
  When you arrive at one of these points, there are a number of
possibilities for you to choose from. You can move up, down, right,
                  left, or choose not to move at all –
               which typically results in your demise...
With each of your choices, you are choosing
 a future in this game of Nintendo®, unlike
    other futures that are also available.
Life operates the same way. Throughout the day, each of us
    encounters a number of ‘choice points’ from trivial to
monumental. With each choice we make, we are choosing one
     possibility out of many that will result in our future.
Quantum Physics tells us that
some possibilities have a higher
 probability of occurring than
            others.
Up to this point in our evolution, the collective reality we have
experienced was dictated by the greatest prevailing energy, the
      dominant beliefs of mankind. This is referred to as:
‘creation by default’
The psychic message I received stated:
“Things only happen when you make them happen. To
let go and surrender is to let things happen to you. You
      have free will but must set things in motion.”
“You are at the cause of your experience, not at the effect of it. At
 first you may not realize this, and so you may not be consciously
creating your reality. Your experience will then be created by one
      of two other energies: your uncontrolled thoughts, or the
                     collective consciousness.”
                                         — neale donald walsch
                                      Conversations With God book 3 pg 61
The Ancients are telling us that we have now arrived at a point in our
evolution where we must play the game of life as we would a game of chess.
When we arrive at a choice point,
    a ‘point of power,’ we must
     consciously evaluate each
  possibility utilizing our inner
guidance system, choose what we
prefer, and then deliberately use
   the power of our thoughts to
       actualize that choice.
    In other words, consciously
 create/attract our future reality.
We have now explored the incongruities in physics and learned
   that consciousness indeed plays a significant role in life
           experience just as the Ancients foretold!
I am excited to
    report that
  Scientists are
 now exploring
   the power of
 consciousness
and how relates
 to the physical
world so we can
utilize this power
      for the
  betterment of
    humanity.
A number of laboratories have conducted myriad experiments
 utilizing thought and consciousness with astounding results.
Among them: The Princeton Engineering Anomalies Research
 Lab (PEAR), the Institute of Noetic Science (IONS), and The
                    Institute of HeartMath.
These laboratories have demonstrated that focused human
thought is a real and measurable force in this world having the
           ability to affect and change physical mass.
Author Lynn McTaggart has
discovered how to apply the power
of consciousness and is conducting
a series of experiments highlighted
     in her book “The Intention
            Experiment.”
I will now share some of the results of this research:
In the late 1970’s, Princeton professor, Robert Jahn, became
intrigued with the whole idea of consciousness. He was curious to
  see if human thought could affect a random event generator – a
    small device which utilizes a simple computer program that
      produces an equal number of ones and zeros in random
 sequences as the laws of chance dictate. The numbers appear on
   a graph as a nearly flat line so any deviation would appear as
                          a curve or spike.
To test his theory, Professor Jahn allegedly pulled people off the
   street and asked them to focus on this generator. This idea
  seemed preposterous, for the computers were programmed to
 produce an even number of ones and zeros. Yet time and again,
the mere thoughts of ordinary people produced deviations on the
graph – deviations which defied the laws of mainstream science.

 These findings captivated another professor at Princeton, Dr.
 Roger Nelson, who was curious to see if the generators would
 produce an anomaly at a group meditation. Again deviations
 were recorded which should not have occurred, but they did.

  Even more interesting, the generators reported even greater
             deviations on September 5, 1997...
a day when over one
billion people watched
the funeral services of
 the beloved Princess
         Diana.
Dr. Nelson shared these findings with fascinated colleagues at
  a European conference in 1998 which spawned the Global
   Consciousness Project. Forty generators were installed at
laboratories all over the world creating a network whimsically
 named “EGG,” or Electro-Gaia-Gram. Twenty-four hours a
  day, the generators clicked away an equal amount of zeros
 and ones unless a major event occurred in the world, such as:
the O.J. Simpson trial, the Asian Tsunami, the Winter Olympics
     in Japan, Hurricane Katrina, the NATO bombing of
      Yugoslavia, as well as New Years Eve celebrations.
Whenever a great number of people focused on a singular event,
             the generators reported a deviation.
On September 11, 2001 the generators recorded an unparalleled
 increase in deviations all over the globe as people focused in
                    horror on this tragedy.
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
Furthermore, something else occurred on that fateful day:
the generators reported deviations 4 hours prior to the towers
     being attacked – something inexplicable to this day.
Two national weather
  monitoring satellites also
 detected a powerful spike in
     global magnetism on
  September 11. In readings
 broadcast every 30 minutes,
    satellites GOES-8 and
GOES-10 detected a surge in
    Earth’s magnetic field
strength that reached nearly
50 units higher than any data
     previously reported.
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
These results demonstrate that focused mass consciousness affects
            physical reality, which begs the question:
              Can this power be harnessed for good?
The Institute of HeartMath has conducted research which has
recognized a correlation between significant worldwide events
and the magnetic fields of Earth. Their research focuses on the
 more specific area of emotion – the magnetic frequencies of
          energy produced by thoughts and feelings.
The Institute of HeartMath employs a team of experts from
various scientific disciplines including neuroscience, cardiology,
    psychology, biochemistry, bioelectricity and physics. Their
   research has shown that emotions have a dramatic impact on
  health and well-being, as well as the magnetic fields of Earth!
When we feel good, our hearts create coherence or a harmony in
our heart rhythms and nervous systems. Conversely, when we feel
  bad, a state of incoherence is created resulting in an increased
     disorder in our heart rhythms and nervous systems. Their
    research indicates that emotions radiate outward like radio
waves and are both detected by and affect the nervous systems of
 those around us, in addition to the magnetic fields of our planet.
The magnetic fields of Earth exist between the
surface of our planet and the inner edge of the
   ionosphere, approximately 40 miles high.
   Within this cavity there is a frequency the
      scientific community refers to as the
    “Schumann Resonance,” after German
 scientist W.O. Schumann who discovered this
signal. The Ancients referred to this frequency
  as the average frequency of humanity or the
              “heartbeat of Earth.”
   Studies have shown that Earth’s heartbeat
  plays an important role in our physical and
psychological health, as our hearts and brains
are synchronized to this frequency. In fact, Dr.
   Wolfgang Ludwig advised NASA to install
   devices on spacecraft which simulate this
 frequency in order to stabilize an astronaut's
                  health in space.
Because our heart and brain waves are synchronized to the
 rhythm of the “Schumann Resonance,” it is theorized that this
      magnetic field can be utilized in a positive manner.
  The Institute of HeartMath believes that if a large number of
people were to intentionally focus on a global crisis at a specific
  time with a coherent positive emotional feeling, the wave of
       energy produced could positively affect this crisis.
With this idea in mind, The
   Institute of HeartMath
  established The Global
Coherence Project with the
goal of utilizing intentional
collective thoughts to shift
global consciousness from
 instability and discord, to
 balance, cooperation and
      enduring peace.
Israel’s Weizmann Institute of Science has conducted research
 which supports that premise. In a highly controlled experiment
  utilizing the underlying premise of Heisenberg’s Uncertainty
Principle – that we cannot observe anything in the world without
                   affecting it – it was concluded:
“The greater the amount of watching, the greater the observers
              influence on what actually takes place.”
Channel Patricia Cori also corroborates that premise in
                         “Atlantis Rising”:
   “The collective mind, or focused consciousness of many, can
 heal disharmony on any level. Strength is in clarity, unity, and
                            intent.” pg 130
   “An entire population can become disciplined in their focus
    using their minds, and the awareness of the power of their
       thoughts can unite to realize a common goal!” pg 134
 “Group waves of light and love become beacons for those who
     are struggling in the darkness of their anxiety, fear and
  disharmony. If enough people unite for the light, the power of
  your thoughts will resonate with earth’s own electromagnetic
                         frequencies.” pg 99
  “United, the power of your focused thoughts and the love you
  bring forward through all actions, words, and expression can
deflect the forces of darkness and neutralize those intentions.” 113
Can this power be
harnessed, and if so, how?
“Thoughts have measurable mass and all
 mass has gravity, so if many people focus on
a single thought simultaneously, the thoughts
attract unto themselves – merge – and become
   one larger mass which responds to more
  gravity. Therefore, if enough people focus
   on the same thing, the gravitational force
of those thoughts becomes tangible – it exerts
  actual force which can have a measurable
             effect on our world.”
                                     — DAN BROWN
                                   The Lost Symbol pg 495
How might we utilize
   the power of
 consciousness to
 impact and mold
   everyday life
   experience?
Imagine that a devastating hurricane is enroute to the heavily
populated east coast of Florida. You receive a text message/email
instructing you to find a place of solitude (even a bathroom stall)
at 3:00 PM EST. At 3:00, you quiet your mind until you achieve a
   state of coherence. Then you “visualize” the hurricane being
     diverted to an area where it will be less devastating while
    simultaneously “dialing down” its velocity from a category
                         5 to a category 2...
There is even more evidence which demonstrates the connection
   between thought and matter. Paradigm-shattering results
    utilizing thought have also been obtained in a Japanese
                           laboratory.
Dr. Masaru Emoto instructed
   people to focus various
thoughts on glasses of water
   as the water froze. The
   results? The crystalline
 structure of the water was
  clearly affected; positive
thoughts of love, beauty and
 kindness created beautiful
  symmetrical ice crystals,
 whereas negative thoughts
  produced misshapen and
    deformed ice crystals.
You Make Me Sick,      Adolph Hitler
Heavy Metal Music
                       I Will Kill You


   Thank You        Love and Appreciation    Mother Teresa
2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction
Dr. Emoto has
     produced
evidence showing
    that human
     energy —
 thoughts, words,
ideas and music -
     affect the
     molecular
    structure of
   water; water
 which comprises
    over seventy
   percent of the
 human body and
 covers the same
  amount of our
       planet.
Furthermore, laboratories all over the world have conducted
   experiments which demonstrate that thought affects…
the growth rate of plants,
        the direction that fish swim in a bowl,
   the manner in which cells divide in a Petri dish,
the synchronization of separately automated systems,
      the chemical reactions in one’s own body,
        the movement of subatomic particles,
even cancer cells being transformed into healthy cells
      simply by having people think about them.
Even more
   incredible, the
   hands of a faith
     healer were
photographed with
a CCD camera and
showed streams of
 energy emanating
     through his
 fingertips literally
    changing the
cellular makeup of
     his patient.
1937 Nobel Prize winner,
Albert Szent-Gyorgyi tells
us that mind/body/energy
   healing is not at all
        unusual…
“In every culture and in every medical tradition before ours,
       healing was accomplished by moving energy.”
                                      — ALBERT SZENT-GYORGYI
                                             (1937 Nobel Prize Winner)
“Laboratories all over the
   world have established that
consciousness exists outside the
confines of the human body; that
  it is a highly ordered energy
     capable of changing the
         physical world.”

       — DAN BROWN
        The Lost Symbol pg 55
...knowledge the Ancients
prophesied that we would need to
   move into the next stage of
         evolution and...
create our future
Experiment after experiment
confirms the ancient wisdom and
      The Law of Attraction:
the power of belief and the ability
 of consciousness to mold reality.
And though all of this is spectacularly interesting dinner table
conversation, is anyone putting two and two together and using
                 this knowledge to help people?
Many courageous doctors and
    scientists have discovered this
 knowledge and are now utilizing it to
              help people!

   And Dr. Herbert Benson is among
them for he has harnessed the power of
 belief to heal patients that our current
 medical establishment have diagnosed
              as incurable!

 He has created a mind/body healing
  methodology called ‘remembered
       wellness’ and tells us:
“In my thirty years of practicing medicine, I’ve found no
 healing force more impressive or more universally accessible
   than the power of the individual to care for him or herself.
 Together with colleagues, I found that in the patient cases we
reviewed, the effect I call “remembered wellness,” was 70 to 90
  percent effective, doubling and tripling the success rate that
       had always been attributed to the placebo-effect.”
                                             — Dr. HERBERT Benson
                             Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief
The results of Dr. Benson’s years of research and experience
                  have led him to conclude:
“We are, without a doubt, at a turning point in the history of
  utilizing belief in healing. As medical researchers, we expect
 some exceptions and anomalies from our statistics. But finding
that patients who consistently follow doctor’s orders, believing
that doing so would make them well were twice as likely to live,
                            is sobering.”
                                               — Dr. Herbert Benson
                         Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief pg 45
“The medical system is in crisis... and the best remedy of all may
  lie in the yet untapped resources that our brilliant brains and
                   visceral souls make possible.”
                                                 — Dr. Herbert Benson
                           Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief pg 95
Just as Uncle Lazlo and his family were cured of their ailments
     by simply taking Lifesavers®, we are now beginning to
              recognize that it is not the medicinal
 properties in drugs that provide cures, but the beliefs that we,
          our doctors, or the original researcher holds
   about that medicine which results in a healing or lack of
                      healing that occurs.
And though we are now learning that it is thought and belief
  which are creating the results from pharmaceuticals, I do not
advise throwing away your medications just yet. Your underlying
  “programmed” beliefs are extremely powerful, so this is one
area where you will have to be judicious. You must first learn and
  practice the process of utilizing your power before taking any
          drastic steps which might impair your health.
At the same time, this truth can no longer be ignored nor stifled
for many people are utilizing this power to heal right now. As the
  Ancients explained, the Law of Attraction is the most powerful
 law in the universe. This law is responsible for the incongruities
      that exist in science today — incongruities that are now
               contributing to unnecessary suffering.
Science, those
  to whom we
have given our
  power, those
  currently at
the helm of our
 evolution, will
      not be
 providing the
     leap in
 consciousness
  we now must
       take.
For the miraculous ‘pill’ we were
  waiting for science to deliver,
the panacea that would eliminate
      illness and make life
  better in myriad ways, is not
     coming from science…
for that ‘pill’ exists within
        each of us.
At the conclusion of the
  Wizard of Oz Dorothy
believes that she will never
  be able to return to her
loved ones back in Kansas.
In this agonizing moment,
  Glinda, the good witch
         appears...
Dorothy:   ‘Oh, Glinda,
can you please help me
 get back to Kansas?’
Glinda: ‘You don’t
 need to be helped any
longer. You always had
the power to go back to
 Kansas. It was inside
         you.’
Scarecrow:
“Why didn’t you
  tell her?’
Glinda:
 ‘She would not
have believed me.
She had to learn it
   for herself.’
Just as you and I have to learn our lessons before we can
         progress into our next stage of evolution.
What do the incongruities
between Quantum Physics
 and Newtonian Physics
    ultimately reveal?
That some basic tenets in science need to be replaced — Now.
“The dichotomy of Newtonian physics and Quantum
          Physics leave us in a mess for the laws of Newtonian
 Physics are predicated upon a system which may not even exist. The
entire structure of Newtonian Physics was based on the fact that there
must be a frame of reference in which these laws are valid. The inability
 to find it made Newtonian Physics appear like a huge castle built on
                         sand.” — GARY ZUKAV
             The Dancing Wu Li Masters: An Overview of the New Physics pg 126
“With the discovery of quantum physics, your scientific
 community is redefining humanity’s command of celestial
mechanics and the inner space of the subatomic realms... and
what may contradict all of the known ‘laws’ of science today,
    very probably will be the discoveries of tomorrow.”
                                              — PATRICIA CORI
                                                Atlantis Rising -pg39
Although we have illuminated numerous incongruities in science,
Empirical evidence is still the standard methodology employed to
 determine “truth” thus creating a barrier we must overcome to
           progress into the next phase of evolution.
And though I may not be a rocket
 scientist, I can put two and two
 together. So why can’t science?
Fear.
 Too many scientists are trembling
in fear for if they dare to expose the
     incongruities in science…
if they dare to declare that the Emperor has
no clothes on, surely they will be crucified…
Who is this wizard who hides
    behind the curtain wielding a power
 so great that scientists tremble before him
and dare not deviate from the old paradigm?
Is there a Scientific supreme court which
  decides what is true and what is not?
The time has come
     to form a multi-
  disciplinary scientific
  organization with the
   primary mission of
serving the highest good.
From my untrained perspective, I have concluded…
The larger laws of Newtonian physics,
       such as gravity, force and motion,
       create a context or structure where
consciousness, governed by the Law of Attraction,
            learns, plays and evolves.
That’s it; pretty simple.
Is there more to this? Probably, but it’s a matter of categorizing
         where one discipline ends and another begins.
                And from a practical standpoint?
                       It’s all just rhetoric.
The time has come to take this information out of the realm of the
theoretical, esoteric and philosophical, into everyday life so that
we can begin to improve the quality of life and resolve the myriad
                     issues we are now facing.
The world is waiting…
Evolution is waiting…
“We are approaching
the end of science [as
we now know it] - the
  coming of western
civilization, in its own
  time and in its own
 way, into the higher
dimensions of human
     experience.”

    — GARY ZUKAV
 The Dancing Wu Li Masters:
An Overview of the New Physics
           pg 263
“One day soon the light will dawn and mankind will finally
  begin to grasp the simple transformative truth of the ancient
teachings and take a quantum leap forward in understanding his
                   own magnificent nature.”
                                                 — DAN BROWN
                                               The Lost Symbol pg 488
“The world has now reached that
  point in history where mankind’s
role can be decisive. This intelligent
creature, a product of evolution, has
   become capable of obstructing,
perhaps destroying, the very process
 which produced him. For evolution
    to have a future on Earth it is
    imperative that each man and
      woman extend his and her
      responsibility beyond their
immediate concerns to the destiny of
     mankind and their planet.”

  — PIERRE TEILHARD DE CHARDIN
Have I adequately argued my case and provided enough
witnesses and evidence to open your mind to a new possibility?
Are you ready to apply this knowledge to make a difference in
                your own life and our world?
If so, let’s move
onto section 6, the
   last section...
SECTION 6

What You Can Do at This Critical
 Moment in History to Ensure
      a Promising Future
Now that you understand the importance of the time we are living
   and have a more expansive insight of the bigger picture;

 Now that you’re aware of the most unsuspecting threat facing
humanity and can identify the incongruities that exist in science;

 Now that the ‘mystery of mysteries’ has been revealed and you
have learned that there are many areas of science which validate
                      the ancient wisdom…
you must weigh this evidence
   and arrive at a verdict
Each of us has now arrived at a crossroads where we are being
  called upon to take responsibility for our own lives and our
                            world.
“The message is clear. If you want
to be one of the first into the new
paradigm, you cannot wait for large
amounts of evidence. In fact, you have
to do exactly the opposite. You must
trust your intuition — your non-rational
judgment – and take the plunge; make
a leap of faith into the new paradigm.”
                                  — JOEL Barker
Paradigms: The Business of Discovering the Future pg 83
As you begin to utilize the law of attraction to
   improve the quality of your life, you will
simultaneously help to raise the consciousness
    on Earth and usher in a promising future
               for humankind.
Will it be easy? No. It’s going to take
   dedication, determination and discipline.
But together we can do it, for we are now aware
              of our authentic power.
“A contemporary understanding of personal evolution –
your acceleration into fully conscious twenty-first century
     human beings – requires profound introspection,
 commitment, and integration of the logical and intuitive
 halves of the mind. It entails clearing old programming,
 release of blocked energy forms, and a new approach to
living as caretakers of the celestial being upon which you
     reside and take nourishment. Involved is the full
awakening of the heart and the silencing of the ego-driven
                           self.”
                                         — patricia cori
                                            Atlantis Rising -pg 1
You can also make a difference by sharing this information with
      others for we are told in Conversations with God:
“You have to raise consciousness before you change consciousness.”
                                        — Neale Donald Walsch
                                        Conversations with God Book 3 pg 293
And don’t be shy about sharing this information for today,
especially today, people are in pain, on their knees praying,
 hungering for answers which provide hope for the future.
“The time of the Great Awakening is come.
 Your hands have been chosen to reach the
lonely, your eyes to see innocence, not guilt,
   and your lips to utter words of comfort.
             Let pain be no more.
    Teach the lessons you have learned.
   Your understanding has been given not
  only for yourself, but to guide a sore and
     tired world to a new consciousness.
  You are important, you are needed, and
   you are worthy. The hope of the world
   has been planted inside you. This is the
           healing of Planet Earth.”
                                 — LEE CAROLL
                                The Indigo Children
In Conversations with God, author
   Neale Walsch was instructed to
    share the information he was
receiving but he was hesitant for he
  thought he would be persecuted.

This was the answer he was given:
“I have chosen you to be my messenger.
    You and many others. As you have been gifted with higher
    knowledge, so, too, will you gift others, giving to them the
   unspeakable treasure: themselves. Let this be your task, let
   this be your greatest joy: to give people back to themselves.
  For now, during the times immediately ahead, the world will
 need many voices to speak the words of truth for which millions
          long. You have no obligation, only opportunity.
                              Why do it?
Because you want the pain to stop. You want the suffering to end.
  The world waits for you. Heal it. Now. In the place where you
            are. It takes great courage. Are you ready?”
                                       — Neale Donald Walsch
                                      Conversations With God book 1 pg 144
Are you ready?
Do we need to inform the whole world?
No. We only need a small percentage dedicated to
     learning and applying the higher truths.
“Never doubt that a small group of thoughtful committed
people can change the world. Indeed, it’s the only thing that
                       ever has.”
                                         — Margaret Mead
How can
 just a few
   people
change the
  world?
Just as our little butterfly has a profound effect on the matrix of
energy, as each of us applies this knowledge to our lives we will
                  have an exponentially powerful
                    effect on the matrix that will
                        propel humanity into
                            the next stage
                             of evolution.
“Ideas, messages and behaviors spread like viruses and if they
  grow to what some refer to as critical mass, or the minimum
number required for something to happen, they arrive at a tipping
 point where the momentum for change becomes unstoppable.”
                                          — MALCOLM Gladwell
                                                The Tipping Point
Millions are sensing that a paradigm shift of human
 consciousness is underway and have a strong desire to heal the
human race and our planet. You can help to make a difference by
       participating in The Global Coherence Project at:
       www.globalcoherenceproject.org or 800-998-8786
Thomas, a ten year old psychic child in Bulgaria communicated
            the following message to Humankind:

“Your emotions are the key. It is the tool you will use to draw the
  chosen world into your conscious experience. Your collective
emotions have the ability to influence weather patterns and even
to end wars. You have done this many times without realizing it.
   If you continue to claim the world you want by ‘feeling’ that
 world in your emotions, then it will be so. But if you continue to
be influenced by the fear that is so present today, then the world
 will reflect that. We, your children, are asking that you choose
love over fear…Use your feelings of love to draw the reality you
                           really want.”
Millions have
now learned ‘The
 Secret’ and are
 now on the cusp
    of making a
 momentous leap
   into a higher
  consciousness.
“As soon as we begin to harness our power we will have
enormous control over our world. We will be able to design
         reality rather than merely react to it.”
                                            — DAN BROWN
                                               The Lost Symbol
“Someday, after mastering the winds, the waves,
   the tides and gravity, we shall harness for God the
energies of love, and then, for a second time in the history
      of the world, man will have discovered fire.”
                              — Pierre Teilhard de Chardin
“My hope is that my work might undo the very sources of pain,
    suffering and failure, and assist the evolution of human
consciousness to rise to a level of joy that should be the essence
                     of man’s experience.”
                                         — DR. DAVID r. HAWKINS
                                                  Power Versus Force pg 14
                                                      www.veritaspub.com
“We are on the verge of a truly great
  period of illumination. Of all the people
who have ever lived, in all the eras of history
 – we are the lucky ones to be experiencing
 this pivotal moment in history. We are now
in that narrow window of time during which
         we will bear witness to our
           ultimate renaissance.”
                                  — DAN BROWN
                                The Lost Symbol pg 409
The next stage of evolution
    has been called…
The Age of the Gods
         The Fifth World of Peace
  The Golden Age of Truth and Knowledge
The New Age of Harmony, Balance and Unity
           The Age of Aquarius
Spiral Dynamics refers to the next dominant meme as the
 “Integrative” meme where those in power will have a level of
consciousness that understands and respects each meme for the
              gift each contributes to the whole.
    Does this sound like a future you can look forward to?
Since the dawning of time, man has sought an ideal
haven imbued in joy, love, peace, harmony, prosperity
 and purpose. Every culture on the face of this planet
              has a name for this ideal:
Shambhala, Utopia, Eden,
Paradise, Nirvana, Shangri-la,
     Moksha, Heaven…
The deep yearning
 within our souls to
create this ideal has
   been the driving
force that has taken
      us through
  countless lessons
  and brought us to
 this unprecedented
 moment in time —
a moment where we
  have the ability to
 manifest this ideal.
However, many
possible futures exist
  for us to choose
from and choose we
    must, say the
      Ancients.
I’d like you to consider the
following two possible futures.
“Evolution made civilization steward of this planet. One hundred
   thousand years later, the steward stood before evolution; not
healer, but parasite. A gifted society in so many ways, trapped at
  last by its greed and lack of vision. It ravaged the forests into
   desert, consumed the soul of the land in mine-pits and waste,
      smothered its air and its oceans, sterilized the earth with
     radiation and poisons. A million million chances it had to
  change, but it would not. From the ground it dug luxury for a
  few, jobs for the rest, and graves for the children of all. In the
end, the children didn’t agree, but the children had come too late.
           How could a civilization have been so blind?”
                                                 — RICHARD BACH
                                                       One -pgs 227-228
The second future
was portrayed by
French visionary
Pierre Teilhard de
    Chardin:
“There is now incontrovertible evidence that we have entered
 upon the greatest period of change the world has ever known.
 The ills from which we are suffering have had their seat in the
   very foundation of human thought. But today something is
  happening to the whole structure of human consciousness. A
    fresh new kind of life is starting. We are the children of
 transition, not yet fully conscious of the new powers that have
been unleashed: there is for us in the future not only survival but
                             superlife.”
                                  — Pierre Teilhard de Chardin
Which future will
  humankind
   choose?
Will we turn a blind eye in
   denial and apathy?
Will we continue to abdicate our
power to those we believe to be more powerful?
Will we maintain our
addiction to the potent
 drug of indifference?
Or will we have the courage
to embrace the ancient knowledge
   and actualize that superlife?
to be…
or not to be…
That really is the question.

More Related Content

PDF
2012 Human Kind at a Crossroads
PDF
The Grail Message - Volume 1, Lecture 4 - Morality
PDF
Delphic Oracle in the Novels of William Goldingerican delphic
PDF
We Are A Scam
PDF
Brouwer life, art, and mysticism
PDF
Historic insight into the millennia
PPS
The Matrix Proyect #116A. THE STORY OF THE HUMAN HERD
PDF
Tomaž Štolfa: The Internet Of Things
2012 Human Kind at a Crossroads
The Grail Message - Volume 1, Lecture 4 - Morality
Delphic Oracle in the Novels of William Goldingerican delphic
We Are A Scam
Brouwer life, art, and mysticism
Historic insight into the millennia
The Matrix Proyect #116A. THE STORY OF THE HUMAN HERD
Tomaž Štolfa: The Internet Of Things

Similar to 2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction (20)

PDF
THE SOLUTION: Humankind at a Crossroads - 9-2016
PDF
Resolving Issues at the Next Level of Awareness 1-19-16
PDF
Awakening To Truth of Nature and Life
DOC
CONFORM OR REFORM
PPTX
Wheatley cape cod 2012
PDF
Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call to Action!!! PART 2
PDF
The Ultimate Triumph of Good
PDF
Is God Speaking To Me Or Is It My Illusion
PDF
Handbook New Paradigm
PDF
Spiritual Talks
PDF
The road to the new era
PDF
World I: Module 6
PDF
December issue[1]
PDF
Man and science
PDF
The universe is full of mystery.
PDF
The Great Pulse English Version
PDF
Midas Wealth Manifestation
THE SOLUTION: Humankind at a Crossroads - 9-2016
Resolving Issues at the Next Level of Awareness 1-19-16
Awakening To Truth of Nature and Life
CONFORM OR REFORM
Wheatley cape cod 2012
Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call to Action!!! PART 2
The Ultimate Triumph of Good
Is God Speaking To Me Or Is It My Illusion
Handbook New Paradigm
Spiritual Talks
The road to the new era
World I: Module 6
December issue[1]
Man and science
The universe is full of mystery.
The Great Pulse English Version
Midas Wealth Manifestation
Ad

More from lauren tratar (20)

PPTX
FULL BATHROOM REMODEL
PDF
Powder Room Remodel by LJT DESIGNS 8-2016
PDF
LJT Designs and Imagine Construction: Master Bath Remodel
PPT
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 2 The Big Picture
PPT
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS part 1 What's REALLY Going On...
PPT
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 5 Creating a Positive Future
PPT
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 4 The Force Awakens
PPT
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 3 To Awaken Humanity You Must Pull the Rug Out...
PPT
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 2 The Big Picture
PPT
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS part 1 What's REALLY Going On...
PPT
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 5 Creating a Positive Future
PPT
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 4 The Force Awakens
PPT
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 3 To Awaken Humanity You Must Pull the Rug Out...
PPT
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 2 The Big Picture
PPT
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS part 1 What's REALLY Going On...
PPT
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 5 Creating a Positive Future
PPT
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 4 The Force Awakens
PPT
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 3 To Awaken Humanity The Rug Must Be Pulled Ou...
PPT
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 2 The Big Picture
PPT
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS part 1 What's REALLY Going On...
FULL BATHROOM REMODEL
Powder Room Remodel by LJT DESIGNS 8-2016
LJT Designs and Imagine Construction: Master Bath Remodel
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 2 The Big Picture
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS part 1 What's REALLY Going On...
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 5 Creating a Positive Future
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 4 The Force Awakens
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 3 To Awaken Humanity You Must Pull the Rug Out...
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 2 The Big Picture
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS part 1 What's REALLY Going On...
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 5 Creating a Positive Future
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 4 The Force Awakens
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 3 To Awaken Humanity You Must Pull the Rug Out...
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 2 The Big Picture
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS part 1 What's REALLY Going On...
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 5 Creating a Positive Future
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 4 The Force Awakens
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 3 To Awaken Humanity The Rug Must Be Pulled Ou...
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS Part 2 The Big Picture
HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS part 1 What's REALLY Going On...
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
City in the Beyond Nosso Lar Text and Images Chico Xavier Heigorina Cunh...
PDF
Printable Khmer Gospel Tract - Be Sure of Heaven.pdf
PDF
Printable Javanese Gospel Tract - Be Sure of Heaven.pdf
PDF
Printable Kurdish Northern Kurmanji Gospel Tract - Be Sure of Heaven.pdf
PDF
Printable Japanese Gospel Tract - Be Sure of Heaven.pdf
PDF
Chandogya_Upanishad_by_Swami_Swahananda.pdf
PPTX
God Doesn't Forget You He will never abandon you
PPTX
ream Organic Floral Christianity Faith Sermon Church Presentation.pptx
PPTX
INTRODUCTION TO WORLD RELIGION - JUDAISM
PPTX
June 10–16- Have Ye Experienced This Mighty Change in Your Hearts.pptx
PPTX
"Deeping our commitment to Christ" A Lecture
PDF
Printable Konkani Gospel Tract - Be Sure of Heaven.pdf
PDF
noticeanddeclarationoftruthjc-dkr-08022025-01signinglog-250802103439-0b8a8d39...
PPTX
Joshua Through the Lens of Jesus: Part 8 - Ch.22-24
PDF
Thoughts On the Assumption of Mary from Vincentians
PPTX
July 21 The Virtue of the Word of God.pptx
PDF
Printable Malagasy Gospel Tract - Be Sure of Heaven.pdf
PDF
Printable Maori Gospel Tract - Be Sure of Heaven.pdf
PPTX
Human Rights AMFOKSFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
PPT
The Altar Call Training for All Belivers
City in the Beyond Nosso Lar Text and Images Chico Xavier Heigorina Cunh...
Printable Khmer Gospel Tract - Be Sure of Heaven.pdf
Printable Javanese Gospel Tract - Be Sure of Heaven.pdf
Printable Kurdish Northern Kurmanji Gospel Tract - Be Sure of Heaven.pdf
Printable Japanese Gospel Tract - Be Sure of Heaven.pdf
Chandogya_Upanishad_by_Swami_Swahananda.pdf
God Doesn't Forget You He will never abandon you
ream Organic Floral Christianity Faith Sermon Church Presentation.pptx
INTRODUCTION TO WORLD RELIGION - JUDAISM
June 10–16- Have Ye Experienced This Mighty Change in Your Hearts.pptx
"Deeping our commitment to Christ" A Lecture
Printable Konkani Gospel Tract - Be Sure of Heaven.pdf
noticeanddeclarationoftruthjc-dkr-08022025-01signinglog-250802103439-0b8a8d39...
Joshua Through the Lens of Jesus: Part 8 - Ch.22-24
Thoughts On the Assumption of Mary from Vincentians
July 21 The Virtue of the Word of God.pptx
Printable Malagasy Gospel Tract - Be Sure of Heaven.pdf
Printable Maori Gospel Tract - Be Sure of Heaven.pdf
Human Rights AMFOKSFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
The Altar Call Training for All Belivers

2012: Humankind at a Crossroads: A Call toAction

  • 1. 2012: HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROADS A Call to Action Lauren Tratar
  • 2. Undoubtedly, you have heard much about 2012, cataclysm and ‘end times.’ However, the most significant aspect of this story is not yet commonly known: Ancient secret knowledge was destined to be unveiled at a time when Humankind could no longer survive without the Ancient knowledge. That time is now. The release of this knowledge will trigger a transformation of consciousness in our world which will impact almost every aspect of life. Additionally, it will allow us to resolve the myriad challenges we are now facing and create a promising future. Past civilizations went to enormous lengths to alert our civilization to the deeper meaning behind 2012 so that we could utilize this once-in-26,000-year opportunity as it was intended: to move into the next stage of evolution.
  • 3. However, an unsuspecting power seeks to block our progress and derail our efforts: our own resistance to explore what lies outside of our comfort zones. It is my hope that you are ready and willing to explore this knowledge, for the Ancients tell us that this is a choice each one of us will be called upon to make. To learn how you can make a difference at this unprecedented moment in history, view this presentation and if you deem it credible, pass it forward for we are all in this together.
  • 4. Our mission is to “inspire and empower others to live life as a joyful, magical experience. By simplifying ageless wisdom into practical tools and techniques, we (An Alliance of Angels) intend to improve the quality of life, alleviate unnecessary pain and simultaneously, recreate our world for the highest good of all!” From my heart to yours, Lauren
  • 5. 2012 HUMANKIND AT A CROSSROAds
  • 6. “Evolution made civilization steward of this planet. One hundred thousand years later, the steward stood before evolution, not healer, but parasite. A gifted society in so many ways, trapped at last by greed and lack of vision. It ravaged the forests into desert, consumed the soul of the land in mine-pits and waste, smothered its air and its oceans, sterilized the earth with radiation and poisons. A million million chances it had to change, but it would not. From the ground it dug luxury for a few, jobs for the rest, and graves for the children of all. In the end, the children didn’t agree, but the children had come too late. How could a civilization have been so blind?”
  • 7. That, friends, is an excerpt from a novel entitled ‘One’ by Richard Bach. It describes one possible future for mankind — a future some believe to be the most probable future. But I am about to present compelling evidence which states that you and I have both the power and responsibility to change that future.
  • 8. Thousands of years ago, numerous civilizations all over this planet — not geographically close to one another — took great pains to communicate essential information for those of us living from 1987-2012.
  • 9. They spoke of this 25 year period as a major milestone in the evolution of mankind – a time when we would have the opportunity to birth the next stage of evolution.
  • 10. However, unlike milestones of the past that occurred subtly and gradually beneath the surface of everyday life...
  • 11. this one is different.
  • 12. To gain admittance into the next stage of evolution we first must pass a test…
  • 13. a test of consciousness.
  • 14. During this era, crises, conflicts, and great upheavals were destined to occur. As we attempted to resolve these crises using our current methods — predominantly power and force — we would ultimately hit a brick wall for those methods would no longer be effective.
  • 15. At that point, we, as humankind, would stand at a crossroads where we would be called upon to alter the course we are now on and consciously choose our future.
  • 16. “For millennia, humankind has wandered in darkness… but now there is a change coming. After hurtling blindly through history, mankind has reached a crossroads. This moment was predicted long ago, prophesied by ancient texts, medieval calendars, by the stars themselves. The date was specific, its arrival imminent, and preceded by a brilliant explosion of knowledge, a flash of clarity to illuminate the darkness and give mankind a final chance to veer away from the abyss and take the path of wisdom. Our destiny is to light this torch of wisdom.” — Dan Brown - The Lost Symbol pg-54
  • 17. “‘Open your eyes,’ they were saying, ‘there is more.’ More depth, height, dimension, perspectives, choices than we have ever imagined... Throughout history there were lone individuals here and there, or small bands at the fringes of science or religion, who, based on their own experiences, believed that people might someday transcend narrow ‘normal’ consciousness and reverse the brutality and alienation of the human condition. They celebrated the freedom found in the larger context and warned of the dangerous blindness of the prevailing view. Long before global war, ecological stress, and nuclear crisis struck, they feared for the future of a people without a context. Although they themselves moved beyond the dominant ideas of their day, they carried few of their contemporaries with them. Most often they were misunderstood, lonely, even ostracized.... Their ideas, however, served as fuel for future generations.” — Marilyn Ferguson The Aquarian Conspiracy pp 45-46
  • 18. What are we opening our eyes to? How might we light this torch of wisdom and create our future?
  • 19. The answers to those questions are contained in this presentation I have divided into 6 sections:
  • 20. SECTION 1 The Ancient Prophecies: The Significance of the Time We Are Now Living
  • 21. SECTION 2 The Bigger Picture: The Process of Evolution and How it Unfolds
  • 22. Section 3 The Most Formidable and Unsuspecting Threat Now Facing Humanity
  • 23. Section 4 Unveiling the Ancient Mysteries
  • 24. Section 5 The Obstacles We Must Remove From our Path Before We Can Progress into the Next Stage of Evolution
  • 25. Section 6 What You Can Do at This Critical Moment in History to Ensure a Promising Future
  • 26. “This knowledge is poised to open a new door of understanding and once the door is cracked, it is only a matter of time before everything changes.” — DAN BROWN The Lost Symbol pg-100
  • 27. The information I am about to reveal is going to challenge what you thought you understood about the world and life itself. This will trigger an instinctive response to reject what contradicts what you have been taught thus creating a barrier to your personal evolution as well as our collective evolution.
  • 28. “Your acquired knowledge, education, and convictions automatically reject new perspectives.” — patricia cori Atlantis Rising -pg 39
  • 29. Why does this happen?
  • 30. From the moment you arrived, you have been “downloaded” with information which has created your belief system. This, in turn, has created your comfort zone, and your mind/ego has the job of guarding that comfort zone. Your ego is programmed to ensure your survival, therefore it has built a fortress around your belief system/comfort zone complete with soldiers ready to shoot anyone who dares to approach the front gate.
  • 31. “Throughout history, humankind has been resistant to change and to the acceptance of new ideas. Historical lore is replete with examples. When Galileo discovered the moons of Jupiter, the astronomers of that time refused to accept or even look at these satellites because the existence of these moons conflicted with their accepted beliefs.” — Dr. Brian Weiss Many Lives, Many Masters - pg 10
  • 32. “The brain chooses between conflicting views. It represses information that does not fit with its dominant beliefs. Unless, of course, it can harmonize the ideas into a powerful synthesis.” — Marilyn Ferguson The Aquarian Conspiracy pg 72
  • 33. The purpose of this presentation is to provide you with that powerful synthesis which ‘connects the dots’ between the various realms of life, thereby providing a new context from which to understand how life operates at the most fundamental level. Be advised, at this critical juncture in human history you must be willing to step outside of your comfort zone and contemplate the bigger picture: the human race and our home, Earth.
  • 34. Also, bear in mind that if you are not growing and evolving...
  • 35. You are withering and dying...
  • 36. “Grasshopper, look beyond the game, as you look beneath the surface of the pool to see its depths.” — Master Po
  • 37. “The most beautiful thing we can experience is the mysterious. It is the source of all true art and science. He to whom this emotion is a stranger, who can no longer pause to wonder and stand rapt in awe, is as good as dead: His eyes are closed.” — Albert Einstein
  • 38. “Do not believe what you have heard. Do not believe in tradition because it is handed down many generations. Do not believe in anything that has been spoken of many times. Do not believe because the written statements come from some old sage. Do not believe in conjecture. Do not believe in authority or teachers or elders. But after careful observation and analysis, when it agrees with reason and it will benefit one and all, then accept it and live by it.” — The Buddha
  • 39. “To shape your future, you have to be ready and able to change your paradigms.” — Joel Barker Paradigms: The Business of Discovering the Future
  • 40. “The philosophies of one age have become the absurdities of the next, and the foolishness of yesterday will become the wisdom of tomorrow.” — William Osler
  • 41. “There is no absolute knowledge and those who claim it, whether they are scientists or dogmatists, open the door to tragedy. All information is imperfect. We have to treat it with humility.” — JOSEPH BRONOWSKI
  • 42. “A blanket of dogmatic thought is so deeply seeded in the mass mind that it seems to obliterate almost all curiosity regarding the possibility of anything new.” — patricia cori Atlantis Rising - pg 182
  • 43. Because of this instinctive reaction to resist information which does not currently exist in your belief system, I’m going to ask that you suspend your judgment while you view this presentation and meet me in a place that Rumi, a Sufi poet who lived in the 1200's, spoke of...
  • 44. “There is a place beyond right and wrong. I will meet you there.” — Rumi
  • 45. I ask that you meet me in a place of neutrality and allow me to present a case for your consideration for I have amassed a compelling body of evidence which supports the thesis I am about to present. After hearing my case, it will then be up to you to weigh this evidence and arrive at a verdict. Fair enough?
  • 46. This presentation includes knowledge from myriad diverse sources including that of ‘metaphysical’ origin. For the Ancient wisdom was not to be the only means of providing advanced knowledge to humanity at this critical point in our evolution; off-planetary intelligences were also to contribute.
  • 47. And just in case you are uncomfortable with anything categorized as “Metaphysical,” or that which is beyond the physical, a well-known person whose intellect has passed the test of time stated:
  • 48. “The more I study Physics, the more I am drawn to Metaphysics.” — Albert Einstein
  • 49. Each of the sources within this presentation contributes a piece to the puzzle of life which when connected, provides a startling new worldview that has the power to change the world as we now know it - just as the Ancients prophesied! However, keep in mind that this presentation is not the ‘be all end all.’ I do not profess to have all the answers. My goal is to inspire you to look further and deeper if your curiosity becomes as piqued as mine.
  • 50. “This information opens the floodgates of a new thinking and has the power to usher in a fundamental shift in the consciousness of man thus changing the course of human development.” — DAN BROWN The Lost Symbol pg 54
  • 51. “This era is the result of a climax of human self-reflective thought resulting in an exponential change in consciousness in which all becomes revealed and known." — Vladimir Vernadsky
  • 52. Before we go any further I’ve got to ask you a really important question… the same question Morpheus posed to Neo in the movie “The Matrix:”
  • 53. Are you ready for the red pill?
  • 54. Which means: Are you ready to go down the ‘rabbit hole’ and explore what lies beneath the surface of life experience? Because once you learn the secrets, you cannot unlearn them. So if you’re not ready, I recommend that you exit this presentation now.
  • 55. What qualifies me to be the messenger of this information?
  • 56. I have been a life-long student of esoteric wisdom. The ‘dog-eat-dog’ world we live in never made sense to me. I believed that we, as humanity, must have missed something. We must have taken a wrong turn somewhere so I began searching for truth. And the truth I discovered was so incredible, so life-changing, I had to share it with others which impelled me to write my first book:
  • 58. The subtitle of this book is: The Secret to Life Unveiled: Who You Really Are, How Life Really Operates, And How to Unleash the Incredible Power Within! In a nutshell, this book is about a premise you may be familiar with:
  • 59. your thoughts create your reality
  • 60. Though many are familiar with this premise, the process of using thought to create life experience can be challenging. The Ancients knew just how challenging it would be and referred to those of us living in this era as: “Those who walk between the worlds.” To make the transition into the “next world” a bit easier I created “Life” as a workbook and guide that takes the power of thought out of the realm of the esoteric and philosophical and into everyday life.
  • 61. After “Life” was released in January of 2001, I began speaking at various book stores and was scheduled to deliver a final lecture in a series I was giving at my local Borders book store on September 11, 2001. But when the horrific attacks occurred on that day, I canceled that talk, as I, and most everyone else in the country, was reeling over these events. Nonetheless, my phone began to ring.
  • 62. Some attending this lecture series wanted to know if I could shed a deeper light on these tragedies for I was teaching that ‘nothing in life is an accident.’ And I believed I could... While conducting research for “Life,” I had discovered much about the significance of the time we are now living. However, I but didn’t include that information because this book had already grown to 632 pages and I had to stop somewhere. But when the tragic events of September 11 occurred, I felt this information was so important it compelled me to write a second book…
  • 64. Today, I have learned so much more about 2012 I felt compelled to share this knowledge in the form of this presentation. I have learned that the events of September 11, 2001 not only had a higher purpose, but signaled the beginning of a confluence of alarming events meant to awaken humanity to the critical evolutionary juncture we are now in the midst of. The degree of pain we undergo during this period will depend upon just how tenaciously we choose to cling to our outmoded ideas and belief systems.
  • 65. SEPTEMBER 11, 2001: a 9-1-1 emergency call to Humankind
  • 70. BP Gulf of Mexico Oil Spill MAY 2010
  • 71. APRIL 2010 - Volcanic eruption in Iceland
  • 73. MARCH 2011 Japanese Earthquake/Tsunami and Nuclear Threat
  • 74. In addition to these devastating disasters, we are now juggling a host of new overwhelmingly complex issues; most notably the debilitating effects of the economic crisis which is restructuring the very fabric of our society. Our middle class is undergoing a massive exodus into a newly created poverty class perpetrated by the unbridled greed and utter refusal to acknowledge the global consequences of the actions taken by those on Wall Street.
  • 76. More and more people are suffering: unable to find a job, losing their homes to foreclosure, going bankrupt in record numbers, watching their retirement funds diminish before their very eyes. Businesses are failing; banks closing, real estate prices plummeting and ghost towns being created as a result.
  • 78. We are discovering that many in our government have been so threatened by the banking industry and their lobbyists, those who bankroll their elections, they have been forced to do their bidding as opposed to what our forefathers intended: a government which represents “We, the People.”
  • 79. We are forever engaged in the futility of war and paying its ever- increasing price in terms of money and human life.
  • 81. To make matters worse, the “Doomsday Clock” now stands at 5 minutes before midnight - illuminating even greater threats to life as we now know it. Created in 1947, this clock warns how close we, as Humankind, are to catastrophic destruction — the means by which we can obliterate ourselves, represented by the figurative midnight.
  • 82. Among the group of scientists who determine the level of threat to humanity are 19 Nobel prize- winning Laureates. Their focus today is on two major means of catastrophe: 1) The threat created by 27,000 nuclear weapons — 2,000 of them ready to launch within minutes; 2) Climate change — the destruction of human habitats upon which we depend for survival.
  • 83. “We stand at the brink of a second nuclear age. Not since the first atomic bombs were dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki has the world faced such perilous choices. North Korea’s recent test of a nuclear weapon, Iran’s nuclear ambitions, a renewed emphasis on the military utility of nuclear weapons, the failure to adequately secure nuclear materials, and the continued presence of 26,000 nuclear weapons in the United States and Russia are symptomatic of the failure to solve the problems posed by the most destructive technology on earth.” — “doomsday” Atomic Scientists
  • 85. "As scientists, we understand the dangers of nuclear weapons and their devastating effects, and we are learning how human activities and technologies are affecting climate systems in ways that may forever change life on Earth. As citizens of the world, we have a duty to alert the public to the unnecessary risks that we live with every day, and to the perils we foresee if governments and societies do not take action now to render nuclear weapons obsolete and to prevent further climate change.” — stephen hawking “Doomsday Clock” Scientist
  • 86. "Nuclear weapons still pose the most catastrophic and immediate threat to humanity, but climate change and emerging technologies in the life sciences also have the potential to end civilization as we know it.” — sir martin rees “Doomsday Clock” Scientist
  • 87. “In these dangerous times, scientists have the responsibility to speak truth to power especially if it might provoke actions to reduce threats from the preventable technological dangers currently facing humanity. To do anything else would be negligent.” “Global warming poses a dire threat to human civilization. Through flooding and desertification, climate change threatens the habitats and agricultural resources that societies depend upon for survival. As such, climate change is also likely to contribute to mass migrations and even to wars over arable land, water and other natural resources.” — Lawrence Krauss Bulletin Member & professor of Physics and Astronomy at Case Western Reserve University
  • 89. And how are the majority of us responding to these monumental issues?
  • 90. We are on “input- overload.” As individuals, we feel powerless to make any kind of meaningful difference so we abdicate our power to those we believe to be more powerful than us and assign to them the task of “fixing” our world…
  • 91. “Most of humanity are passive reactionaries, moving along in a very unassertive manner until something upsets the status quo, and only then dealing with the momentary upset in order to reestablish the pace of their daily lives.” — patricia cori Atlantis Rising-pg 182
  • 92. However, at this critical evolutionary juncture, responding to these issues by ignoring them may be unwise.
  • 93. For alarming events were destined to continue and intensify until they touched the lives of almost every person on the face of this planet.
  • 94. Why?
  • 95. The Ancients tell us that discomfort, pain, conflict, and struggle have a higher purpose:
  • 96. They are catalysts for evolution…
  • 97. signals to awaken us to the beginning of a new evolutionary cycle.
  • 98. “Crises and conflict serve as a catalyst calling you to transcend the beliefs around you. You must look within and ask if you are ready to be sovereign and claim your power.” — PATRICIA CORI No More Secrets, No More Lies
  • 99. The alarm clock is ringing louder and louder with each passing day...
  • 100. So, are you willing to wake-up and begin building a foundation of knowledge and understanding so that we have the tools to resolve the challenges we are now facing? Are you ready to learn how we can create a promising future? If so, let’s begin with the ancient prophecies and learn the importance of the time we are now living for the Ancients left us the knowledge we need to navigate these challenges with hope and empowerment.
  • 101. Section 1 The Ancient Prophecies: The Significance of the Time We are Now Living
  • 102. Some allege that the ancient prophecies are simply myth. However, a common thread runs through these prophecies which makes them difficult to dismiss. Albert Einstein felt the ancient prophecies were actually a source of knowledge.
  • 103. “The Ancients knew something which we seem to have forgotten.” — albert Einstein
  • 104. What is the common thread in the ancient documents?
  • 105. From 1987-2012 mankind would undergo the most radical transformation of consciousness ever experienced on this planet.
  • 106. “Prophecy of a coming enlightenment, a transformation of our human minds into their true potentiality, is echoed in virtually every faith, culture, era, philosophical tradition, and in every corner of the world.” — Dan Brown The Lost Symbol pg 408
  • 107. The Ancients spoke of this time as:
  • 108. “The Time of Trial on Earth” “The Shift of the Ages” “The Great Awakening” “The Apocalypse…”
  • 109. which in Greek means: the “lifting of the veil,” the Ancients explain is the veil of incomplete understanding that now pervades life on earth.
  • 110. “This is the time of the Great Initiation, Global Awakening. All is to be revealed now. The veil is lifting. Apocalypse is upon us.” — Patricia Cori No More Secrets, No More Lies
  • 111. What were the Ancients trying to convey to those of us in the future?
  • 112. Let’s begin with a basis of understanding. Many ancient civilizations were highly evolved and possessed knowledge those of us living today can only understand with the assistance of computers and satellite probes. They built observatories, charted the movement of the stars through the heavens, and discovered that just as a cycle of seasons exists on a planetary level, there is also a cycle of seasons that exists on a cosmic level.
  • 113. The Ancients learned that our solar system orbits the Milky Way galaxy in an elliptic pattern whose far end carries us to a distant point from its core. This long cosmic cycle occurs every 25,920 years and is called “The Precession of the Equinoxes,” as it relates to the Earth’s wobbling on its axis. The Ancients created a calendar detailing the precession; the movement of the stars during this cycle as they orbit through each house of the zodiac.
  • 114. 2012
  • 115. Mayan expert John Major Jenkins tells us that ancient civilizations all over the world were aware of this 25,920 year precession.
  • 116. “The Sumerians, Tibetans, Egyptians, Cherokee, Hopi, Maya, Kabbalists, Essenes, Navajo, Apache, Iroquois, Dogons, Greeks, and Aborigines all had knowledge of the 25,920 year Precession and developed calendars based on it.” — John Major Jenkins
  • 117. The Ancient calendars indicate that we are now approaching the end of this 25,920 year cycle which will culminate at noon on the winter solstice: December 21, 2012. On that heralded day, a rare celestial conjunction in our solar system will occur: the Earth and sun will align with the equator of our Milky Way galaxy.
  • 118. Because the ‘end time’ of this cycle was so significant, the Ancients attempted to communicate its importance with great intention by whatever means they could think of: stone monuments, pyramids, temples and tombs all over the world, many of which are encoded with precise calendrical computations.
  • 119. Why did the Ancients take such great pains to communicate this knowledge to those living in the future?
  • 120. The end of this cycle has ramifications:
  • 121. As Earth draws nearer to the equator of the Milky Way, the energy at its core affects the energy on Earth triggering geophysical changes in weather patterns, an increase in solar flares, and the magnetic north of Earth shifting a few degrees - events having the potential to cause cataclysm.
  • 122. The Ancients wanted to make sure that we were aware of these potentials so that we would know what to expect and could prepare for these events.
  • 123. Could this Ancient knowledge be accurate?
  • 124. Data derived from ocean sediment and core drilling all over our planet confirm that the Earth has indeed undergone cycles of cataclysm which correspond with the cycle dates the Ancients recorded.
  • 125. Paleoclimatic evidence shows that whenever this 25,920 year cycle has occurred in the past, it has been accompanied by climate change, mass extinctions and evolutionary change.
  • 126. The Ancients tell us that specific events occur during this cycle:
  • 127. 1) The magnetic fields on Earth decline. Fact: Scientists have traced the magnetic fields of Earth since 1837 when Carl Friedrich Gauss invented the first device for measuring the field. Data now shows a ten percent decline in Earth's magnetic field —a rate twenty times faster than the natural decline rate would have been if the power source creating the Earth's magnetic field had completely stopped. At this rate, the magnetic field could virtually disappear in 2000 years.
  • 128. 2) There is a sharp increase in the sun’s energy reaching Earth. Fact: NASA predicts an unusually powerful “Solar Maximum” sunspot season for 2012 though it may peak as early as late 2011. This intense solar activity occurs roughly every 11 years due to cyclic changes to the Sun's magnetic field. Regions on the sun continue to generate extremely energetic solar flare activity which sends charged particles crashing into the outer fringes of the Earth's atmosphere at a high velocity, generating auroras and geomagnetic storms thereby disrupting satellite and other electromagnetic communications.
  • 131. 4) Polar ice sheets melt and collapse.
  • 132. 5) Global sea levels rise.
  • 133. 6) Mass extinctions occur Fact: Scientists agree that we have entered an unprecedented period of mass extinction not seen since the age of the dinosaurs. While estimates vary, extinction is occurring at a pace 100 to 1,000 times greater today than natural extinction with ever- increasing intensity. According to a United Nations report, almost a quarter of the world's mammals face extinction within 30 years, among them; lions, wild dogs, cheetahs, elephants, gorillas, Siberian tigers, and the black rhinoceros. The UN report has identified more than 11,000 endangered animal and plant species — including more than 1,000 mammals and one in eight bird species.
  • 136. Is there anything we can do about this?
  • 137. The Ancients say yes, if we open our minds and utilize the “secret wisdom” — information prophesied to be revealed during this era; information I will reveal later in this presentation.
  • 138. Author Gregg Braden explains in “Fractal Time,” that our Universe is composed of cycles within ever-repeating cycles. We are now in the midst of a major “end cycle;” December 21, 2012 marking the end of one cycle and the beginning of a new cycle. Although this end cycle is accompanied by geophysical events, we have the ability to minimize the effects of these events; to influence the magnitude of how these events unfold. Braden explains that the cycles of the universe are never-ending and with each successive end-cycle, the inevitable geophysical events grow more intense until humanity “wakes up,” passes the tests of consciousness and progresses to the next phase of evolution.
  • 139. “Those who do not learn from history are doomed to repeat it.” — unknown
  • 140. “There is a universal truth underlying all life: all things are constantly changing and evolving and the higher reflection of that process is cyclical.” — PATRICIA CORI Atlantis Rising pg 20
  • 141. The prophecies urge us to wake-up and seize this opportunity to evolve so that we can mitigate the degree of discomfort we experience during this cycle.
  • 143. Similar stories appear in many cultures around the world which speak of past civilizations that experienced global catastrophe and the near extinction of humankind.
  • 144. “There is a remarkable convergence, a uniformity of ancient traditions evident within stories all over the world; a familiar theme of divine warning.” “The same symbolic language is used in ancient traditions and myths from many widely scattered regions of the world. This is hardly coincidental. These myths mix the familiar theme of catastrophe with the quite separate theme of precession.” — Graham Hancock Fingerprints of the Gods- pg 247
  • 145. Graham Hancock spent years researching evidence left by past civilizations and concluded: “Through myths, the voices of the Ancients speak to us. If we go back far enough, the focus of the great myths is cataclysm.” “All around the world a remarkable uniformity of symbolic motifs recurs: the great flood; the great cold, and the great upheaval.” — graham hancock Fingerprints of the Gods-pg 199&222
  • 146. One of the most common stories is that of Noah and the Ark. “More than 500 deluge legends are known around the world; 20 Asiatic, 3 European, 7 African, 46 American, and 10 from Australia and the Pacific. Researcher Dr. Richard Andree concluded that 62 were entirely independent of the Mesopotamian and Hebrew accounts.” pg193 “A similar story is told in Vedic India more than 3000 years ago where a wise man named Manu was warned of the coming deluge. He was sent a large ship and ordered to load it with two of every living species and the seeds of every plant. Just after Manu accomplished these orders, the ocean rose, submerged everything and a new age of the world began.” pg196 “The Biblical deluge marked the end of a world age, and the beginning of a new age: our own.” pg 197 — graham hancock Fingerprints of the Gods
  • 147. If geophysical changes are inevitable, what specific steps do we now need to take?
  • 148. We need to identify the issues and societal structures which no longer serve the highest good and reform these structures. We cannot ‘fix’ an issue by covering it with ‘bandaid’ upon ‘bandaid.’ Rather we must expose the core issue and create anew from that point.
  • 149. The Ancients explained that the issues facing mankind would be illuminated during this end cycle in a process they referred to as “The Purification,”“Cleansing,” or “Intensification.”
  • 150. What creates this intensification?
  • 151. As we approach the equator of the Milky Way, the electromagnetic energy emanating from its core interacts with and accelerates the energy on Earth. This results in an acute polarity between those who seek reform from those who seek to maintain the old ways, thus exposing that which serves the highest good from that which does not. The masks worn by people to veil their hypocrisy are revealed through this process, the higher purpose of which is to illuminate our issues personally and collectively, so that we can acknowledge them, resolve them, and by doing so, progress to the next stage of evolution.
  • 152. The financial crisis of 2008 exposed the flagrant fraud and crimes committed by those on Wall Street who own our government and control our worlds resources. Silently and tragically over the past 100 years, they have manipulated We, the People through lie after lie utilizing their greatest strategy: “divide and conquer.” This enables them to divert our attention from them, the true culprits, to fighting among ourselves on absurd issues. This sham is structured to serve a few at the expense of the majority. It is inherently flawed and requires a complete revision.
  • 153. The manner in which we treat the whole of humanity, especially the weakest members of our civilization, is a litmus test: a test of consciousness.
  • 154. “The measure of a civilization is how it treats its weakest members.” — Gandhi
  • 155. “The test of a civilization is the way that it cares for its helpless members.” — Pearl S. Buck
  • 156. “The moral test of government is how that government treats those who are in the dawn of life, the children; those who are in the twilight of life, the elderly; those who are in the shadows of life; the sick, the needy and the handicapped." — hubert H. Humphrey
  • 157. “You can judge a nation by the way it treats its most vulnerable citizens.” — Aristotle
  • 158. “Once to every man and nation comes the moment to decide, and the choice goes by forever ‘twixt that darkness and that light.’” — James Russell Lowell 1819-1891
  • 159. The Maya spoke of the 25 years preceding 2012 as the “Great Hall of Mirrors,” for we, as Humankind, as well as each of us individually, will be forced to face those mirrors and examine our behavior with ourselves, others and nature.
  • 160. The Maya explain that the cycles of the universe generate these processes so that a civilization can evolve its understanding and fundamental integrity with everything that exists.
  • 161. “The white man knows how to make everything but he does not know how to distribute it.” — Sitting Bull
  • 162. Only after the last tree has been cut down, Only after the last river has been poisoned, Only after the last fish has been caught, Only then will man discover that money cannot be eaten. - cree indian wisdom
  • 163. During this period of Purification, the circumstances of our test of consciousness will be in place and life will resemble a famous excerpt from “A Tale of Two Cities:”
  • 164. “It was the best of times and it was the worst of times; it was the age of wisdom, it was the age of incredulity; it was the season of light, it was the season of darkness; it was the spring of hope, it was the darkness of despair; we had everything before us, we had nothing before us; we were all going direct to Heaven, we were all going direct the other way…” — Charles Dickens
  • 165. How we respond to these “tests” will be one measure of the level of consciousness our civilization has attained over the past 25,920 years.
  • 166. To tackle the specific issues we need to resolve, we must begin with a basic question Dr. Phil poses when presented with an issue: “Is what you are currently doing working for ‘you’”? “You” being Humankind.
  • 167. We also need to listen to what others are saying; those who are examining and learning from the mistakes, we, in the United States have made; those who can assess from a distance which structures no longer serve the majority.
  • 168. In a rare interview, CNN’s highly esteemed journalist, Fareed Zecharia, asked Chinese Prime Minister, Wen Jiabao, his view on governing. And in my estimation, his reply was very wise.
  • 169. “We had one important thought: that socialism can practice market economy. Give full play to the basic role of market forces in allocating resources under the macro-economic guidance and regulation of the government. Ensure that both the visible hand and the invisible hand are given full play.” Prime Minister Wen Jiabao citied two books, circa 1776, by Adam Smith which inspired him.
  • 170. "The Wealth of Nations:” which addresses the invisible hand of market forces; and “The Theory of Moral Sentiments:” which deals with social equity and justice, stressing the importance of the regulatory role of government. The prime minister agreed with Smith’s ideas stating: “If most of the wealth in a country is concentrated in the hands of the few, the country can hardly have harmony and stability.”
  • 171. Although the word “socialism” will incite some, at this critical stage we must transcend the rhetoric and work on behalf of the human race. We must recognize that the wealth of our country has indeed shifted dramatically to a few at the expense of the majority. Our representatives must now garner the courage to look beyond the next election and work for the majority of people, not the corporations and lobbyists.
  • 172. I personally know many people impacted by the Economic crisis: Upstanding citizens, who worked hard all of their lives to establish a business, buy a home within their means and pay their taxes. Those same people are now losing their businesses or jobs, their homes to foreclosure. Their credit scores, the measure of “worthiness” in our society, have plummeted to the degree that it will be years before they will ever be able to get credit again. They have literally been stripped bare and now face an uncertain future, perhaps even homelessness. And how are they being treated by those who perpetrated these conditions? The banks and credit card companies are carrying on as though nothing has happened; for them it is ‘business as usual.’ They are preying upon these people, raising interest rates, cutting available credit, demanding payment and threatening litigation - to people who did nothing to create the conditions they are now caught up in.
  • 173. How long will average people tolerate not being able to feed their families or send their kids to college while a wealthy few at the top enjoy conspicuous consumption? Energy always seeks balance; it is a tenet of physics. So this is a wake-up call; a call to action. The underlying structures in our society which do not serve the highest good will not change until we, the people, the “silent” majority, speak up and demand it.
  • 174. “Humanity has arrived at this critical evolutionary point before without successfully balancing the material and spiritual aspects of life. As a result, Earth went through drastic physical changes to rid herself of those who had the potential to destroy her, and Humankind had to begin this journey again at the most primitive level of consciousness. In our distant past, civilizations existed which became technologically advanced, but not spiritually advanced. This imbalance led to their demise. And so, our ancestors left information for us to discover and contemplate which warn of geophysical changes that periodically afflict our planetary home. Around the year 2012, however, there appears to be a fork in the road of human destiny. Which path opens for us is determined by the choices we make. The die has been cast and each soul must choose to turn toward the light or the dark.” — Eden Sky
  • 175. “Think of the Earth as a living organism that is being attacked by billions of bacteria whose numbers double every forty years. Either the host dies, the virus dies, or both die.” – Gore Vidal
  • 176. "Our planet can be renewed or ravaged. Now is the time to awaken and take action...The prophesized Earth changes are going to happen, but our attitude and actions determine how harsh or mild they are.” — Carlos Barrios The Book of Destiny
  • 177. “The ancients felt the overwhelming need to transmit messages to future civilizations. They went to enormous lengths to provide convincing proof that theirs was a serious and scientifically advanced civilization. [They had a] sense of urgency that seems to have enlightened all their works and deeds... saying that cyclical, recurrent and near-total destructions of mankind are part and parcel of life on this planet; that such destructions have occurred before and will certainly occur again.” — Graham Hancock Fingerprints of the Gods-pg 497:498
  • 178. “Astrological mapping of the years up to 2012 provide valuable insights into the nature of the coming changes upon the planet. The way in which we respond to the released celestial energies is crucial because the upside of desperate circumstances will be an accelerated flowering of the spirit amongst people who can relate positively to what is happening. From the perspective of events working themselves out as part of an intense global healing crisis, this is an initiation process for the whole of humanity. An astrological natal chart for December 21, 2012 says with great deliberation: “This is a test.” – moira timms Beyond Prophecies and Predictions
  • 179. Our ancestors are warning: “This is a test...” If we fail to act, that response is a choice and our future experience will reflect that choice.
  • 180. With this information in mind, let’s now examine the prophecies from different civilizations:
  • 181. ancient Mayans We are exiting the Fifth Age of Man – the “Age of the Intellect” And entering the Sixth Age of Man — the “Age of the Gods”
  • 182. The Classic Maya were extremely intelligent, possessing advanced knowledge of the written language, mathematics and astronomy, referred to by science as ‘The Maya Phenomenon.’
  • 183. According to the Maya, December 21, 2012 is the beginning of “a new world age — a new creation.” They explain that the world we create will depend upon the choices we make now.
  • 184. The Classic Maya state that we are now living in the fourth “sun” or great solar cycle, which will end on December 21, 2012. On December 22 , 2012, we will begin a new fifth “sun,” which we are being told to now “dream” or create right now. The Maya describe three different ages that existed in the past, each ending in cataclysm created by mankind. They explain that when a civilization arrives at the end of a “great cycle,” it is given the opportunity to evolve, but if it fails the ‘test,’ the evolution of man must start all over again.
  • 185. The Maya understood that the cyclical nature of the galaxy remains constant and never changes. It is only “Man’s process toward Perfection,” i.e. evolution, which changes.
  • 186. “We are now in a transition period called the ‘Cycle of the Merge of the Dark and the Light.’ The cycle of the light will come in full force on 12/21/2012. The world will not end; it will be transformed. Earth will transcend to a new level of consciousness where everything will change. Change is accelerating now and will continue to accelerate. We will rise to a new higher level but to get there we must transform enormously powerful forces that seek to block the way. Earth can be renewed or ravaged. Now is the time to awaken and take action. This is a crucially important moment for humanity and for Earth.” — Gerardo Barrios
  • 187. “Mayan prophecies have been astonishingly exact regarding the war in Iraq, the destruction of the Twin Towers, conflicts such as those between India and Pakistan and between Israel and Palestine, the tsunamis, earthquakes and floods are just a few examples. The predictions that have not yet come to pass are even more catastrophic - but there is time to change the outcome! Our Grandfathers warn of calamities and the possible destruction of a large part of humankind, so that we can change such events. The Mayan Elders want to caution us that we must live in harmony, become aware, stop polluting, and safeguard our natural resources. The damage we have already done to Mother Earth is more than obvious.” — Carlos Barrios The Book of Destiny
  • 188. “We are in a Time of Trial, a sacred testing, a Great Crossing. We must find the ways to live in harmony and peacefully coexist within our Biosphere; our survival depends upon our awakening to the interdependence of life.” — Carlos Barrios The Book of Destiny
  • 189. “During the last few years preceding 2012, we are told that we must disintegrate the corruption within the traditional world order. For those who choose the old ways, it will be the end of their world. For those who pledged allegiance to the sacredness of life and the planet, the sound the old makes as it crumbles will be the sound of one egg cracking.” — Carlos Barrios The Book of Destiny
  • 190. Hopi prophecies We are exiting the “Fourth World of Destruction” and entering the “Fifth World of Peace”
  • 191. The Hopi, whose name means "people of peace," have sacred traditions that go back thousands of years. Their prophecies state that a great purification would take place on Earth; a time when the world would shudder and tremble causing much destruction in order to cleanse the planet of the karmic negativity we have created while serving as its caretakers.
  • 192. “The Hopi spoke of three previous “Suns,” (world ages) each culminating in a great annihilation followed by the gradual re- emergence of mankind. They explain that the first world was destroyed by fire; the second ended when the terrestrial globe toppled from its axis and everything was covered with ice; the third ended in a universal flood; and the fate of the fourth, our present world, will depend on whether or not its inhabitants behave in accordance with the creator’s plans.” — graham hancock Fingerprints of the Gods- pg 198
  • 193. The Hopi warn that humankind now stands at a critical point of decision where we must choose everlasting life or total destruction.
  • 194. Hopi wisdom explains: “We now face the final test of human consciousness: we must restore our oneness with creation. We are going home. It is a process. It is like the seed becoming the green shoot and then the flower.”
  • 195. “The key to going through these changes lies in meditation and prayer and giving love to all things: people, animals, plants and mountains for the spirit is one of the cantinas (expressions of spirit) which are many.” — Hopi wisdom
  • 196. Lakota Sioux prophecies We are exiting a period of chaos and destruction and entering a period of harmony and unity
  • 197. The Lakota prophecies tell us that the transition into the new era would begin when a rare white buffalo was born. The father of this buffalo would die shortly after its birth and then this buffalo would change its color four times — each color representing one of the root races in our world and symbolizing the coming together of humanity.
  • 198. As prophesied, in August of 1994 an extremely rare white buffalo, named “Miracle” was born in Janesville, Wisconsin. Miracle’s father died ten days later and amazingly her coat indeed changed color over the next 3 years: from white to black to red to yellow.
  • 200. The Lakota prophecies also tell us that if we fail to achieve harmony at this evolutionary juncture...
  • 201. life as we now know it… will end.
  • 202. Hindu prophecies We are exiting the Kali Yuga, “The Age of Ignorance” and entering the Satya Yuga, “The Golden Age of Truth and Knowledge”
  • 203. The Hindu separated the great 25,920 year cycle into periods known as Yugas. They tell us that we are now living at the close of the Kali Yuga: an era characterized by darkness, suffering, greed, and violence - an age where the helpless become targets to be preyed upon. But in the near future, we will transition into the “Satya” Yuga - an era characterized by virtue and wisdom where misery, hatred, and illness no longer exist.
  • 204. Kali Yuga Satya Yuga
  • 206. The Hindu prophecies explain that the transition into the next yuga would occur when problems became amplified and hypocrisy reached its zenith. The discomfort produced from these actions would compel us to seek solutions which would then usher in the next stage of evolution.
  • 207. “The Indian Vedas [the primary texts of Hinduism] tell us that cataclysms occasionally overtake the world and [in the process]the written scriptures are destroyed. After each destruction there are survivors, ‘wise men’ who ‘repromulgate at the beginning of the new age the knowledge inherited by them as a sacred trust from their forbearers in the preceding age.’” — graham hancock Fingerprints of the Gods-pg 483-484
  • 208. ancient EGYPTIANS We are exiting the “Piscean Age” and entering the “Aquarian Age”
  • 209. The ancient Egyptians were an incredibly sophisticated culture possessing advanced abilities in design, architecture, engineering and construction incapable of being replicated today. The Giza complex of ancient Egypt is the last of the seven ancient wonders of the world. The great pyramid is considered one of the most mysterious enigmas which exists today, and is the largest and most massive stone structure in the world. Egyptologists claim that the Pyramids were built by pharaohs as tombs, however, the Great Pyramid did not contain a pharaoh's body, a treasure chamber, nor treasures. What then was its purpose?
  • 210. Legend claims that encoded in its architecture is a proph- etic message containing the past and future history of our planet. If this was indeed the intent of the Egyptians, they had a tall order, for they had to construct a monument that would not only endure for eons, but be understood by a future civilization.
  • 211. The word pyramid perhaps sheds light on its meaning. In Greek, the word "pyra" means light or visible, and the word "midos," means measures. Hence, the Great Pyramid of Giza has been called "the center of measurement and enlightenment (knowledge)" for centuries.
  • 212. Scientist and mathematician, Sir Isaac Newton was mesmerized by both the legend of the Pyramid and its incredible accuracy of construction. After studying the measurements made by numerous investigators before him, Newton recognized that key measurements would produce round numbers if he utilized the Sacred Jewish Inch, a unit of measure said to have been used in ancient times. The sacred Jewish inch is 1/25 of a sacred cubit, or 1/1,000 inch larger than the British inch, and has a meaning beyond measurement for the Bible often employs substitutions such as days for years. Using one pyramid inch to represent one year, the pyramid reveals unmistakable geometrical relationships.
  • 213. *The relationship between Pi (p) and Phi (F) is expressed in the fundamental proportions of the Great Pyramid. *The length of a base is 9,131 Pyramid Inches from corner to corner in a straight line. *The length of a base side at the base socket level is 9,131 Pyramid Inches or 365.24 Pyramid Cubits. (365 days in a year) *The length of a base side at sidereal socket level is 9,131.4 Pyramid Inches or 365.256 Pyramid Cubits. *The length of the perimeter at the sidereal socket level is 36,525.63629 Pyramid Inches. *The perfect formula height of the pyramid including the missing apex is 5813.2355653763 Pyramid Inches, calculated from perimeter of base divided by 2 Pyramid Inches. *The height to the missing apex is 5,812.98 Pyramid Inches.
  • 214. *The volume of the pyramid is: V = 1/3 base area x height = 161,559,817,000 cubic Pyramid Inches = 10,339,828.3 cubic Pyramid Cubits. [(5,813.2355653 Pyramid Inches)/3 x 9 131 Pyramid Inches x 9 131 Pyramid Inches] *The sum of the pyramid's two base diagonals in Pyramid Inches = length of the Precession of the Equinoxes (25,827 years) * The distance from the ceiling of the King's Chamber to the apex of the pyramid = 4,110.5 Pyramid Inches, the radius of a circle whose circumference = the precession of the equinoxes. [4,110.5 x ”2 “ Pyramid Inches = 25,827] *The outside surface stones are cut within 0.01 (1/100th) inch of perfectly straight and at nearly perfect right angles for all six sides, and placed together with a gap between them of 0.02 inch designed to allow space for glue to seal and hold the stones together.
  • 215. *The perimeter of the 35th course of blocks, thicker than any of the other courses, reveals a figure which corresponds with the precession of the equinoxes. *The mortar used to connect the casing stones and make them watertight is still intact and stronger than the blocks that it joins. *The Ascending Passage rises at the same angle, 26.3 degrees, as the angle of decline of the Descending Passage. *The Descending Passage lines up with the Pole Star. With the length of the passage 334 feet long, the angle of view is only + or - 1/3 of a degree. Because of the slow motion of the stars, the passage lines up precisely to a Pole Star only once every several thousand years. Stars move, and the Pole Star, Alpha Draconis has not been in direct alignment with the Descending Passage for thousands of years. However, a new Pole Star, known as the North Star, or "Polaris,” aligned with the floor of the Subterranean Passage in 2004.
  • 216. *Each year the North Star shines further down the Descending Passage thus illuminating the entrance to the Well Shaft in 1997. *The Pyramid's immense weight is supported by a flat solid granite mountain directly under the Pyramid. *The Pyramid is located at the exact center of the Earth's land mass. Its East-West axis corresponds to the longest land parallel across the Earth and the longest land meridian on Earth passes right through the Pyramid. * A universal relationship exists between the diameter of a circle and its circumference. The height of the Pyramid's apex is 5,812.98 inches, and each side is 9,131 inches from corner to corner (in a straight line). If the circumference of the Pyramid is divided by twice its height (the diameter of a circle is twice the radius), the result is 3.14159 – pi — demonstrated many times in the pyramids precise construction.
  • 217. *The great pyramid was built to face true North. *The Pyramid's cornerstones have balls and sockets built into them. After 4,600 year, this structure would have been significantly damaged without such construction. *Each of the Pyramids four walls, when measured as a straight line, are 9,131 inches, for a total of 36,524 inches — moving the decimal point over = 365.24 — the exact length of the solar year. *The average height of land above sea level (Miami being low and the Himalayas being high), as can be measured only by modern-day satellites and computers is 5,449 inches — the exact height of the Pyramid. *The four sides of the Pyramid are very slightly and evenly bowed in exactly replicating the curvature of the earth; the radius of this concave bow is equal to the radius of the Earth.
  • 218. CHRONOLOGICAL MEASUREMENTS? When years are substituted for inches, some allege that the Great Pyramid becomes a prophetic calendar. Dates shown include the alignment of the last Pole Star Draconis in 2141 B.C., the start of the Pyramid's construction in 2623 B.C., the Exodus of the Israelites from Egypt in 1453 B.C., the death of Christ in 33 A.D., and the start of World War I in 1914.
  • 219. In addition to the incredible stone monuments the Egyptians constructed, they also possessed an astonishingly accurate zodiac calendar which spanned thousands of years.
  • 220. This calendar ended on September 17, 2001; six short days after the September 11 attacks – a day that changed the course of history and forced many choices which would impact the future of Humanity. Some say that September 2001 marked the beginning of the most intensive end phase of our “test” where the level of our collective consciousness would be revealed...
  • 221. This calendar is called the Dendera disk, an ancient celestial zodiac clock ticking away Earth’s journey through time. It is embedded into the stone ceiling of the Dendera temple complex in Egypt and clearly marks the shift from one world age to the next as well as one zodiac sign to the next. More intriguing, every zodiac sign is close to its successor with the exception of Pisces and Aquarius. Between these two signs is a symbol called “the Square of Pegasus” – a tablet that holds the ‘programs of destiny;’ telling us that during the cycle we are now in, there is a window of opportunity for Humankind to evolve.
  • 222.
  • 223. “Historical records contain indisputable evidence that secret wisdom came out of ancient mystery schools in Egypt. They taught that the Pyramid represents enlightenment: an architectural symbol of ancient mans ability to break free from the earthly plane and ascend toward Heaven — the supreme source of illumination.” — DAN BROWn The Lost Symbol pg-129
  • 224. In addition to the knowledge left by the Ancients, other sources have also attempted to communicate critical knowledge to those of us living in this historic cycle, “if we can read.” One of those sources is the highly controversial “Bible Code,” considered by some to be the most compelling enigma in history. The Bible Code not only corroborates the Ancient wisdom, but warns that during the narrow window of time we are now living, we must learn the ancient wisdom and consciously utilize it to create our future.
  • 225. What is the Bible Code?
  • 226. For more than 3,000 years it was alleged that a code existed within the Torah; the first five original books of the Bible. Dating back to medieval times, rabbinical scholars wrote about the discovery of meaningful words hidden in this Hebrew text.
  • 227. “The rule is that all that was, is, and will be unto the end of time, is included in the Torah; from the first word to the last word. And not merely in a general sense, but as to the details of every species and each one individually, and details of details of everything that happened to him from the day of his birth until his end.” — The Genius of Vilna an 18th Century Sage
  • 228. The Biblical book of Daniel speaks of ‘sealing the book’ until ‘the end of time.’
  • 229. “Go your way, Daniel, for the words are shut up and sealed until the time of the end. Many shall purify themselves and make themselves white and be refined, but the wicked shall act wickedly. And none of the wicked shall understand, but those who are wise shall understand.” — The Bible Daniel 12: 9, 10
  • 230. “But you, Daniel, shut up the words and seal the book, until the time of the end. Many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall increase.” — The Bible Daniel 12:4
  • 231. Sir Isaac Newton was among those who believed that the Bible contained a hidden prophecy of human history. He was convinced that the Bible was a “cryptogram set by the Almighty” and wanted very much to “read the riddle of the Godhead, the riddle of past and future events divinely foreordained.” “Essays and Sketches in Biography”- Meridian Books, 1956 pp 280-290
  • 232. The entire notion of a Bible Code was myth until 1994…
  • 233. when two scientists; world- renowned mathematician, Eliyahu Rips (to the right), and computer expert Doron Witztum, stunned the world for they had succeeded in breaking the code!
  • 234. They published their findings in a journal called “Statistical Science.” However, these findings were so controversial they were subjected to the intense scrutiny of a panel of referees who were appointed to verify them. Their conclusion? “The math used to ascertain these findings was ironclad, and in fact, exceeded the criteria typically used as a benchmark.”
  • 235. “Our referees were baffled. Their prior beliefs made them think the Book of Genesis could not possibly contain meaningful references to modern day individuals, yet when the authors carried out additional analyses and checks, the effects persisted. The paper is thus offered to ‘Statistical Science’ readers as a challenging puzzle.” — Robert Kass Statistical Science Editor
  • 236. In addition, the Bible code was proven infallible by a number of other credible scientific sources. Famous mathematicians, the highest level Pentagon code-breakers, as well as esteemed professors at Harvard, Yale, and Hebrew University agree that although incomprehensible from our current knowledge base, the Bible Code is valid.
  • 237. This mystery was unraveled by eliminating the spaces and punctuation between words, essentially turning the original Torah into one long strand of letters.
  • 238. Rabbi Michael Ber Weissmandl, considered to be the father of the Bible Code, discovered the basis for unraveling the code - an equidistant letter sequence, referred to as an ELS. If you begin with the letter “T” (tav in Hebrew) in the book of Genesis and skip fifty letters, you will find the letter “O.” Skipping another fifty letters, an “R” appears, etc. Using the same letter skip of fifty the word “Torah” is spelled out in Hebrew. This specific ELS code appears not only in the book of Genesis, but also the books of Exodus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. In each of these instances, the letter skip sequence, or ELS, is identical. In subsequent searches it was found that the number of letters between meaningful words differs. Today, scholars believe that a significant correlation exists between a lower numerical letter skip and higher probability of occurrence.
  • 239. “A great part of mankind now assumes that the Bible is just old folklore, myth, that science is the only reliable picture of reality. Others say that the Bible, the word of God, must be true, and therefore science must be in error. I think that, finally, when we understand both well enough, religion and science will come together and we will have a Unified Field Theory.” - Eliyahu Rips
  • 240. The Bible code appears to foretell every major event in history: current, future, and past, including the Kennedy assassinations, the Rabin assassination, World Wars I and II, the Shoemaker-Levy comet striking Jupiter, the Gulf War, and the September 11 tragedies. Some also suggest that it foretells the future of man…
  • 242. Investigative writer Michael Drosnin, author of “Bible Code II: The Countdown” reveals an unsettling message regarding 2012. Intersecting the word ‘comet,’ are the words ‘Earth annihilated.’ However, a second message also appears:“It will be crumbled; driven out;” “I will tear it to pieces.” In the second scenario it is not Earth which is destroyed, but the threat. Even more interesting, a haunting third phrase appears – a phrase which appears throughout the Bible Code when specific scenarios are identified:
  • 243. “Will you change it?” The Bible Code appears to present various potential futures which exist concurrently — a premise more fully understood with the advent of Quantum Physics which essentially says the same thing.
  • 244. In his closing remarks in “Bible Code: The Countdown,” author Michael Drosnin concludes: “...the Bible Code is more than a warning. It may be the information we need to prevent the predicted disaster. ‘Code will save’ appears right above ‘Atomic Holocaust,’ just below ‘the End of Days.’ It is not a promise of divine salvation nor a threat of inevitable doom. The message of the Bible Code is that we can save ourselves. In the end, what we do determines the outcome.”
  • 245. The Bible Code provides further validation that we, as humankind, have arrived at a point in our evolution where we must consciously choose our future.
  • 246. There is yet another controversial book which corroborates the Ancient Prophecies entitled: “The Book of Knowledge: The Keys of Enoch.” ®
  • 247. “This book challenges us to go beyond our rational intellect explaining that we are all experiential beings with free will. By integrating our Higher Self with the Divine in conjunction with the energy field, we will bring forth the knowledge of the true science of Life enabling us to make a quantum leap in our consciousness. The Keys teach that we must unite the scientific and spiritual realms in order to solve the problems of Earth. Its ultimate purpose is to advance humanity so that we are prepared to make a quantum shift that will move both us and Earth into the next phase of our evolution.” -dr. j. j. Hurtak
  • 248. The Book of Enoch was also found intact in the Dead Sea Scrolls. This book describes a wondrous civilization which existed in the past – a civilization which misused the keys of higher knowledge and as a result, was unable to save themselves from cataclysm. Yet Enoch promises a return of this knowledge at the “end of time,” suggesting that: “regular cataclysmic changes act as an evolutionary agent provocateur to quicken the resident life forms to the next evolutionary phase.” — PATRICIA CORI No More Secrets, No More Lies
  • 249. Author Graham Hancock spent years travelling the world seeking the origin of the ancient knowledge. A preponderance of evidence all seemed to point to one source - a highly advanced ancient civilization ...
  • 251. The historical records of many cultures refer to a great, technologically-sophisticated civilization called Atlantis; although most of the academic establishment considers it myth. However, irrefutable evidence exists that advanced civilizations indeed existed before our own. We need only consider the great engineering mysteries which exist in North America, Egypt, England, Europe, Mexico, and the underwater city near Bimini. The construction of temple sites, walls and burial grounds at these sites utilized megalithic stones in a way that our advanced civilization cannot begin to fathom.
  • 252. The famous Greek philosopher, Plato, detailed accounts of this civilization in his writings. “The capital city of Atlantis was a marvel of architecture and engineering. The city was composed of a series of concentric walls and canals. At the very center was a hill, and on top of the hill a temple to Poseidon.” It was said that the people of Atlantis became corrupt and greedy; that a violent cataclysm shook the land causing giant waves to roll over the shores and the island to sink into the sea.
  • 253. Other information also corroborates the existence of Atlantis. The British Museum is in possession of a priceless document known as the Troano manuscript, written 3,500 years ago by the Maya of Yucatan. It is said to contain an authentic account of the cataclysm which sank the continent of Atlantis.
  • 254. “The Popol Vuh speaks in a veiled language about a great secret of human history: a long forgotten golden age when everything was possible – a magical time of scientific progress and enlightenment when the ‘first men’ (those endowed with intelligence) not only ‘measured the round face of the earth’ but ‘examined the four points of the arch of the sky.’” — graham hancock Fingerprints of the Gods- pg 490
  • 255. “Proof of Atlantis lies everywhere. It is woven into the fabric of ancient temples, left in effigy of enlightened civilizations whose knowledge reached the furthest points of your planet. You can find it in the tale of the elders, who have handed down the story from generation to generation, guardedly sharing the secret wisdom with those who could hear it.” — patricia cori Atlantis Rising – pg 24
  • 256. In ‘Atlantis Rising,’ author and channel Patricia Cori explains that we are now reliving the same scenarios, or ‘tests,’ which existed in the last days of Atlantis. These scenarios provide our civilization an opportunity to wake-up and progress to the next stage of evolution - a premise corroborated in both the best-selling series of books by channel Neale Walsch: “Conversations with God”, as well as “The Secret Teachings of the Ages” by Manly Hall.
  • 257. “The great antediluvian civilization of Atlantis reached an acute state of disharmony and short-circuited the energy networks of earth which nearly obliterated life. The power structure of that time was blindly arrogant and felt they could own the forces of Earth. They pushed beyond the limits [as your civilization is doing today with HAARP] and all was virtually washed away in the great flood as earth cleansed herself of the intense negative vibration and brought herself back to center to start again, renewed and revitalized.” — PATRICIA CORI Atlantis Rising pg 2&3
  • 258. “Once before on your planet you had reached the heights — beyond the heights, really, to which you now are slowly climbing. You had a civilization on Earth more advanced than the one now existing. And it destroyed itself. Not only did it destroy itself, it nearly destroyed everything else as well. It did this because it did not know how to deal with the very technologies it had developed. Its technological evolution was so far ahead of its spiritual evolution that it wound up making technology its god. Walsch: Are you talking about the Lost City of Atlantis? God: Some of you have called it that. Walsch: So then it is true? We did get to that place before? God: Oh beyond it, My Friend. Way beyond it. Walsch: And we destroyed ourselves? God: Why are you surprised? You're doing the same thing now.” — Neale Donald Walsch Conversations with God Book 3
  • 259. “What is occurring now on your planet is a repetition of human history - a perfect replay of the last days of Atlantis. You are now reliving the same undercurrents, energy manipulation, and abuse of power that exemplified the last generations of Atlantis....a civilization that had reached (in some aspects) a much higher level of technological prowess than that which you know today. Once again you are confronting yourselves; the power struggle; misguided materialism; human suffering; the disregard for life and beauty; and the abuse of those who seek an all-consuming pursuit of power over others has become the overriding experience of your contemporary civilization, causing you to question just how much it is that the human race has actually progressed in its course of social evolution.” — PATRICIA CORI Atlantis Rising pg 4&28
  • 260. “Before the Atlantean continent was submerged, the initiates of the Atlantean Mysteries, carrying with them the secret doctrines entrusted to their keeping, immigrated into Egypt and other parts of the Earth where they would be safe from the impending catastrophe. Thus, their secret teaching with its priceless value to subsequent ages was preserved. They established centers of learning and promulgated the code, clothed in the language of symbolism to such as they deemed worthy to receive it.” — manly hall The Secret Teachings of the Ages
  • 261. “The monumental cataclysm known as the Great Flood was Earth’s process of cleansing the poisonous energies emanating from the Atlanteans.” pg33 “Once again, this is an imminent reality. You, the whole of humanity, are very much a part of the cause and effect, the symptom and the cure. All is interrelated in the cosmic dance of karmic process.” — patricia cori Atlantis Rising -pg 10
  • 262. The ancients sought to warn those of us living today, those witnessing the end of the great cycle, of the conditions we would inevitably encounter during this era. They used the language of mathematics - the mathematics of precession. Why? “Precession is one of the basic mechanisms of the solar system” pg241 ... “the engine that drives this majestic celestial juggernaut along its never-ending tour of the heavens.” “The precession of the equinoxes has rigid and repetitive mathematical qualities that can be analyzed and predicted precisely.” pg237 “According to Santillana and von Dechend in “Hamlet’s Mill”: this language ignores local beliefs and concentrates instead on numbers, motions, measure, overall frames and schemas – on the structure of numbers; on geometry.” pg244 — graham hancock Fingerprints of the God
  • 263. “The scale of the great pyramid is keyed numerically to the rate of the precession of the equinoxes – one of earth’s most characteristic planetary mechanisms. [This was] a deliberate decision intended to be recognizable only by a culture which had acquired (a) an accurate knowledge of the dimensions of the earth and (b) an accurate knowledge of the rate of precessional motion; a scientifically advanced culture.” — graham hancock Fingerprints of the Gods-pg 442
  • 264. Thirty miles north of Mexico City lie the remains of an ancient city named Teotihuacan, meaning “The City of the Gods", or the place "Where Men Become Gods." The builders of this great ancient city also utilized mathematical computations...
  • 265. This huge city presents a mystery to archaeologists because its builders are unknown. During its greatest period of prosperity, Teotihuacan quickly became the largest and most populous urban center in the New World with 60,000 to 80,000 inhabitants (Millon 1981:221). Then this city suddenly collapsed; apparently by a great catastrophe which significantly reduced its population. Anthropologists speculate that the crisis may have been brought about by a climactic shift, for originally there were cedar, cypress, pine, and oak forests; which have been replaced by cactus, yucca, agave, and California pepper trees.
  • 266. “...the civilization that built Teotihuacan appears to have deliberately encoded complex information in their monuments using a mathematical language. [Regardless of] the extreme changes and transformations that human civilization might go through, the radius of a circle multiplied by 2 pi would always give the correct figure for that circle’s circumference. ...such a code could always be deciphered, even by people from unrelated cultures living thousands of years in the future.” — graham hancock Fingerprints of the Gods- pg 182
  • 267. Egyptologist and construction engineer, Robert Bauval tells us:“These prehistoric inventors knew their epochs and the clock they used was the clock of the stars. Their working language was precessional astronomy and their monuments express that language in a very clear, unambiguous, scientific manner.” “These builders were fulfilling a long-term objective – some kind of purpose.” “They...sought to create an enigma which would provoke questions. For once you start asking questions about the pyramids, you’ve asked a question about engineering, geometry, astronomy. Then you begin to realize how sophisticated the pyramids are and how incredibly clever, skillful and knowledgeable its builders must have been, which then forces you to ask questions about mankind; about human history.” — graham hancock Fingerprints of the Gods- pgs452:454
  • 268. The most important reason the Ancients went to such great lengths to forewarn of the changes that were to occur?
  • 269. They wanted to make sure that we were aware of the reason for the crises occurring in our world so that we could transcend the inevitable chaos and seize this unprecedented opportunity to evolve.
  • 270. The Ancient documents agree: We have arrived at a critical juncture in our evolution where we must take action and apply the ancient wisdom in order to minimize the effects of the Earth changes and create a promising future.
  • 271. “The knowledge to unlock the ancient mysteries was to be revealed at a pivotal moment in history where mankind could no longer survive without the knowledge and wisdom of the ancients. At this dark crossroads, mankind will herald in a wondrous new age of enlightenment. That moment is fast approaching — it is always darkest before dawn.” — dan brown The Lost Symbol pg-328
  • 272. Have we now arrived at the point where we can no longer survive without the ancient knowledge? Many believe so. The ancient prophecies indicate that around the year 2000 we would arrive at a precarious point in our evolution. For by that time, we would have acquired vast technological and scientific capabilities but at the same time, lack critical knowledge to use that power wisely. As you can now see through the fate of Atlantis, unmitigated power in the hands of those who are unaware of the bigger picture threatens both the planet and the human race.
  • 273. It was not only the Ancients who spoke of this threat, for many contemporary visionaries have recognized it as well.
  • 274. “We stand at a critical moment in Earth’s history, a time when humanity must choose its future. As the world becomes increasingly interdependent and fragile, the future at once holds great peril and great promise. To move forward we must recognize that in the midst of a magnificent diversity of cultures and life forms, we are one human family and one Earth community with a common destiny.” — the Earth Charter
  • 275. “Humankind is standing precariously on the edge of its destiny. It will either rise to a paradigm change or experience decline or possible destruction. This is an unavoidable confrontation.” — Glenda Green Love Without End -pg 140
  • 276. “Within the next ten years, America will have a catastrophe or a renaissance. Something is going to happen to take us back to who we are.” — Marianne Williamson 1997-The Healing of America pg 33
  • 277. “The age of nations is past. The task before us now, if we would not perish, is to shake off our ancient prejudices, and to build the Earth… The future of the world is in our hands.” — Pierre Teilhard de Chardin
  • 278. “We are the ones who have the most profound task in human history: The task of deciding whether we grow or die.” — JEAN HOUSTON
  • 279. So, how do we grow? What are we now supposed to do?
  • 280. I’m now going to share a rather strange prophetic message I received in 1988 which provides a clue. Late one evening a friend of mine called and asked if I would accompany her the following day to an appointment she had made with a psychic. Although she had planned to go with another friend, that friend had just canceled and she was a bit apprehensive about going alone. While I wasn’t keen about seeing a psychic, she begged and pleaded until I finally conceded thinking, “What the heck, life is an adventure,” right? Indeed this meeting was an adventure for in the midst of our session this man stopped abruptly and told me that he was receiving an urgent message for me from a group of teachers… My reaction was one of disbelief and incredulity, but he distracted me and told me to hurry up and write down what he was receiving before he lost it. This is the message I received on that day:
  • 281. “Things only happen when you make them happen. To let go and surrender is to let things happen to you. You have free will and must set things in motion. Planet Earth is on the verge of destructive power in the wrong hands. Things will only change when people change. To raise people’s spiritual consciousness is the task at hand. It can only begin there and be demonstrated as such. There is much work to do. Begin by helping others become aware. You have the gift. Use it or it will be wasted.
  • 282. D.M.A. is your first step... [DMA, Dimensional Mind Approach, was a course I was then taking that dealt with the multi-dimensions of the mind] …Every person’s “Universal truth” is holy unto them. Formulate your own truth, live by it, share it, and teach it. That is your mission. To blend the psychological awareness of your past with the awareness of the reality of the future is key. While men are building new and beautiful skyscrapers, energy should be channeled into consciousness in this world.
  • 283. They are blind. Make them see. Various civilizations that were highly technical, fell. When there is technology without the awareness of Spirit, it cannot work. Spirit is before technology and channeling the power properly will benefit and evolve mankind. It [consciousness] must be harnessed or all will be lost. Mankind on Earth will have to begin again. All progress made by the various souls will be lost. It is time; the time is now for these events to happen. They only happen with individual people. That is the task at hand.”
  • 284. Other than the reference to DMA, I didn’t have a clue as to what this message meant... at that time.
  • 286. “Various civilizations that were highly technical fell. When there is technology without the awareness of Spirit, it cannot work.”
  • 287. What does that mean?
  • 288. Without an integration of science and spirit, or achieving balance in body, mind & spirit, stagnation occurs, evolution comes to an abrupt halt, and our civilization begins to decline.
  • 289. And English historian, Arnold Toynbee, agreed with that premise. After studying the fall of 26 ancient civilizations, he concluded that these civilizations all perished for the same reason:
  • 290. They refused to evolve.
  • 291. These civilizations had become so blinded by their power, so convinced of their utter brilliance, so unwilling to examine the incongruities in their belief systems; they unwittingly created their own demise.
  • 292. precisely where we find ourselves today…
  • 293. How can we avoid the same fate?
  • 294. Albert Einstein provides two more clues. In the first he tells us:
  • 295. “Problems cannot be solved at the same level of awareness that created them.” — ALBERT EINSTEIN
  • 296. So, it appears that the solutions to our problems lie at the next level of awareness, which just so happens to impel our evolution into that next level. In the second clue he warns:
  • 297. “We shall require a substantially new manner of thinking if mankind is to survive.” — ALBERT EINSTEIN
  • 298. So, our manner of thinking seems to be key to our survival, and as you learned earlier, the knowledge we need to advance our thinking – the ancient mystery of mysteries – was destined to be revealed today.
  • 299. But think about it... How would this “secret” knowledge be conveyed and received in today’s day and age? Was someone to appear on CNN and reveal the secret? And if they did, how do you think they might be perceived?…
  • 300. So, what would it take to capture the attention of the world to the degree that our prevailing beliefs would change dramatically?
  • 301. What would it take to force us to look at the bigger picture; the path we are now on?
  • 303. Earthquakes, tornadoes, foreclosure, unemployment, austerity, war, conflicts, upheavals… riveting events that shake us to the core and kick us out of our comfort zones.
  • 304. For when we are too busy to concern ourselves with larger issues, the only effective wake-up call is adversity, crisis or catastrophe...
  • 305. these events are catalysts which trigger evolution…
  • 306. providing an opportunity for an evolutionary quantum leap.
  • 307. “The human spirit shines through in times of cataclysm and crisis. As you rally to the call of the suffering the pulse of the love of Spirit pours through you, burning like lightening through the dark clouds of human turmoil. Rising above your personal concerns, you realize that those are your brothers and sisters. You run to each other’s aid embracing the weak and wounded, and together you celebrate the One Heart: the emerging soul of humanity.” — PATRICIA CORI Atlantis Rising pg 205
  • 308. “The only thing that can possibly save humanity is for God to rise up within the human soul in the midst of great catastrophe.” — Lewis Mumford The Pentagon of Power
  • 309. “There are some things you learn best in calm, and some in storm.” — Willa Cather
  • 310. “Conflict, pain, tension, fear, paradox.... these are transformations trying to happen. Once we confront them, the transformative process begins.” — Marilyn Ferguson The Aquarian Conspiracy pg 76
  • 311. “Only that which is deeply felt can change us. Rational arguments alone cannot penetrate the layers of fear and conditioning that comprise our crippling belief systems.” — Marilyn Ferguson The Aquarian Conspiracy pg 35
  • 312. “Struggle creates discord and disruption which pulls and pushes consciousness forcing it to examine itself, choose its path, and thus evolve.” — PATRICIA CORI No More Secrets, No More Lies
  • 313. “Pain exists to promote evolution; its cumulative effect finally forces us in a new direction.” — Dr. David r. Hawkins Power Versus Force pg 104 www.veritaspub.com
  • 314. “Tolerance for pain may be high, but it is not without limit. Eventually everyone begins to recognize, however dimly, that there must be a better way. As this recognition becomes more firmly established, it becomes a turning point.” — A Course in Miracles® Pg 22
  • 315. “Change will not occur unless there is discomfort in the current paradigm.” — JOEL BARKER Paradigms: The Business of Discovering the Future
  • 316. The events occurring in our world today force us to look within and ask penetrating questions:
  • 317. “Where are we,” and more important,
  • 319. Consider the path of Ebenezer Scrooge in Dickens classic, “A Christmas Carol:”
  • 320. Only until Mr. Scrooge was able to experience the repercussions of his tyrannical ways from a place of discomfort was he able to awaken and alter the course of his life.
  • 321. Where was he, and where was he going before discomfort came knocking at his door?
  • 322. Now that you are aware of the importance of the time we are now living and the underlying reason for the numerous crises we are now experiencing, we will move onto Section 2 and examine another critical piece of the puzzle of life: The Bigger Picture - the process of evolution and how it unfolds.
  • 323. “You must first recognize the pieces of the puzzle before you can understand how they will fit together. To be most effective, you need first to observe the big picture, break it down into manageable bits, and then, only then, will you be capable of putting it all back together again.” — patricia cori Atlantis Rising -pg 193
  • 324. SECTION 2 The Bigger Picture: The Process of Evolution and How it Unfolds
  • 325. Nothing will make sense in life unless you have a more expanded perspective.
  • 326. And that premise was illustrated beautifully in a song written by the gifted songwriter Steven Schwartz, for the movie “The Prince of Egypt.”
  • 327. A single thread in a tapestry though its color brightly shines, can never see its purpose in the pattern of the grand design. And the stone that sits at the very top of the mountain’s mighty face, does it think it’s more important than the stones that form the base? So how can you see what your life is worth or where your value lies? You can never see through the eyes of man. You must look at life through Heaven’ eyes. A lake of gold in the desert sand is less than a cool fresh spring? And to one lost sheep, a shepherd boy is greater than the richest king. If a man loses everything he owns, has he truly lost his worth? Or is it the beginning of a new and brighter birth?
  • 328. So how do you measure the worth of a man, in wealth or strength or size? In how much he gained or how much he gave? The answer will come to him who tries to look at his life through Heaven’s eyes. And that’s why we share all we have with you though there’s little to be found. When all you’ve got is nothing, there’s a lot to go around. No life can escape being blown about by the winds of change or chance. And though you never know all the steps, you must learn to join the dance. So how can you judge what a man is worth? By what he builds or buys? You can never see with your eyes on Earth. Look at life through Heaven’s eyes!
  • 329. To look at life through Heavens eyes, we must begin with the perennial questions:
  • 330. “What are we doing here” and “Why is life so difficult?”
  • 331. Throughout the ages, spiritual teachers have taught that life is a course of experience we must go through in this schoolroom called planet Earth before we can graduate to higher levels of being.
  • 332. If that’s the case, what’s the curriculum?
  • 333. the evolution of consciousness…
  • 334. the expansion or advancement of our souls through experience.
  • 335. Whether you know it or not, evolution is occurring in your every moment. Think about it. Do you know more today than you did ten years ago? But more important:
  • 336. Have you grown wiser as a result of those experiences?
  • 338. “There are no mistakes, no coincidences. All events are blessings given to us to learn from.” Elizabeth Kubler-Ross
  • 339. “Evolution, innate to the overall field of consciousness, guarantees the salvation of mankind, and with it, all of life.” — Dr. david r. Hawkins Power Versus Force pg 92 www.veritaspub.com
  • 340. So, if evolution is the name of the game, is there an organizing process to evolution?
  • 341. I believe the answer to that question is: yes, and it is best explained by a scientific theory called:
  • 343. Spiral Dynamics is an offshoot of Developmental Psychology which studies the growth and development of the mind, with Spiral Dynamics focusing on the dynamics of consciousness.
  • 345. The dictionary defines it as: awareness; wakefulness; the executive control system of the mind.
  • 346. I discovered the premise of Spiral Dynamics in a book entitled: “A Theory of Everything” by Dr. Ken Wilber. And I just loved that title for I thought “this dude has a theory of everything,” and I was curious to learn what his theory was all about.
  • 347. Fundamental to Dr. Wilber’s theory, is the premise of Spiral Dynamics. He believes that without an understanding of Spiral Dynamics, it would be difficult to understand anything in life. And after reading his book and experiencing a number of epiphanies, I agreed.
  • 349. More than one hundred different research studies conducted across the globe which tested more than fifty thousand people, agreed on one item:
  • 350. Humanity is divided into 8 distinct levels of consciousness – each representing a stage of evolution personally and collectively.
  • 351. The development of consciousness occurs as one progresses through these stages, referred to as memes, and every person on the face of this planet operates from one of those memes.
  • 352. Just as our schools are separated into various grade levels, the schoolroom called planet Earth is also divided into different levels.
  • 353. Each meme has specific beliefs and attributes that operate unconsciously but significantly influence an individuals behavior. These beliefs are so deeply ingrained within ones psyche, he or she believes that their meme is the only ‘legitimate’ meme and as a result, adopts the following stance:
  • 354. “My beliefs are right, yours are wrong, and if I can’t convince you of the err of your ways, I had better rid the world of your kind or else the world will go to hell in a hand basket!”
  • 355. This is the typical ‘save the world from evil’ story that has been told, retold, and embellished upon for ages. Those who hate or have disdain for a specific group of people are simply revealing their level of consciousness. From their perspective, they have concluded that another group with dissimilar beliefs are decadent, corrupt, and unspiritual thus will ultimately infect and destroy the human race if they don’t eliminate that group from the face of this planet. A noble premise, and that’s why they’re able to recruit and incite many followers. This group believes they are saving the world from evil and oftentimes the group perceived as evil doesn’t have a clue as to why they are being targeted...
  • 356. You may be thinking that we would be better off if those at more primary levels of consciousness just didn’t live on this planet…
  • 357. It would certainly eliminate a lot of issues, right? But think about it… What would life be like if we lived in a place where everyone looked similar, held similar beliefs, and behaved in similar ways? In other words,
  • 358. Would you want to live in a world populated by 7 Billion of you?
  • 359. I don’t think so... I think you might become a bit bored with yourself after a few weeks... But let’s take that idea even further:
  • 360. The different memes, or levels of consciousness, provide contrast — variety and diversity, which in turn, provides a context from which to define and experience life.
  • 361. And what is the purpose of life?
  • 362. The expansion of consciousness through experience.
  • 363. How could you define ‘hot’ if ‘cold’ didn’t exist?
  • 364. How could you fully appreciate the euphoric experience of love if its opposite did not exist?
  • 365. You couldn’t. For there would be no context from which to define, compare or experience it.
  • 366. Moreover, in order for evolution to occur, there must be something higher to evolve to and something lower to evolve from. Therefore:
  • 367. We live in a world of duality, of opposites – and these opposites have a higher purpose.
  • 368. They provide context and contrast which in turn, creates choices. After making a choice, we then experience the result of our choice.
  • 369. And if we find that we have made a bad choice, we can choose again — and thus evolve.
  • 370. “The evolutionary driver of existence is choice. You cannot experience choice without polarity. The dark side exists to provide the freedom to choose and the responsibility for those choices.” — patricia cori Atlantis Rising - pg 34
  • 371. Can you see how valuable this information is? For it enables us to understand why people think, believe and behave the way they do.
  • 372. And interestingly, the premise of ever-evolving stages of development was also found in a 2,500 year old Essene document which states:
  • 373. “What is Truth? For the same things appear different to different minds and even to the same mind at different times. What then is Truth?... To men Truth is revealed according to their capacity to understand and receive. The one truth hath many sides, and one seeth one side only, another another, and some see more than others, according as it is given to them.... That which appeareth true to some, seemeth not true to others. They who are in the valley see not as they who are on the hilltop. But to each, it is the truth as the one mind seeth, and for that time, till a higher truth shall be revealed unto the same.” — The Gospel of the Holy Twelve
  • 374. In another excerpt from the Essenes we are told:
  • 375. “God giveth you all Truth as a ladder with many steps for the salvation and perfection of the soul, and the truth which seemeth today, ye will abandon for the higher truth of the morrow.... As I have received the Truth, so I have given it to you. Let each receive it according to their light and ability to understand, and persecute not those who receive it after a different interpretation.” — The Gospel of the Holy Twelve The Essene New Testament
  • 376. As you can see, the premise of the ever-expanding nature of truth, or the evolution of consciousness, has been around for a long long time.
  • 377. So, now that you have an idea of how evolution unfolds on an individual basis, let’s explore how it unfolds collectively:
  • 378. Just as you and I progress through the various memes in our personal evolution, the same is true of humanity. However, our collective evolution differs in one way for there is always…
  • 379. one dominant meme which holds the seat of power.
  • 380. This meme is at the helm of mankind’s evolution and will remain in power until we have completed our lessons in that meme.
  • 381. How will we know when we have completed our lessons?
  • 382. When we can acknowledge the incongruities that exist within our current dominant meme – aspects/beliefs held by this meme that no longer make sense, we will then be ready to graduate to the next meme.
  • 383. Two telltale indicators? 1) Solutions touted by this meme are ineffective. 2) Those in power are willing to compromise their integrity in order to preserve their power.
  • 384. To illustrate how Humankind transitions from one meme to the next, let’s take a look at history.
  • 385. Religion was the dominant meme for hundreds of years. But when people discovered that “express tickets to heaven” were being sold to the highest bidder,
  • 386. and that the church was taking a strong stance on scientifically invalid “facts,” such as the sun revolves around the Earth, incongruities were illuminated within religion.
  • 387. At that point in the 17th century, people became rather uncomfortable and began looking for another source from which to understand life; a source which would provide meaningful solutions to life’s problems. And the baton of power was then passed to…
  • 388. Science and Technology… which has reigned ever since that time.
  • 389. The next requirement for graduating to the next stage of evolution?
  • 390. All aspects of our being: body, mind, and spirit, must be balanced.
  • 391. Therefore, if we’re evolving more rapidly in the technological and scientific arena, the mind, and lagging in our spiritual growth, an imbalance will result. And just like the Atlantean civilization, that’s where we find ourselves today, for we currently have a number of imbalances in our collective being.
  • 392. How do we identify an imbalance?
  • 393. An imbalance first appears as a small problem. If that problem is not resolved, it becomes a bigger problem. And if the problem is still not resolved, it eventually becomes a catastrophe where we are then forced to deal with it.
  • 394. Therefore, before any large-scale tragedy occurs, less critical events will precede it.
  • 395. These events have a higher purpose…
  • 396. THEY ARE WARNINGS, ALERTING US TO AN IMBALANCE WHICH MUST BE RESOLVED.
  • 397. In the case of the September 11 attacks, the bombing of the SS Cole as well as the embassy bombings in Africa preceded these events, did they not?
  • 398. However, because we are currently unaware of the higher purpose of these less critical events, we typically don’t take decisive action until something catastrophic occurs.
  • 399. And this poses a serious problem today. For during the process of “Purification,” smaller critical events are inevitable. They serve to illuminate the imbalances in our collective being – issues that must be resolved. Therefore, if we ignore these events, regardless of where they are occurring in our world, the potential for catastrophe grows greater and greater. The bottom line?
  • 400. Until we understand the higher purpose of adverse experiences we will continue to experience tragedy.
  • 401. From our current state of consciousness…
  • 402. critical events provide the discomfort necessary to wake-up and take action; thus they promote evolution.
  • 403. “Accelerated evolution is made possible by exaggerated polarity – an opportunity for humankind to explore a new understanding of the nature of all reality.” — PATRICIA CORI No More Secrets, No More Lies
  • 404. “It is important that we look beyond the immediate tumult of world events to the potential for resolution, rebalance, and healing. Inherent within the gestation period of prophecy is the tremendous power of intention and right action in averting it. Turmoil and confusion are integral parts of the equation today. Like leaking toxic waste no longer containable below the threshold of awareness, today’s chaos represents negativity, suppression, and denial becoming externalized into a conscious combustible force. If we do not deal with problems before they escalate, we deal with them when they combust!” — Moira Timms Beyond Prophecies and Predictions - pg 201
  • 405. Now that you are aware of the significance of the time we are living and have a greater awareness of the bigger picture — the process of evolution and how it unfolds — and understand the importance of addressing smaller critical events before they become catastrophes, we will now move onto Section 3 and explore the most formidable and unsuspecting threat now facing humanity.
  • 406. SECTION 3 The Most Formidable and Unsuspecting Threat Now Facing Humanity
  • 407. Where is this threat coming from?
  • 409. Many individuals who we deem as credible have recognized this threat but their warnings, thus far, have been ignored.
  • 410. “I believe that human survival in the face of the threat of nuclear holocaust and the devastation of our natural environment, will be possible only if we are able to radically change the methods and values underlying our science and technology.” — DR. Fritjof Capra The Tao of Physics pg 335
  • 411. “As we stand at the brink of a second nuclear age and at the onset of unprecedented climate change, our way of thinking about the uses and control of technologies must change to prevent unspeakable destruction and future human suffering.” — Kennette Benedict Atomic Scientist executive director
  • 412. “We’ve arranged a global civilization in which most crucial elements profoundly depend on science and technology. We’ve also arranged things so that almost no one understands science or technology. We might get away with it for a while, but sooner or later, this combustible mixture of ignorance and power is going to blow up in our faces.” — Carl sagaN
  • 413. “One of humanity’s constant nightmares has been that technological growth...has always run ahead of...growth in wisdom, care, and compassionate use of that technology. In other words, exterior development has run ahead of interior development.” — Dr. Ken Wilber
  • 414. “Your present technology is threatening to outstrip your ability to use it wisely. Your society is on the verge of becoming a product of your technology, rather than your technology being a product of your society. When a society becomes a product of its own technology, it destroys itself.” — NEALE DONALD WALSCH Conversations with God Book 3 pg 276
  • 415. “Before the seventeenth century, the goals of science were wisdom, understanding the natural order, and living in harmony with it. In the seventeenth century this attitude changed into its opposite. Ever since [that time] the goal of science has been [the acquisition of] knowledge that can be used to dominate and control nature. Today both science and technology are used predominantly for purposes that are dangerous, harmful, and antiecological.” — Dr. Fritjof Capra The Tao of Physics pg 335
  • 416. “By developing medicines to do the work that your bodies were intended to do, you’ve created viruses so resistant to attack that they stand poised to knock out your entire species… If you are not careful, your own technology — that which was created to serve you — will kill you.” — NEALE d. WALSCH Conversations with God Book 3 pg 278
  • 417. “Science is but a perversion of itself unless it has as its ultimate goal: the betterment of humanity.” — NICOLA TESLA
  • 418. “The old science is undermining its own foundations. With the awesome authority that we have given it, science is telling us that our faith has been misplaced…We have relinquished our authority to the scientists to whom we gave the responsibility of probing the mysteries of creation, change, and death. To us, we gave the everyday routine of mindless living. The scientists readily assumed their task. We readily assumed ours, which was to play a role of impotence before the ever-increasing complexity of “modern science” and the ever-spreading specialization of modern technology.” — gary zukav The Dancing Wu Li Masters: An Overview of the New Physics pg 92
  • 419. “Advanced technology without advanced thought creates not advancement, but demise.” — Neale Donald Walsch Conversations with God - Book 2 - pg 114
  • 420. And what is the price we are paying for abdicating our power to Science?
  • 421. The potential destruction of our planet and elimination of the human race… So, perhaps it’s time we ask ourselves:
  • 422. Who is at the helm of our evolution, the caretaker of our planet? And more important,
  • 423. Do they have the best interests of humanity and the preservation of Earth as their primary objective?
  • 424. Do they see the bigger picture? For this issue is about the world, the human race. It reaches far beyond corporate profits.
  • 425. And though I recognize the incredible contributions and astounding discoveries made by science and technology,
  • 426. we are repeatedly being warned that we are now standing at a critical evolutionary juncture where we must integrate science with other realms which possess equally valuable knowledge... as our ancestors did years ago ...
  • 427. “The roots of physics, as of all western science, are to be found in the first period of Greek philosophy in the sixth century BC, in a culture where science, philosophy, and religion were not separated. The sages of the Milesian school of Ionia were not concerned with such distinctions. Their aim was to discover the essential nature, or real constitution, of things which they called ‘physis.’ The term ‘physics’ is derived from this Greek word and meant therefore, originally, ‘the endeavor of seeing the essential nature of all things’.” — Dr. Fritjof Capra The Tao of Physics - pg 20
  • 428. “As is the cyclical nature of all existence, civilization has once again reached a level of development that is imploding upon itself, as excessive technology turns you into robots and you lose yourselves to the almighty mechanical god. [This fixation on electronics] strips you of your natural intelligence, your desire and will, and undermines your energetic interaction and personal exchange.” pg11 “The children are now abandoning play and discovery, laughter and innocence; their delicate minds anxiously clutching at electronic distractions. It is a travesty to observe humanity once again shutting down true communication, which you have all but forgotten was once a great exchange of emotion, intellect, and spirit between you.” pg14 — PATRICIA CORI Atlantis Rising
  • 429. The precarious situation we find ourselves in today is precisely why Einstein warned that we must advance our thinking if mankind is to survive. So, to advance our thinking, let’s now move onto section 4 and become acquainted with the “Ancient Mystery of Mysteries.”
  • 430. SECTION 4 Unveiling the Ancient Mystery of Mysteries
  • 431. …information destined to be revealed now so that we have the tools to resolve the issues we are facing and create a promising future.
  • 432. Let’s begin with “The Secret Teachings of the Ages” “The entire theory of this book is diametrically opposed to the modern method of thinking, for it is concerned with subjects openly ridiculed… It’s true purpose is to introduce the mind of the reader to a hypothesis of living wholly beyond the pale of materialistic theology, philosophy, or science.” — dr. Henry l. Drake 1906-1978
  • 433. “Of what use to reveal to men that which I have discovered at the price of laborious efforts?" Why should I do so? This doctrine cannot be understood by those filled by desire and hatred... It is mysterious, deep; hidden from the vulgar mind. If I proclaim it and men are unable to understand it, the only result will be fatigue and annoyance for me.” — Alexandra David- Néel & Lama Yongden Secret Oral Teachings in Tibetan Buddhist Sects
  • 434. “I have discovered a profound truth, difficult to perceive, difficult to understand, accessible only to the wise. Human beings busy themselves in the vortex of the world and find their pleasure. It will be difficult for men to understand the law of the concatenation of causes and effects, the suppression of the samskaras (ideas that one forms which depend upon ignorance).” — Alexandra David-Néel & Lama Yongden Secret Oral Teachings in Tibetan Buddhist Sects
  • 435. “The Lost Symbol,” by Dan Brown brilliantly weaves a thrilling fictional story around the ancient secret wisdom which he then corroborates with modern scientific discoveries which inspired me to dig deeper into the material I am now sharing with you, so thank you, Dan!
  • 436. “There will come a time when [the secrets] will at last be unearthed and deciphered – it will be a moment of great human transformation.” — DAN BROWN The Lost Symbol pg-240
  • 437. “Certain secret orders have always managed to salvage or save the universal truth on clay tablets, scrolls, and papyri. They recorded the truth so that future man might know the truth, thus freeing them from the bondage of untold ages.” — cARLA rueckhert
  • 438. “The sacred wisdom contains knowledge of the true nature of man buried in the secret covenants. It has been concealed throughout the ages, awaiting a time in human evolution when consciousness would be capable of taking giant steps and begin its journey into the brilliance of enlightened mind and spirit. That evolutionary point on the time-space continuum is now.” — patricia cori More Secrets, No More Lies pg 184
  • 439. “Every mystical tradition on Earth revolved around the idea that there existed arcane knowledge capable of imbuing humans with mystical, almost God-like powers.” — dan brown The Lost Symbol pg-79
  • 440. “Before the end of the world, God shall create a great flood of spiritual light to alleviate the suffering.” — The Rosicrucian Order
  • 441. “The mysteries were organized for the purpose of assisting the struggling human creature to reawaken the spiritual powers which… lay asleep within his soul.” — MANLY HALL The Secret Teachings of the Ages
  • 442. “The ancient philosophers believed that no man could live intelligently who did not have a fundamental knowledge of nature and her laws. Before a man can obey, he must understand, and the Mysteries were devoted to instructing man concerning the operation of Divine Law in the terrestrial sphere.” — MANLY HALL The Secret Teachings of the Ages
  • 443. Although the secret knowledge was known to many ancient cultures, over the years those in power began to use it for personal gain rather than the highest good. In their attempt to retain power and control, they destroyed all known vestiges of this wisdom. However, others were keenly aware that this knowledge would be essential to those of us living today, and thus secreted it so that it could be revealed when it was destined.
  • 444. “The great libraries which held the secrets of antediluvian records were consistently sacked and burned throughout man’s passing leaving almost no written clues to your enigmatic past. The dark ages of the Crusades and other moments of religious zeal and despotism saw the mass burning of your greatest wealth as a means of guaranteeing the perennial ignorance of those who would be conquered and brought to their knees. Knowledge, the light of consciousness, empowers; ignorance, the absence of light, enslaves.” — PATRICIA CORI Atlantis Rising pg 24
  • 445. The original Book of Enoch was banned from the Bible by early religious leaders but a copy was discovered in Ethiopia in the 1800’s. What knowledge did the church wish to ban? The powerful Ancient secrets – knowledge relegated to only a few high priests. Enoch was the great-grandfather of Noah and explained: “My great-grandfather Enoch gave me all the secrets and parables which had been given to him, and he put them together for me in the words of the book of the parables.”
  • 446. The sacred wisdom was hidden not only in many places around the world, but also in a metaphorical language of symbols, mythology, allegory, art, ancient artifacts, documents, and the occult texts of the ages.
  • 447. “After the collapse of the pagan cultural institutions it was unlawful to teach classical learnings or to advance scientific knowledge contrary to prevailing scholasticism. To avoid persecution, and at the same time, perpetuate for the benefit of qualified disciples the more advanced formulas of the ancient wisdom, the sacred truths were presented symbolically through the beautiful engraved devices of the emblem writers.” — MANLY HALL The Secret Teachings of the Ages
  • 448. “No longer can be seen the book of Popul Vuh which the kings had in older times... the original book, written long ago, existed – but now it’s sight is hidden to the searcher and to the thinker.” “The knowledge in this book was preserved until the Spanish conquest which made it necessary for this primordial document to be concealed from all but the most highly-initiated sages and replaced with a watered-down substitute written ‘under the law of Christianity.” — graham hancock Fingerprints of the Gods- pg 490:491
  • 449. “Those who do not understand the spiritual sciences question their use of unusual symbols, myths and figures employed to conceal the essential teachings. Let it be remembered that these ‘clouds’ were no part of the original doctrine, but were made necessary by intolerance and bigotry; not employed to cover ignorance, but to protect wisdom.” — Henry drake The Secret Teachings of the Ages
  • 450. “This knowledge was obscured for the same reason the ancient mystery schools were hidden, the same reason the neophytes had to be initiated before learning the secret teachings, the same reason the scientists in the Royal Academy of London refused to share their knowledge…..
  • 451. ...this information is powerful.” — DAN BROWN The Lost Symbol pg-491
  • 452. To safeguard this wisdom for future generations, secret societies were formed. And among those societies were the Freemasons who became gatekeepers of the ancient mysteries.
  • 453. “The origins of Freemasonry were said to have existed before the Great Deluge. Knowing that this flood could destroy knowledge that had been discovered, they sought to create “two pillars of stone” which were inscribed the keys to their knowledge that might be found after the flood. One pillar of knowledge was later discovered by Hermes (also known as Thoth in Egypt) who communicated to mankind the secrets herein inscribed.” — MANLY HALL The Secret Teachings of the Ages
  • 454. “Freemasonry owes to the Dionysians… the legacy of the unfinished Temple of Civilization – that vast, invisible structure upon which these initiated builders have labored continuously since the inception of their fraternity. This mighty edifice, which has fallen and been rebuilt time after time but whose foundations remain unmoved, is the true Everlasting House of which the temple on the brow of Mount Moriah was but an impermanent symbol. Human society they considered as a rough and untrued ashlar, but lately (recently) chiseled from the quarry of elemental Nature. This crude block was the true object upon which these skilled craftsmen labored – polishing it, squaring it, and with the aid of fine carvings, transforming it into a miracle of beauty. These master workmen learned to swing their hammers with the same rhythm that moves the swirling forces of the Cosmos. They venerated the Deity under the guise of a Great Architect and Master Craftsman who was ever gouging rough ashlars from the fields of space and truing them into universes.” — MANLY HALL The Secret Teachings of the Ages
  • 455. Thus, we are learning that Freemasonry has nothing to do with bricks and mortar for the true mission of Masonry is to catalyze the consciousness of man - the “unfinished Temple of Civilization.” “Civilization has fallen and been rebuilt time after time.” At the end of every 25,920 year cycle, civilization is tested and presented an opportunity to evolve — if we pass the requisite tests of consciousness and are ready to become a conscious civilization; one which honors all of its members and recognizes the sacredness of all life — the underlying message in James Cameron’s, “Avatar,” a word defined as: “one who is fully conscious.”
  • 456. “Human society they considered as a rough and untrued ashlar” – a rough stone used for building which has not yet been carved, honed, nor polished.
  • 457. “This crude block [civilization] was the true object upon which these skilled craftsmen labored – polishing it, squaring it, and with the aid of fine carvings, transforming it into a miracle of beauty.” The true objective of Freemasonry was to assist in the evolution of Humankind; transforming it from a state of primitive consciousness to apotheosis; a state of being where man’s ego and spirit are balanced.
  • 458. “These master workmen learned to swing their hammers to the rhythm of the cosmos.” The advanced Freemasons had become Avatars; they learned how to utilize thought and vibration to mold matter and produce results – a process known as “alchemy” – a premise you will learn more about as we progress.
  • 459. “The spirit of Egyptian philosophy still marches triumphant through the centuries. Though Zoroaster, Hermes, Pythagoras, Plato, and Aristotle are now but dim memories in a world once rocked by the transcendency of their intellectual genius, still in the mystic temple of freemasonry these god-men live again in their words and symbols; and the candidate, passing through initiations, feels himself face to face with these illuminated hierophants of days long past.” — MANLY HALL The Secret Teachings of the Ages
  • 460. “Freemasonry is a world-wide university, teaching the liberal arts and sciences of the soul to all those who will hearken to its words. Its chairs are seats of learning and its pillars uphold an arch of unusual education. Its trestle boards are inscribed with eternal verities of all ages and upon those who can comprehend its sacred depths has dawned the realization that within the Freemasonry Mysteries lie hidden the long-lost arcana sought by all peoples since the genesis of human reason.” — maNLY HALL The Secret Teachings of the Ages
  • 461. To become a member of this organization, new disciples must demonstrate the highest principles and values and are required to undergo a series of initiations designed to…
  • 462. “Awaken the slumbering man inside, lifting him from his dark coffin of ignorance to the importance of living in honor, integrity and service to their fellow men.” — dan brown The Lost Symbol pg-437
  • 463. Initiates are told of the winding staircase that represents man’s intellectual climb toward the Divine Truth of human science…
  • 464. — a symbol of the connection between the earthly and spiritual realms enabling him to participate in the mysteries where he will be…
  • 465. “‘Born again’ out of spiritual darkness into perfect wisdom” — MANLY HALL The Secret Teachings of the Ages
  • 466. “Each individual must grow into the comprehension of truth. Before he can be entrusted with the divine powers of the mind and will, he must accept knowledge as a responsibility to his Creator and his world, rather than an opportunity for the advancement of personal ambitions.” — Henry l. drake The Secret Teachings of the Ages
  • 467. No important secrets were entrusted to a disciple until he had been tempted in many ways and his strength of character severely tested.
  • 468. Initiates progress through various levels until they attain the highest level of masonry: the 33rd degree – a sacred figure symbolizing Divine Truth.
  • 469. Also entrusted with the sacred wisdom was the Royal Society of London, an elite organization formed in the mid-1600’s, also known as the “Invisible College.”
  • 470. Considered to be Europe’s premier scientific think tank, this organization became the brain trust of the world’s most enlightened minds:
  • 471. Isaac Newton, Francis Bacon, Robert Boyle, Benjamin Franklin, Albert Einstein, Niels Bohr, and Stephen Hawking to name a few.
  • 472. And you may find it interesting that many of these people made quantum leaps in human understanding; a result of their knowledge of the ancient wisdom.
  • 473. Other eminent scientists studied the ancient wisdom as well. Renowned physicists, Dr. Werner Heisenberg and Dr. Erwin Shrodinger openly stated that the ancient Hindu Vedic texts, known as the Upanishads, helped them to formulate some of their most famous theories.
  • 474. It has also been reported that the most famous discoveries made by Albert Einstein were inspired by a book he deemed so important, he always kept it on his desk: “The Secret Doctrine: The Synthesis of Science, Religion and Philosophy” by Madame Blavatsky — wisdom she stated was garnered from mahatmas in India.
  • 475. Now that you understand the significance and potency of the secret wisdom – it’s power to change the world as we now know it - let’s examine what the Ancients had to say that was so intriguing:
  • 476. The ancient documents repeatedly refer to a term called “The Law,” they tell us is the most powerful law in the Universe.
  • 477. When we finally comprehend the simplicity and breadth of this law, the radical transformation of consciousness the Ancients spoke of will occur because this information radically changes the way we now perceive life. I will now present excerpts from the ancient documents that speak of the power of this law but before I do, I’d like to provide you with a little history because it is so fascinating!
  • 478. The documents known as the Dead Sea Scrolls were essentially the library of the Essene brotherhood – a Jewish sect which lived 2,000 to 2,500 years ago. Fearing the Romans would destroy the last remaining copies of what later became the Bible, the Essenes hid hundreds of parchment scrolls in the caves of desert cliffs in Qumran, Egypt where they were discovered in 1947 by a Bedouin shepherd boy. Similar to our indigenous American Indians, the Essenes were conscious of and thus honored all aspects of life — animals, seasons, weather, etc. The most familiar Essene was Jesus for he was schooled extensively in their advanced knowledge.
  • 479. The Essenes knew that the wisdom they possessed would be essential to those of us living today, so they not only secreted their documents at the Dead Sea, but also in other locations around the world ensuring that this information would be discovered when it was destined.
  • 480. These documents have been found in the Secret Archives of the Vatican Library
  • 481. an ancient monastery in Tibet
  • 482. and The Royal Library of the Habsburgs, now property of the Austrian government.
  • 483. These last documents have an interesting past because they were said to have been brought out of Asia in the 13th century by Nestorian priests fleeing Genghis Khan.
  • 484. Once more, this knowledge was deemed so important that only those whose virtue was beyond question were entrusted to protect it — at all costs.
  • 485. The following is what the Essenes wanted us to know about “The Law:”
  • 486. “To obtain the treasures of the material world, O sons of men, Forego not the world of the Law...The communions of the Law are perfect, converting the soul from darkness to light.” — The Holy Law Essene Gospel of Peace
  • 487. Another reference to the power of the Law was found in the Emerald Tablets of Thoth, a document found in the great Pyramid of Giza, which states:
  • 488. “Hear ye and listen, O my children. Magic is knowledge and only is law. Be not afraid of the power within thee for it follows law as the stars in the sky. Follow ye and learn of my magic. Know that all force is thine if thou fear not the path that leads thee to knowledge, but rather shun the dark road. Light is thine, O man, for the taking. Cast off thy fetters and thou shalt be free. Know ye that thy soul is living in bondage fettered by fears that hold ye in thrall. Man is only what he believeth, a brother of darkness or a child of the light.” — The Emerald Tablets of Thoth
  • 489. “Thoth was regarded as a deity who understood the mysteries of ‘all that is hidden under the heavenly vault.’ It was said that he had inscribed his knowledge in secret books and hidden these about the earth, intending that they should be sought for by future generations but found ‘only by the worthy’ – who were to use their discoveries for the benefit of mankind.” — graham hancock Fingerprints of the Gods- pg 391
  • 490. In another excerpt from the Essene documents it is explained:
  • 491. “No other creature in the kingdom of our Earthly mother is given the power of thought. All the beasts that crawl and birds that fly live not of their own thinking but of a law that governs all of life. Only to the sons and daughters of man is given the power of thought. And even that thought can break the bonds of death. Do not think that because it cannot be seen that thought has no power, for I’ll tell you truly: the lightning that cleaves the mighty oak, the quaking the opens up cracks in the earth, these are like the play of children compared to the power of your thought.” — The Essene Gospel of Peace Book 4
  • 492. “For you know not the power of your thoughts. Know, Sons of Light that your thoughts are as powerful as the bolt of lightning that stabs through the storm and splits asunder the mighty tree... Use then, wisdom in all you think, and say, and do... May the Law bless you with all good and keep you from all evil, illumine your hearts with insight into the things of life, and grace you with knowledge of things Eternal.” — The Essene Gospel of Peace Book 4
  • 493. “The Lost Teachings of Atlantis,” by Jon Peniel speaks of the Atlantean civilization and high priests who fled the continent prior to its demise taking with them the knowledge their civilization had attained. It is said that this knowledge has been sequestered for millennia in a Tibetan pre-Buddhist temple referred to by some as “Shangri-La” or “Shambhala.” This knowledge is awaiting the consciousness of mankind to rise to the degree that the information can be utilized for the good of all.
  • 494. “What many consider the mysteries of life were not confusing or complex, but simply a matter of applying and understanding Universal Laws. The Atlanteans easily manipulated vibration, using thought within a framework of scientific facts. The Universal Spirit was not unknown to them; not some being that was ‘out there somewhere.’ Magic and miracles were not just something that existed in fairy tales and religious parables from days gone by. They were the scientific workings of spiritual forces on physical matter. Spirituality, as well as materiality and physical life, were all simply based in scientific facts of Universal Laws.” – jon Peniel The Lost Teachings of Atlantis
  • 495. “The barbarian cultures that came in contact with the Atlanteans couldn’t understand these things so they concluded that it was ‘magic’ — some mysterious ‘something’ that could only be created and wielded by gods, devils, or witchdoctors with strange powers and rituals. What is real ‘magic’ other than creating or altering energy and matter which is comprised of energy? So, in a very real sense, much of what the Atlanteans did was magic, but it was based in science, not superstition....The use of the mind to create physical reality is just a simple fact of Universal law science, and a very fundamental one. All understanding of God and the matters of day to day life are based knowing that real magic is science, and real science is magic.” — jon peniel The Lost Teachings of Atlantis
  • 496. As the ancient documents reveal, ‘The Law’ is indeed very powerful.
  • 497. “We are now learning that the Ancients understood the power of thought more profoundly than we do today for the ancient texts are filled with excerpts which speak of the power of the mind.” — DAN BROWN The Lost Symbol pg 498
  • 498. If this ancient knowledge is indeed true, this truth must be evident in life...
  • 499. And it is! But we would be incapable of understanding it unless our civilization had advanced to the degree where it understood the science of…
  • 500. Quantum Physics: the study of the physical nature of our world at a subatomic level.
  • 501. So, let’s now learn how Quantum Physics corroborates the ancient knowledge.
  • 502. Quantum Physics tells us that everything in life is composed of energy.
  • 503. Rather than atoms being the basic ‘building blocks’ of physical matter, those atoms, at a subatomic level, are part of an invisible universe composed of electromagnetic energy.
  • 504. This is the “E=M” or Energy=Mass in Einstein’s famous equation
  • 505. We are now learning that not only is physical matter composed of energy, but so too is thought!
  • 506. Every thought creates a small parcel of energy called a thoughtform which is part of an invisible energy field that surrounds each of us at all times — a kind of “hard drive” that stores data.
  • 507. “Everything that is alive pulsates with energy and all of this energy contains information. Your physical body is surrounded by an energy field that extends as far out as your outstretched arms and the full length of your body. That energy field is both an information center and a highly sensitive perceptual system. We are constantly “in communication” with everything around us through this system, which is a kind of conscious electricity that transmits and receives messages to and from other peoples bodies.” — Dr. Carolyn Myss Anatomy of the Spirit pg 33
  • 508. And though this information is not commonly known, medical science uses it every day.
  • 509. For the reason an EEG, EMG or EKG can be performed on your body is because…
  • 510. your body projects electromagnetic frequencies which can be measured!
  • 511. Fundamental to the science of Biophysics is the premise that energy is the basis of life.
  • 512. “The Earth is a living body, an energy system comprised of a web of interconnections generating a magnetic field…It is interesting to compare humans with the Earth. Human beings are like balls of energy made up of electricity and magnetic energy. And just like the Earth, the human body also generates a magnetic field, especially intensified in the heart and brain, with the brain outputting frequencies which interact with other frequencies… Every cell in the human body has a powerful magnetic substance called magnetite which responds sensitively to the magnetic fields in our environment… The human body is actually bio-regulated by virtue of tiny energy transactions within the body and also the Earth.” — dr. Beverly Rubik HAARP: Holes in Heaven a documentary film by Paula Randoll Smith
  • 513. And to validate this premise,
  • 514. The energy field generated by your body is capable of being photographed.
  • 515. In the 1930's, Russian Scientist, Dr. Semyon Kirlian developed the means to photograph the energy fields of plants, or the "life force" of living things. As science and technology advanced, so did the ability to photograph the energy fields of human beings.
  • 516. Examples of Kirlian Photography
  • 518. As you can see, different colors are radiating from these two ladies. Why?
  • 519. Every color in the color spectrum projects a specific frequency of energy.
  • 520. Approximate wavelength and frequency ranges for the various colors Red Wavelength (n) 780 – 622 Frequency (THz) 384 – 482 Orange 622 – 597 482 - 503 Yellow 597 – 577 503 - 520 Green 577 – 492 520 - 610 Blue 492 – 455 610 - 659 Violet 455 – 390 659 - 769
  • 521. At one end of the scale, red projects a lower denser frequency, and at the opposite end, violet and white project a higher faster frequency.
  • 522. Although science has not yet developed the means to interpret a Kirlian/aura photograph, it is believed that the various colors represent frequencies of energy created by the emotions emanating from a person in that exact moment.
  • 523. Sound also has significance on a subatomic level…
  • 524. Although little is now understood about the correlation of sound to matter, this field may be the next new frontier for the ancient documents tell us that sound has the power to manipulate matter.
  • 525. The word “abracadabra” came from ancient Aramaic mysticism: “Avrah Kadabra” means “I create as I speak.” — DAN BROWN The Lost Symbol
  • 526. Isaac Newton possessed knowledge of the ancient secret wisdom and understood the importance of color and sound. He published a report entitled “Optiks” in 1704 utilizing a color circle to depict the correlation of color to musical notes.
  • 528. Laboratories all over the world validate that sound waves have the ability to manipulate matter. When a specific frequency of sound is emitted, a unique geometrical shape is formed. Geometry is the language the Ancients chose to communicate with a future generation – those of us living today. You can witness this fascinating phenomenon on a youtube video by Dr. Hans Jenny entitled: “Bringing Matter to Life with Sound.” @www.cymatics.org. The following photographs are examples of these phenomena:
  • 529. These forms have been created through specific sounds utilizing a liquid medium.
  • 530. Cymatics - The Science of the Future? sound waves in a water droplet vibrating sand on a metal plate
  • 531. Now examine the correlation between the geometric shapes created by sound with the phenomena of “Crop Circles,” “Sand Circles,” and “Ice Circles,” which have appeared all over the world for hundreds of years but in the past 10 years with increasing frequency and complexity. Many believe these complex designs to be “messages” from off-world intelligences who are trying to awaken a civilization at an important evolutionary juncture...
  • 535. East field, NR Alton Barnes, Wiltshire England July 14, 2009 Cross hatch placement of design
  • 537. England Queensland Sand Circles Rio Grande, Mexico
  • 538. Ice Circles Go to Youtube to see the ice circles in motion
  • 540. To learn more about these phenomena, go to cropcirclemovie.com It appears that the “explosion of knowledge” the Ancients spoke of is indeed imminent… if we can open our minds and get past our current paradigms.
  • 541. Now that you know that everything in life is composed of energy, we can define “The Law” which is also referred to as:
  • 542. “The Law” of Attraction
  • 543. which means that similar/like energy attracts, or magnetizes, similar/like energy.
  • 544. And though that may not sound like momentous life-changing information, at a fundamental level…
  • 545. you are like a giant magnet continually transmitting and receiving energy.
  • 546. Whenever you focus on a specific topic, you begin to attract evidence of that topic in your life experience. How?
  • 547. “Thoughts have measurable mass and all mass has gravity, hence thoughts can pull things toward it.” — DAN BROWN The Lost Symbol pg 76
  • 548. Everything in this world is interconnected by virtue of a matrix of energy where…
  • 549. your thoughts, feelings, beliefs, words, and actions act as boomerangs magnetizing evidence of those thoughts, feelings, beliefs, words and actions right back to you, thereby creating your life experience.
  • 550. “Every prayer — every thought, every statement, every feeling — is creative. To the degree that it is fervently held as truth, to that degree, it will be made manifest in your experience.” — Neale Donald Walsch Conversations With God Book 1 – pg 12
  • 551. What does that mean?
  • 552. What you believe will manifest in your life experience.
  • 553. An illustration of how the Law works was beautifully depicted in a true story entitled ‘To Save A Life” by Hanoch McCarty which I discovered in “A Fourth Course Of Chicken Soup For The Soul,” The following is a condensed version of this story: “Just after World War 2 ended in the 1940s, an emigrant family in New York tried to contact their relatives in Budapest, Hungary — a country ravaged by bombings. They wondered if their family was still alive; if they could have possibly survived the war. But communication was difficult in those days. It could take weeks, even months for letters to travel to Europe and just as long for replies to return.
  • 554. plants, water supply, and fuel reserves—had been decimated which made each day a struggle just to survive. After reading the letter, the New Yorkers wanted to do something to help so they decided to send ‘care But finally one day a letter arrived packages’ to their relatives in from Uncle Lazlo, and miraculously Budapest. They stuffed boxes to all of their relatives had survived the brim with anything they the war. But it was clear from the could think of that might be letter that life was tough. Food and useful in a postwar situation: other necessities were extremely canned meats, vegetables, difficult to obtain, their money, toilet paper, bandages, candy, almost worthless, and all the paper, pencils, and shipped it critical infrastructures — electrical all off to Hungary. But when a
  • 555. maddening. But finally another letter arrived from Uncle Lazlo. ‘My dearest cousins;’ he wrote, ‘We are so grateful for the packages you sent.’… And his letter went on to detail every item in the cartons and how they had been used. But then came a mystery... ‘We also cannot thank you enough few months passed and they heard for the medicine you sent. nothing, they began to worry. Cousin Gesher’s knees were so Headlines were now reporting that swollen and painful, he was conditions were so bad in Europe only able to walk with the use that hundreds were now starving to of a cane but your medicine death. To make matters worse, a has miraculously cured him! severe winter was reported on the My back pain is completely horizon. The silence was gone, as are Lizabeta’s
  • 556. medicine. But they were certain that one of them had included medicine, so they drafted a letter to Uncle Lazlo asking him to provide the name of the medicine they so urgently needed. Another two months passed and finally a letter arrived: ‘My dearest cousins; luckily migraine headaches, and Anna’s young Sandor took constant fevers. America is great and its English in school and he science is great! But our medicine is translated the name of the running low. Could you please send medicine. It is ‘Life- more?’ The family in New York looked at savers.®’ Please send one another rather quizzically because more as quickly as you no one could recall sending any can. Love, Lazlo.’
  • 557. Were you aware of the medicinal benefits of Lifesavers®?
  • 558. Probably not. Because you believe that Lifesavers® are candy, that’s the reality you will experience. However, because Uncle Lazlo and family believed this candy was medicine, the power of their thoughts created an altogether different reality — a reality where ‘candy’ was able to cure a variety of ailments. This story vividly illustrates what is referred to as:
  • 559. the placebo effect — which in Greek means: "to please”
  • 560. You may have surmised that living in a world of duality, there is another, more somber element to the Law, and you would be correct. That element is called:
  • 562. To illustrate this aspect of the law I’d like to share a story from Dr. Walter Cannon’s research, a renowned physiologist on staff at Harvard around the year 1900. Dr. Cannon studied the Maori aborigines in New Zealand — a culture which believed in the power of taboo — something forbidden, or considered to be against the law. When an individual violated a law, a ‘hex’ or ‘magic spell’ would be placed upon them – a punishment believed to be so powerful it could evoke a terror within the violator that could culminate in death. The following is what Dr. Cannon witnessed:
  • 563. While traveling, a young aborigine stayed at the home of an older friend. For breakfast the elder served a meal containing wild hen — a food forbidden, thus taboo, to the younger generation. Suspecting that this bird might be wild hen, the young man questioned his host several times but each time the elder man assured him it was not. A few years later, the friends reunited and the older man asked the younger if he would now eat wild hen. The young man replied that of course he would not because it was forbidden. The elder man then laughed and revealed that years earlier he had indeed served him wild hen and pointed out that nothing terrible had happened as the young man believed. Upon receiving this news, however, the young man became extremely distressed. And in fact, he became so tormented that within twenty-four hours he was dead.
  • 564. As you can clearly see, there is something very powerful working beneath the surface of life experience, and that something is called…
  • 565. The Law of Attraction
  • 566. And though this knowledge was destined to be revealed today, it has always existed.
  • 567. Dr. Herbert Benson, on staff at the Harvard Medical School and founder of the Harvard Mind/Body Clinic, discovered the astonishing power of belief (thoughts producing “evidence” become beliefs) and unveiled his findings in: “Timeless Healing: The Power And Biology of Belief.” The following is what he had to say about the nocebo-effect:
  • 568. “Belief can...work against us. The brain/body does digest unpleasant images and can fulfill ugly prophecies.” — Dr. Herbert Benson Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief pg 39
  • 569. “Our brains are wired for beliefs and expectancies. When activated, the body responds as if the belief were a reality, producing deafness or thirst, health or illness.” — Dr. Herbert Benson Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief pp 63, 39
  • 570. As the Ancients, Dr. Benson, and countless others are trying to convey, thought and belief have both tremendous power and far- reaching ramifications.
  • 571. So, now let’s explore how the law operates so we can begin using it to our advantage...
  • 572. As you learned earlier we live in a world of duality where every topic has polar opposites.
  • 573. Between these poles, there are infinite points.
  • 574. On the topic of health, perfect radiant health exists at one end of the spectrum, and at the other end lies its opposite — illness.
  • 575. Between these two extremes there are countless degrees of health or illness.
  • 576. Imagine that every topic has a radio dial and every point, a specific radio frequency.
  • 577. Whenever you focus on a particular topic you automatically ‘tune into’ its frequency which is determined by…
  • 578. the belief you hold on that topic, your personal life’s plan, or the prevailing beliefs of those around you.
  • 579. Depending upon how often you focus on that topic, you will magnetize people, events, or circumstances — evidence of what you believe into your experience.
  • 580. For example: Money is a subject that all of us focus on:
  • 581. If you think, believe, and feel that you have too little money, you will attract people, events, and circumstances that validate your belief; for that’s the ‘station’ you are tuned into.
  • 582. However, because you have the power to choose your thoughts, you can change stations and tune into a different reality!
  • 583. In short, to tune into the ‘prosperity’ station, you would focus on what you want — what it feels like to have money right now — which will then send out a new frequency or vibration of energy.
  • 584. As your new thoughts become more dominant than your previous thoughts, you will begin to attract people, events, and circumstances that correspond with your new frequency for you have now tuned into a new station.
  • 585. Will this be easy? Author Dan Brown says:
  • 586. “No. Learning to direct your thoughts is a learned skill requiring laser-like focus, full sensory visualization and a profound belief. If I hand you a violin and say that you have the capability to use it to make incredible music, you indeed have the capability. But you will need enormous amounts of practice to manifest it. Harnessing the power of thought requires discipline and practice.” — DAN BROWN The Lost Symbol pg 502
  • 587. A number of best-selling books, including “The Secret” have done an incredible job of introducing the Law of Attraction to millions.
  • 588. However, in a world of impatience and immediate gratification, many were unsuccessful in their attempts at manifesting because they did not fully understand the process and prematurely concluded that “The Law” was bogus. One of the misunderstood aspects of this law is explained in the following excerpt from Conversations with God:
  • 589. “When it is said that a prayer has not been answered, what in actuality happened is that the most fervently held thought, word, or feeling has become operative. Yet what you must know, and here is the secret, it is always the thought behind the thought — what might be called the Sponsoring Thought — that is the controlling thought. If, therefore, you beg and supplicate, there seems a much smaller chance that you will experience what you think you are choosing, because the sponsoring thought behind every supplication is that you do not have what you wish. The Sponsoring Thought becomes your reality. The Sponsoring Thought is the primary thought; the prime force. It is the raw energy that drives the engine of human experience.” — NEALE DONALD WALSCH Conversations with God book 1 pg 12
  • 590. There is a distinct difference between “wishful thinking” and holding a fervently held belief – which is defined as:
  • 591. “A complete absence of doubt; having absolute faith.” “Confidence in the truth or existence of something not immediately susceptible to rigorous proof.”
  • 592. So, until you have attained a total conviction and belief, it is unlikely that what you desire will manifest.
  • 593. To achieve what it is that you want, you must first fully believe in your power — have no doubt — which means that you need to begin honing your powers of manifestation with something small that you have no emotional attachment to.
  • 594. Next, you must match the frequency or vibration of what you desire by consciously projecting that frequency; imagining what it feels like to have it in the present moment – a process corroborated in an ancient document:
  • 595. In “The Lost Teachings of Atlantis” by Jon Peniel it was conveyed: “All Is Vibration. All Vibration Follows Universal Law. All Gives All Receives. All Loves. All Vibration Seeks to Find its Own Level. To Find Any Level, Set Forth the Vibration. By Law You Will Go There. By Law it Will Come.”
  • 596. When you achieve that frequency fully expecting results, serendipitous events will “mysteriously” appear in the form of people, events, and circumstances. It is then that you must take action for these events are leading to the manifestation of what you desire.
  • 597. There is another important impediment to the power of manifestation which must be addressed: Your current beliefs.
  • 598. From the moment you arrived, you have been “downloaded” with information which has created your belief system which is responsible for creating your life experiences. Therefore, if there is any area in your life you would like to change, you must first become aware of the belief you are currently holding on that topic.
  • 599. “You form the fabric of your experience through your beliefs and expectations. You take your beliefs about reality as truth and often do not question them; they seem self-explanatory. They appear in your mind as statements of fact, far too obvious for examination. Therefore they are accepted without question too often. They are not recognized as beliefs about reality, but are instead considered characteristics of reality itself. Frequently such ideas appear indisputable, so a part of you that it does not occur to [will not] speculate about their validity. They become invisible assumptions, but they nevertheless color and form your personal experience.” — jane rOBERTs The Nature of Personal Reality pgs 16, 17
  • 600. Your beliefs also have a physiological component for they have created neural pathways in your brain you could think of as default computer software. Whenever you focus on a specific topic, a specific neural pathway is activated which triggers a knee-jerk response. The belief you hold on this topic is your dominant belief therefore, despite the fact that you may be doing daily affirmations and thinking joyfully about what it is that you want, your belief must first be reprogrammed or you will simply continue to attract whatever you are now experiencing.
  • 601. Throughout your life you have had experiences which carry strong emotional imprints. Traumatic experiences; moments of loss, hurt or betrayal create specific frequencies of energy that exist in your energy field and cannot be ignored, denied or swept under the rug. They are energy and as the Law of Conservation states: ‘Energy cannot be created nor destroyed.’ Nor can energy remain in a state of imbalance – it will always seek balance. Therefore, these repressed experiences will remain in your energy field as “Stuck Ch’i” — energy which has not yet been emoted or expressed.
  • 602. This repressed energy will continually seek balance/release by attracting more and more of the same energy thus creating an ongoing pattern or cycle of unpleasant experiences in your life – all having the same underlying frequency. These experiences will intensify until you recognize this pattern and heal/reprogram/release it by emoting the stuck energy and shifting your perspective to one that serves you. As you learned earlier, this is the exact same process that we go through as a collective. “As Above, So Below” – the Law applies to everything in life; the macrocosm and the microcosm.
  • 603. “Conclusions of current research in Nonlinear Dynamics are that the brain’s neural networks act as a system of attractor patterns and that stored memories act as attractors.” — Dr. DAVID r. HAWKINS Power Versus Force pg 35 www.veritaspub.com
  • 604. “The psychological rule says that when an inner situation is not made conscious, it happens outside as fate. That is to say, when the individual does not become conscious of his inner contradictions, the world must perforce act out the conflict and be torn into opposite halves.” — carl jung
  • 605. “Most of us respond to our environment with a collection of automatic responses. These patterns change only when we are forced to realize that they are no longer productive.” — gary ZUKAV The Dancing Wu Li Masters: pg 191
  • 606. Let’s now address these old programs, or excess baggage, which need to be reprogrammed.
  • 607. You may have been brought up to believe that ‘you must work hard for money,’ that ‘it doesn’t grow on trees,’ etc. Therefore, if you are currently experiencing a lack of money, these earlier ‘programs’ are responsible for creating that lack. In order to manifest something different, your newly focused thoughts must become more dominant than your original beliefs. Only then will you be able to achieve what it is that you want.
  • 608. “What lies unresolved below those murky waters will rust and tarnish all that you create in the foreground. ‘As Above, So Below’ applies to all of life — including your soul where all is manifest.” — PATRICIA CORI No More Secrets, No More Lies pg 182
  • 609. Whatever you are now experiencing in any area of your life will help to determine the belief you currently hold on that topic – a good thing, because these experiences will always let you know where your works lies.
  • 610. “Rather than pushing away or avoiding what we fear or judge within ourselves, we can hold these unresolved aspects of our psyche in the embrace of compassion. All of us have wounds and traumas that we bear. It is these pains, along with our greatest joys and aspirations that form the threads of our subconscious. All that we've endured - the light and the dark, the smooth and the gritty, the shimmering and the stained - together form the fabric of our soul's journey. They are the patterns of energy necessary to complete the glorious tapestry of our human experience. It is in the composition of these contrasting elements that our life gains richness and beauty. In the loom of our heart, every feeling finds its place within our wholeness and in the wholeness of life itself. Thus it is our job to let our hearts be big enough to contain all that we are. For it is through the heart that all things return to Source.” — Robert Sky
  • 611. There is another important element to the process of manifestation…
  • 613. When you were born, you came equipped with an internal guidance system that warns you when your thoughts are focused in the wrong direction.
  • 614. Just as your physical body warns you of a threat to its well being through physical pain...
  • 615. your emotional body warns you of a threat to its well being through emotional pain or bad feelings
  • 616. Although there are nuances to this premise which are covered in my “Life” book, in short, whenever you focus on a topic that is aligned with your meme, personal life’s plan, or what you believe, you will feel good. And if you continue to focus on that topic, by virtue of the law of attraction you will attract more of it — a good thing.
  • 617. However, when you focus on a topic that is not aligned with your meme, life’s plan, or what you believe, you will feel bad. And if you continue to focus on that topic, you will attract more of it — not a good thing.
  • 618. what you do in a ‘bad’ moment determines your future, for you can think of a ‘bad’ feeling as a…
  • 619. SIGN
  • 620. Your guidance system is alerting you to a “choice point”…
  • 622. What do you do in that moment?
  • 623. You think of a song the Spice Girls sang a few years ago…
  • 624. tell me what you want, what you really really want
  • 625. Once you determine what it is that you want, you then consciously shift your thoughts to that topic.
  • 626. In other words: Change stations so that you can experience what you prefer in life.
  • 627. The Law of Attraction and your inner guidance system are guiding you in your every moment...
  • 628. You just didn’t know it.
  • 629. “Of all the creatures of earth, only human beings can change their pattern. Man alone is the architect of his destiny. The greatest revolution in our generation is that of human beings, by changing the inner attitudes of their minds, can change the outer aspects of their lives.” — William James
  • 630. "I have come to the frightening conclusion that I am the decisive element. It is my personal approach that creates the climate. It is my daily mood that makes the weather. I possess tremendous power to make life miserable or joyous. I can be a tool of torture or an instrument of inspiration; I can humiliate or humor, hurt or heal. In all situations, it is my response that decides whether a crisis is escalated or de-escalated, and a person is humanized or de-humanized." — von goethe
  • 631. “To work magic is to weave the unseen forces into form; to soar beyond sight; to explore the uncharted dream realm of the hidden reality.” CHIEF STARHAWKE
  • 632. “Whatever the mind of man can conceive and believe, it can achieve.” "I am the master of my fate, I am the captain of my soul.” “Man alone has the power to transform his thoughts into physical reality; man, alone, can dream and make his dreams come true.” — napoleon hill
  • 633. Even corporate America is now embracing this premise
  • 634. Believe that anything you can imagine, you can make real.
  • 635. Can you now see why the ancient prophecies spoke of this era as ‘the great awakening’?
  • 636. And can you see why science and technology are posing a threat to humanity?
  • 637. For if we believe that we must build weapons to ‘eliminate’ the bad guys in our attempt to ‘save the world from evil,’ we will unwittingly create a reality that reflects those beliefs — just as we have done countless times in the past…
  • 638. The Law is absolute – unequivocal.
  • 639. Whatever we focus on: be it war, terrorism, or the state of the economy, we will magnetize evidence of those thoughts into our experience. In other words,
  • 640. What we sow with our dominant thoughts, we reap in our experience!
  • 641. And though some may argue that we survived the cold war without disaster, today a far more daunting threat exists.
  • 642. Unlike the past, where superpowers controlled weapons of mass destruction — those who understood the magnitude of this power and its repercussions — that is no longer the case.
  • 643. Today, any fanatic who wishes to procure nuclear weapons has the ability to do so. And I don’t know about you, but that makes me a bit uncomfortable. So, again let me stress the importance of the time we are now living, for…
  • 644. unless we advance our thinking and begin living from a more conscious perspective, those at more primary levels of consciousness, those who do not yet understand the bigger picture, will create the potential for a catastrophic event.
  • 645. And that is why this information was destined to be revealed today.
  • 646. Therefore, if we dismiss what the Ancients are telling us; if we choose to endlessly debate the veracity of this wisdom, it is likely that we will experience the same fate of those in Atlantis.
  • 647. “The world is in the condition it is in because of you, and the choices you have made, or failed to make. The Earth is in the shape it is in because of you, and the choices you have made, or failed to make. Your own life is the way it is because of you and the choices you have made, or failed to make.” — neale donald walsch Conversations With God Book 1 pg 50
  • 648. What choices are we now going to make?
  • 649. But bear in mind, we really don’t need to worry about making the wrong choice... In the schoolroom called planet Earth, we are given the opportunity to repeat this grade...
  • 650. For this evolutionary juncture will arrive again…
  • 652. And I don’t know about you, but another 25,920 years of darkness doesn’t sound too appealing to me!
  • 653. “You are now being provided the quintessential test: the ultimate initiation – to become masters in the new realm of human experience or sink into the confines of absolute limitation.” — PATRICIA CORI No More Secrets, No More Lies pg 83
  • 654. “Fatalism and indifference will never solve the monumental problem of how to avert world catastrophe. We must involve ourselves again with the miracle of life. We have opened the Pandora’s box of nuclear energy; we can also open, with the key of truth, the hidden treasure house of ancient wisdom waiting to be discovered in a forgotten manuscript, an ancient scroll, or in the unknown seat of knowledge within ourselves. We must rediscover our place in the world-picture, our original role as the partner of the Creator, helping to sow and harvest and make the earth once more a Garden.” — Edmond Bordeaux Szekely The Discovery of the Essene Gospel of Peace - pp 10-11
  • 655. “Distinguish between those who understand and those who agree. He who understands the Teaching will not tarry in applying it to life; He who agrees will nod and extol the Teaching as remarkable wisdom, but will not apply this wisdom to his life. There are many who have agreed, but they are like a withered forest, fruitless and without shade. Only decay awaits them. Those who understand are few, but like a sponge they absorb the precious knowledge and are ready to cleanse the horrors of the world with the precious liquid.” — the buddha
  • 656. We have now learned of the importance of the time we are living, the process of evolution and how it unfolds, the most formidable threat now facing humanity, as well as the ancient mystery of mysteries — the law of attraction, the power of thought and your inner guidance system. This knowledge provides the tools we need to resolve the issues we are now facing and create a promising future. However, it does not provide our left, logical brain with the proof it may need to take action, which brings us to...
  • 657. SECTION 5 The Obstacles We Must Remove From our Path Before We Can Progress Into the Next Stage of Evolution
  • 659. In Science and Technology...
  • 660. our current dominant meme. Those at the helm of our evolution, those guiding our way, those to whom we have given our power…
  • 661. Until we are able to identify and resolve the incongruities in Science and Technology, we will be unable to graduate to the next meme. And before we can identify these incongruities we must have a foundation of knowledge from which to identify them. Moreover, we must be able to make the connection between the Ancient wisdom and life experience. Therefore, to deem this thesis as legitimate, there must be proof of its validity. And there is! Quietly behind closed doors, scientific research, not considered mainstream, has been conducted over the past 50 years. This research has produced astonishing evidence which validates the ancient wisdom. And though you may think this is a slam-dunk, it is not. Why?
  • 662. Mainstream science refuses to acknowledge it. In fact, it is dismissed it as “nonsense.” I have been the unfortunate recipient of this type of dismissal. My older brother is a scientist and unequivocally loves me. However, as I excitedly began to share my discoveries with him, he stopped me midsentence and said: “Lauren: You are delusional! That stuff is crazy! If it cannot be validated by empirical evidence it is simply ridiculous. Use this barometer: if you can’t see it, don’t believe it for these claims are preposterous!” Delusional? Preposterous? Whoa – these words hit me like a brick wall. Why would he summarily dismiss something he knew nothing about? I would call this response “contempt prior to investigation.”
  • 663. Evidently I had just entered the ‘hallowed ground of science’ where you dare not question its basic tenets. But isn’t science an exploration of the unknown? This further intrigued me. I became driven to get to the bottom of this for surely there must be evidence to corroborate the ancient wisdom, so why wasn’t science aware of it? In fact, what does science believe? And how could Science have missed the most powerful law in the Universe: the law of attraction?
  • 664. To answer those questions and more, this section is devoted to honoring your left, rational, logical brain and providing it with evidence that will confirm, verify and validate what you have learned thus far.
  • 665. Author Dan Brown evidently encountered the same brick wall science has erected to protect its current beliefs...
  • 666. “Are we living in the dark ages? Still mocking the invisible force we cannot see nor comprehend? History teaches us that the strangest of ideas which we deride today will one day be our celebrated truths.” — DAN BROWN The Lost Symbol pg 308
  • 667. “Acceptance without proof is the fundamental characteristic of western religion. Rejection without proof is the fundamental characteristic of western science.” — GARY ZUKAV The Dancing Wu Li Masters: An Overview of the New Physics pg 86
  • 668. But the next dominant meme cannot assume power unless the current dominant meme relinquishes its power. Something it may not do easily…
  • 669. “Unveiling the truth is never easy. Throughout history, every period of enlightenment has been accompanied by darkness pushing in opposition.” — dan brown The Lost Symbol pg 409
  • 670. “For the most skeptical – allow me to remind you that there was an era where when even the brightest minds perceived the world as flat – for if the world was round, surely the oceans would spill off. To man at that time anyone espousing that the world was round would be mocked, ridiculed and even more so, if you proclaimed that there was an invisible force which holds everything to the surface of earth.” — DAN BROWN The Lost Symbol pg 307
  • 671. • “When Galileo discovered the moons of Jupiter, the astronomers of that time refused to accept or even look at these satellites because the existence of these moons conflicted with their accepted beliefs. So it is now with [Scientists] who refuse to examine and evaluate the considerable evidence being gathered… Their eyes stay tightly shut.” — DR. BRIAN WEISS Many Lives, Many Masters pg 10
  • 672. “The attainment of wisdom is slow and painful, and few are willing to relinquish familiar, even if inaccurate, views. Resistance to change or growth is considerable.” — Dr. David r. Hawkins Power Versus Force pg 195 www.veritaspub.com
  • 673. “Go ahead and act on all that you know. But notice that you’ve been doing that since time began. And look at what shape the world is in. Clearly, you’ve missed something. Obviously, there is something you don’t understand. That which you do understand may seem right to you, because ‘right’ is a term you use to designate something with which you agree. What you’ve missed will, therefore, appear at first to be ‘wrong.’ The only way to move forward is to ask yourself, ‘What would actually happen if everything I thought was ‘right’ was actually ‘wrong’?’ Every great scientist knows about this. When what a scientist does is not working, a scientist sets aside all assumptions and starts over. All great discoveries have been made from a willingness, and ability, to not be right. And that’s what’s needed here.” — neale Donald Walsch Conversations with God Book 1 pg 8
  • 674. The resistance from mainstream Science is formidable because this new knowledge challenges what we were taught to believe about the physical nature of our world and how life operates at the most fundamental level. This knowledge affirms that we have based our current worldview, as well as our entire medical system, upon assumptions which are invalid.
  • 675. And we are paying a high price for this resistance...
  • 676. People are suffering and dying prematurely as a result of the unwillingness of Science to acknowledge these incongruities.
  • 677. So, we have arrived at an impasse – with good news and bad news: The good news? By recognizing the incongruities in science, a new worldview will emerge which will provide solutions to problems we have previously been unable to resolve, thus allowing the evolution of mankind to proceed. The bad news? Because Science is the current dominant meme, we look to it to provide answers. However, Scientists are so heavily invested in their current belief system, we cannot rely upon them to provide the answers which will lead to a new worldview.
  • 678. “New paradigms put everyone practicing the old paradigm at great risk. The higher one’s position of power, the greater the risk. The more you have invested in it, the more you have to lose by changing paradigms.” — JOEL BARKER Paradigms: The Business of Discovering the Future pg 69
  • 679. “Since the history of science, scientists have vigorously fought off an onslaught of new ideas. This is because it is difficult to relinquish the sense of security that comes from a long and rewarding acquaintance with a particular world view.” — GARY ZUKAV The Dancing Wu Li Masters: An Overview of the New Physics pg 191
  • 680. “If there is anything that human history demonstrates, it is the extreme slowness with which the academic and critical mind acknowledges facts [that] threaten to break up the accepted system.” — WILLIAM JAMES
  • 681. "It must be remembered that there is nothing more difficult to plan, more doubtful of success, nor more dangerous to manage, than the creation of a new system. For the initiator has the enmity of all who would profit by the preservation of the old institutions and merely lukewarm defenders in those who would gain by the new ones." — Niccolo Machiavelli
  • 682. This presents a conundrum which forces you and I into a corner where we must make a choice: Are we going to wait for science to formulate a new worldview despite the fact that they are resistant and hostile to do so?
  • 683. Prominent physicist, Dr. Werner Heisenberg, has observed that we may be waiting for a long long time...
  • 684. “When new groups of phenomena compel changes in the pattern of thought... even the most eminent of physicists find immense difficulties. For the demand for change in the thought pattern may engender the feeling that the ground is about to be pulled from under one’s feet...I believe that the difficulties at this point can hardly be overestimated. Once one has experienced the desperation with which clever men of science react to the demand for a change in the thought pattern, one can only be amazed that such revolutions in science have actually been possible at all.” — Dr. Werner Heisenberg Across The Frontiers, 1974, pg 162
  • 685. Because this knowledge will not be receiving the “Good Housekeeping Seal of Approval” from science any time soon, the responsibility for the evolution of our civilization lies in the hands of those of us outside the scientific paradigm; those who care deeply about our planet and the human race.
  • 686. “As frightening or disempowering as world events may appear, these events are a much needed catalyst to provide a majority of people with a great opportunity to shake off the drug of indifference and stand for themselves and the greater society. This is a most positive aspect in social evolution for the tightening of the reins only stirs desire and determination.” — PATRICIA CORi No More Secrets, No More Lies pg 85
  • 687. Before we can make a difference though, we must understand the incongruities which exist in Science; where two plus two no longer equal four.
  • 688. These incongruities exist in the realm of physics — the study of how nature works or how the physical nature of our reality is now perceived. Some of the old theories and basic assumptions made in Newtonian Physics – the very foundation of science – are being challenged by the new science of Quantum Physics.
  • 689. But again, isn’t that how science evolves?
  • 690. “A different theory...isn’t that what has prefaced all major scientific breakthroughs and inventions throughout history? We discover a set of rules, formulae, or theories that apply and serve a purpose, and then discover that they must be modified or changed in order for us to progress further. It would seem that the laws of logic are inviolate, yet they can, on occasion, be eclipsed by others that supersede them. The higher principles govern the lower ones and foster the progression of human knowledge.” — Moira Timms Beyond Prophecies and Predictions pg 31
  • 691. The incongruities in science began to surface when the new science of quantum physics, new being 100 years old, was discovered. This placed science in a quandary because it hasn’t yet sorted out how quantum physics fits into the larger scheme, something Einstein recognized as common in many areas of science.
  • 692. “Why does this applied science, which saves work and makes life easier, bring us so little happiness? The simple answer runs: because we have not yet learned to make sensible use of it.” — Albert Einstein
  • 693. Why hasn’t science learned to make sensible use of it?
  • 694. I believe there are a few reasons:
  • 695. Scientists are very much like Congress…
  • 696. they all have their pet theories and biases, which ultimately results in stagnation.
  • 697. “Most scientists are “technicians;” they are not really interested in something new. Their field of vision is relatively narrow; their energies applied towards what is already known. Because their noses are so deeply buried in the bark of a particular tree, it is difficult to speak meaningfully to them of forests – the larger picture.” — GARY ZUKAV The Dancing Wu Li Masters: An Overview of the New Physics pg 263
  • 698. In addition, the field of science and medicine has grown so massive and complex, it is now divided into specialties within sub-specialties, somewhat like the family doctor who in the past, cared for you him/herself. Now he/she has assumed the role of a general contractor who determines what needs to be done and then sub-contracts the work to a specialist. This has created a system with no central organization which filters the massive data emanating from the various scientific disciplines, thus preventing evolution. Considering the speed by which we are able to exchange information today, breakthrough discoveries are taking place exponentially but there is no one “connecting the dots”; analyzing this data to see how it may apply to other areas in science which may lead to further breakthroughs. This is yet another underlying societal structure in need of reform in order to serve the highest good.
  • 699. Another reason that science has ignored the incongruities between Quantum Physics and Newtonian Physics? Scientists have always held that Quantum Physics was flawed in some way and that eventually someone would discover this flaw. However, for more than seventy years, rather than finding a flaw, scientific results have continually validated the tenets of Quantum Physics!
  • 700. “Quantum mechanics has explained everything from subatomic particles to stellar energy. It has never failed. It has no competition. It tells us that some of our commonsense ideas about the world are profoundly mistaken and deficient.” — GARY ZUKAV The Dancing Wu Li Masters: An Overview of the New Physics pg 290
  • 701. “I am going to present a very strong rational case for actually accepting what twentieth century physics, if taken seriously, tells us about ourselves... I shall argue that the time has come to examine the possibility that the mathematical structure of quantum theory is not deceiving us, but revealing an essential truth about ourselves and our place in nature. Quantum theory, if taken seriously,... says that our experiential knowings are the basic irreducible units.” — DR. HENRY R. STAPP from a lecture entitled “Knowings”
  • 702. “The dilemma posed by Quantum Physics shows that our ordinary ideas about the world are somehow profoundly deficient.” — DR. HENRY STAPP
  • 703. Despite the incongruities recognized by prominent physicists, science has not attempted to reformulate its views, but instead has stuck its head in the sand.
  • 704. If scientists were to validate the discoveries made in quantum physics and acknowledge their correlation with the ancient wisdom, the very foundation of science would be called into question. Of course, this would then allow for the explosion of knowledge the Ancients spoke of and subsequent evolution of Humankind. However, what science failed to realize was that evolution, or a paradigm shift of this magnitude, cannot be stopped.
  • 705. “You can resist a new paradigm but understand, you cannot stop the process. It will take place with or without you.” — JOEL BARKER Paradigms: The Business of Discovering the Future pg 149
  • 706. Let’s now delve into the incongruities between Newtonian Physics and Quantum Physics.
  • 707. What are the underlying tenets of Newtonian Physics?
  • 708. Newtonian Physics presumes that the physical nature of our reality operates in a mechanical predictable way.
  • 709. Just as we can predict that the hands on a clock will reach the one o’clock position every twelve hours, life was believed to operate in the same manner.
  • 710. Newtonian Physics tells us that there are invisible laws of nature such as cause and effect, gravity, force, and motion which provide a framework we exist within.
  • 711. Newtonian Physics presumes that our consciousness; our thoughts, beliefs, words and actions, have nothing to do with physical reality…
  • 712. that you and I are essentially visitors on this planet.
  • 713. And because we have no connection to our physical reality…
  • 714. we can observe, measure, and speculate about the physical nature of our world impartially.
  • 715. “Newton based his laws on sound experimental evidence and nothing else: He made no hypotheses. His criteria for validity was that anyone should be able to reproduce an experiment and come up with the same results. If it could be verified experimentally, it was true. If it could not, it was suspect.” — GARY ZUKAV The Dancing Wu Li Masters: An Overview of the New Physics pg 38
  • 716. The objective of Newtonian Physics was to…
  • 717. uncover the invisible laws of nature which would ultimately improve the quality of life.
  • 718. Science believed that the cause and effect relationships underlying life experience would be revealed by observing and experimenting with elements of physical reality.
  • 719. To determine if a cause and effect relationship was valid, science employed a ‘test of truth’ called ‘empirical evidence.’
  • 720. Here’s how it works: Let’s say that you and I discover a formula that cures cancer. A+B=C In order for our formula to be deemed truth – C - the result/effect we obtained must also be obtained by others who apply our formula. In other words, if anyone adds A + B, the result must be C.
  • 721. The only problem with that assumption?
  • 723. In many cases, formulae that had passed the test of empirical evidence were found to have an ‘effect’ only in a percentage of cases. So, A + B =?C? sometimes???
  • 724. Rather than our cure for cancer curing all people as dictated by empirical evidence – ‘the test of truth’ – some people became well while others did not.
  • 725. Even more incredulous, others became well, like Uncle Lazlo, after taking a placebo, a ‘Life saver’, which had absolutely no medicinal properties. A + B = “D”???
  • 726. According to Newtonian Physics, this is impossible. These results defy what is commonly held by the laws of Newtonian Physics. If A + B sometimes = C, and sometimes = D there is a problem with an underlying assumption in Newtonian Physics, wouldn’t you agree? But again, rather than acknowledging this incongruity - calling a spade a spade - and investigating further,
  • 727. Science dismissed the placebo- effect as an anomaly – an exception to the rule.
  • 728. “As the ultimate insult, a placebo has often been called a ‘dummy pill.’ But the human body, with its propensity to turn a person’s belief into a physical instruction, is not dumb.” — DR. HERBERT BENSON Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief
  • 729. “The placebo’s only legitimate role in medicine was assigned in the 1950’s when it became a benchmark by which to measure new drugs and techniques. In other words, if a new drug was no better than a placebo, it was considered a failure. Never mind that placebos were 30 to 90 percent effective; attention was focused on the next, ever stronger or more aggressive therapy, rather than on a mind/body impetus for healing.” — DR.HERBERT BENSON Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief
  • 730. Dr. Benson reveals numerous scientific studies which demonstrate the power of the placebo — the power of belief — and how it is impossible for the placebo-effect to be considered an exception to the rule.
  • 731. “Physicians could no longer dismiss the phenomenon [of placebos] as a relatively minor factor, because now it seemed to have an effect the majority of the time.” – Dr. Herbert Benson Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief -pg 31
  • 732. Dr. Benson’s research consistently validates the placebo-effect, the law of attraction, the power of belief — a higher universal law which supersedes the Newtonian definition of cause and effect.
  • 733. “In 1950, Dr. Stewart Wolf studied women who endured persistent nausea and vomiting during pregnancy. These patients swallowed small, balloon-tipped tubes that once positioned in their stomachs, allowed researchers to record the contractions associated with waves of nausea and vomiting. After receiving the tubes, the women were given a drug they were told would cure the problem. But in fact, they were given the opposite — syrup of Ipecac — a substance that causes vomiting. Remarkably, the patient’s nausea and vomiting ceased entirely and their stomach contractions, as measured through the balloons, returned to normal. Because they believed they received antinausea medicine, these women reversed the proven action of a powerful drug.” — DR. HERBERT BENSOn Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief pg 33
  • 734. A drug that had passed the test of empirical evidence…
  • 735. The following excerpt provides even more validation of the Law of Attraction.
  • 736. “In 1994, Dr. Alan Roberts and his colleagues at the Scripps Clinic and Research Foundation looked at medical and surgical treatments of bronchial asthma, herpes simplex cold sores, and duodenal ulcers. Employing a retrospective approach, Robert’s team studied treatments once thought to be successful but later debunked. They concluded, according to Clinical Psychology Review, that ‘under conditions of heightened expectations’ the power of the placebo-effect ‘far exceeds that commonly reported in literature.’ A full 70% of the patients they studied experienced excellent or good results from bogus treatments!” — DR. HERBERT BENSON Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief pg 31
  • 737. Even though there are countless scientific studies and mounting evidence that irrefutably validates the law of attraction, science had not questioned its basic assumptions but instead has offered another explanation... one that does not disrupt its current view. Enter...
  • 738. “Statistics” and “Margins of Error”
  • 739. The new line of reasoning?
  • 740. ‘Perhaps you’ll get better.’
  • 741. Perhaps? So, maybe the hands on our clock will reach the one o’clock position in 12 hours or maybe they won’t...?
  • 743. A powerful incentive not to buck the system.
  • 744. “Force always distorts truth for its own self-serving purposes.” — Dr. David r. Hawkins Power versus Force pg 150 www.veritaspub.com
  • 745. “We see best what we are supposed to see. We see poorly, or not at all, that data that does not fit into our paradigm. When that ‘wrong data’ shows up we will either ignore it as irrelevant or actually distort it until it fits our prevailing paradigm.” — JOEL Barker Paradigms: The Business of Discovering the Future pg 91
  • 746. “The first to see an illusion by which men have flourished for centuries surely stands in a lonely place. In that moment of insight he and he alone, sees the obvious which to the rest of the world appears as nonsense, or worse, madness or heresy.” — GARY ZUKAV The Dancing Wu Li Masters: An Overview of the New Physics pg 303
  • 747. Put yourself in the shoes of a scientist. Would you want to be the victim of a fierce campaign mounted against you; one where you were ridiculed, ostracized and finally your ideas so discredited that you became the joke of the scientific world? Unless you want your life to be a living hell, you will go along with the program and pretend that the ‘emperor has no clothes on’.
  • 748. “We want the facts to fit the preconceptions. When they don’t, it’s easier to ignore the facts than to change the preconception.” — Jessamyn West
  • 749. “If the facts don’t fit the theory, change the facts.” — Albert Einstein
  • 750. “The most difficult subjects can be explained to the most slow-witted man if he has not formed any idea of them already; but the simplest thing cannot be made clear to the most intelligent man if he is firmly persuaded that he already knows, without a shadow of doubt, what is laid before him.” — leo tolstoy 1897
  • 751. Author Marilyn Ferguson offers another insight. She tells us not to fear incongruities but to acknowledge them, for once acknowledged, they ultimately provide answers to mysteries that have long eluded us.
  • 752. “As scientists worked toward the elusive ultimate answers, bits of data here and there refused to fit into Newton’s scheme. This is typical of any paradigm. Eventually, too many puzzling observations pile up outside the old framework of explanation and strain it. Usually at the point of crisis, someone has a great heretical idea. A powerful new insight explains the apparent contradictions. It introduces a new principle, a new perspective. By forcing a more comprehensive theory, the crisis was not destructive, but instructive.” — Marilyn Ferguson The Aquarian Conspiracy pg 27
  • 753. And Dr. David R. Hawkins corroborates that perspective:
  • 754. “As in the case of the discovery of radio waves or x-rays, a sudden expansion of our awareness of the workings of the universe not only allows, but demands a recontextualization of our world view. Implications of new knowledge require a reworking of old ideas to form a larger context. Though it may occasion some intellectual stress, such scientific recontextualization of human behavior can expose the basic structures that underlie personal and social problems, thereby revealing their solutions.” — DR. DAVID r. HAWKINS Power versus Force pg 10 www.veritaspub.com
  • 755. Once again, you can clearly see how discomfort catalyzes evolution.
  • 756. Why doesn’t empirical evidence work?
  • 757. The realm of cause and effect is not governed solely by the laws of Newtonian Physics, but by Quantum Physics, where consciousness and the higher universal Law of Attraction reigns — a law the Ancients tell us is the most powerful law in the universe.
  • 758. “There are no 'causes’ in the observable world… the observable world is a world of effects.” — Dr. David r. Hawkins Power Versus Force pg 19 www.veritaspub.com
  • 759. The “Emerald Tablets of Thoth,” an ancient Egyptian document, corroborates that premise:
  • 760. “Know ye, O Man, that all of the future is an open book to him who can read. All effect shall bring forth its causes as all effects are from the first cause. Know ye that the future is not fixed or stable but varies as cause brings forth an effect. Look in the cause then thou shalt bring into being and surely thou shalt see all is effect.” — The Emerald Tablets of Thoth tablet 12
  • 761. “Society constantly expends its efforts to correct effects instead of causes, which is one reason why the evolution of consciousness proceeds so slowly. Others are: 1) Ignorance of the nature of consciousness itself. 2) Misunderstanding of the nature of causality.” — Dr. david r. hawkins Power versus Force pg 19 www.veritaspub.com
  • 762. Author Laurie Beth Jones provides more evidence of The Law of Attraction and illuminates another incongruity in Newtonian Physics.
  • 763. “Physicists are now aware of subatomic particles that hover in and around everything that exists. One interesting characteristic of these particles is that they seem to take on the properties or expectations of the scientists studying them.” — LAURIE BETH JONES The Path pg 72
  • 764. Physical matter responds to expectations? What does that mean?
  • 765. That consciousness indeed affects the physical nature of our reality.
  • 766. This premise is at the core of a basic tenet of Quantum Physics called Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle which states:
  • 767. we cannot observe anything in the world without affecting it.
  • 768. “As you are learning from Quantum Physics: the mere observation or knowledge of an experiment alters its outcome. For when one observes an experiment, one is exchanging energies and the waves of consciousness alter the reality - the consciousness of the matter - thereby affecting its evolution.” — PATRICIA CORI More Secrets, No More Lies pg 82,180, 181
  • 769. It appears that waves of consciousness consisting of our dominant thoughts or opinions influence every topic we focus upon.
  • 770. The tenets of Quantum Physics validate The Law of Attraction which calls into question the results of scientific research. For a researcher cannot obtain meaningful results, or determine “truth” if he or she has an expectation, because that expectation will influence the results of his or her research.
  • 771. To determine if a cause and effect relationship is valid there must be an objective observer conducting the experiment. This person must have no opinion about what they are observing.
  • 772. But Quantum Physics says that you cannot be unbiased!
  • 773. To understand how this premise dramatically undermines the world of science, let’s pretend that you are a scientist who wishes to conduct an experiment.
  • 774. Why do you want to conduct this experiment?
  • 775. You probably believe that it will provide you with information which will ultimately lead to the achievement of a goal.
  • 776. Why do you want to achieve this goal?
  • 777. Perhaps you want to cure some dreadful disease.
  • 778. Why do you wish to do that?
  • 779. You would alleviate a great deal of pain and suffering that exists in our world.
  • 780. Sound logical? But let’s dig deeper.
  • 781. Why did you enter the field of research? What was your intent in choosing this particular profession?
  • 782. After all you could have chosen another vocation, one where you were on a Hawaiian beach where you escorted tourists on excursions to swim with wild dolphins, right?
  • 783. But you chose the field of research and you had a reason for doing so. And because you had a reason...
  • 785. Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle tells us that you affect whatever you focus upon, therefore you inadvertently skew the results of what you are studying by sheer virtue of your studying it.
  • 786. “The experimenter’s choice of experiment determines what will manifest. There is no such thing as objectivity. We cannot eliminate ourselves from the picture. We are a part of nature, and when we study nature there is no way around the fact that nature is then studying itself. There is no such thing as the independent observer who can stand on the sidelines watching nature run its course without influencing it.” — GARY ZUKAV The Dancing Wu Li Masters: An Overview of the New Physics pg 93,112
  • 787. Rather than uncovering a cause and effect relationship through empirical evidence, the results obtained by research instead reflect the bias of that researcher.
  • 788. Does this sound like an incongruity to you?
  • 789. And this incongruity was exposed on Nightline about 10 years ago.
  • 790. While studying the effect of salt on our diet, two scientists arrived at opposing conclusions utilizing empirical evidence — the “test of truth:” One scientist had empirical evidence that proved that salt was good for our health, and a second scientist had empirical evidence that proved that salt was harmful to our health.
  • 791. But you can’t have it both ways. Empirical Evidence either works or it doesn’t.
  • 792. How has science dealt with this paradox?
  • 793. Science sought to resolve this dilemma by employing a “double-blind” approach while conducting experiments.
  • 794. I give Suzy a “recipe” without telling her what she’s going to make. She then passes the recipe onto Fred who cooks the ‘mystery’ dish. Fred is considered the ‘impartial observer’ because he doesn’t know what he is cooking, and the results of my recipe, ‘my original great idea,’ are supposedly distanced from my bias.
  • 795. The only problem with this approach?
  • 796. It doesn’t work either…
  • 797. “What an experimenter does has an intrinsic effect upon the results of an experiment, even in a distant, separated area.” — GARY ZUKAV The Dancing Wu Li Masters: An Overview of the New Physics pg 296
  • 799. Another tenet in Quantum Physics called Bell’s Theorem also confirms what the Ancients are telling us:
  • 800. That man and nature are interconnected by virtue of a matrix of energy.
  • 801. “Bell’s Theorem provides a mathematical proof that all the parts of the universe are connected in an intimate and immediate way previously claimed only by mystics and other scientifically questionable people.” — GARY ZUKAV The Dancing Wu Li Masters: An Overview of the New Physics pg 290
  • 802. Bell’s Theorem tells us that we could, in fact, ‘million-blind’ my recipe and the end result would still be affected by the energy created by my original great idea because that energy cannot be separated from me in the matrix of energy we are all a part of.
  • 803. A matrix some refer to as ‘Spirit’ or the Spirit of God.
  • 804. “All matter originates and exists only by virtue of a force which brings the particles of an atom to vibration and holds the most minute solar system of the atom together.... We must assume behind this force the existence of a conscious and intelligent mind. This mind is the matrix of all matter.” — DR. Max Planck: The ‘Father’ of Quantum Physics
  • 806. There is not an ‘us’ and a ‘them.’ There is only an ‘us,’ and rather than being powerless visitors on this planet, we impact every aspect of life.
  • 807. Another tenet in Quantum Physics called the Chaos Theory, tells us that even the smallest amounts of energy in motion have a profound effect on life.
  • 808. Fundamental to this theory is a tenet called the ‘Butterfly Effect’ which states:
  • 809. A butterfly fluttering its tiny wings today in Peking....
  • 810. ...can transform storm systems next month in New York!
  • 811. So, if a teeny- weeny little butterfly has the power to affect storm systems, imagine the effect that you have on the matrix of energy!
  • 812. Another tenet of Quantum Physics called ‘Probabilities’ also validates the Law of Attraction.
  • 813. Rather than there being one effect for a cause, in the realm of Probabilities a number of effects exist — just as they do in a game of Nintendo®.
  • 814. While playing this video game you encounter ‘choice points’ where you must move your character one direction or another. When you arrive at one of these points, there are a number of possibilities for you to choose from. You can move up, down, right, left, or choose not to move at all – which typically results in your demise...
  • 815. With each of your choices, you are choosing a future in this game of Nintendo®, unlike other futures that are also available.
  • 816. Life operates the same way. Throughout the day, each of us encounters a number of ‘choice points’ from trivial to monumental. With each choice we make, we are choosing one possibility out of many that will result in our future.
  • 817. Quantum Physics tells us that some possibilities have a higher probability of occurring than others.
  • 818. Up to this point in our evolution, the collective reality we have experienced was dictated by the greatest prevailing energy, the dominant beliefs of mankind. This is referred to as:
  • 820. The psychic message I received stated: “Things only happen when you make them happen. To let go and surrender is to let things happen to you. You have free will but must set things in motion.”
  • 821. “You are at the cause of your experience, not at the effect of it. At first you may not realize this, and so you may not be consciously creating your reality. Your experience will then be created by one of two other energies: your uncontrolled thoughts, or the collective consciousness.” — neale donald walsch Conversations With God book 3 pg 61
  • 822. The Ancients are telling us that we have now arrived at a point in our evolution where we must play the game of life as we would a game of chess.
  • 823. When we arrive at a choice point, a ‘point of power,’ we must consciously evaluate each possibility utilizing our inner guidance system, choose what we prefer, and then deliberately use the power of our thoughts to actualize that choice. In other words, consciously create/attract our future reality.
  • 824. We have now explored the incongruities in physics and learned that consciousness indeed plays a significant role in life experience just as the Ancients foretold!
  • 825. I am excited to report that Scientists are now exploring the power of consciousness and how relates to the physical world so we can utilize this power for the betterment of humanity.
  • 826. A number of laboratories have conducted myriad experiments utilizing thought and consciousness with astounding results. Among them: The Princeton Engineering Anomalies Research Lab (PEAR), the Institute of Noetic Science (IONS), and The Institute of HeartMath.
  • 827. These laboratories have demonstrated that focused human thought is a real and measurable force in this world having the ability to affect and change physical mass.
  • 828. Author Lynn McTaggart has discovered how to apply the power of consciousness and is conducting a series of experiments highlighted in her book “The Intention Experiment.”
  • 829. I will now share some of the results of this research:
  • 830. In the late 1970’s, Princeton professor, Robert Jahn, became intrigued with the whole idea of consciousness. He was curious to see if human thought could affect a random event generator – a small device which utilizes a simple computer program that produces an equal number of ones and zeros in random sequences as the laws of chance dictate. The numbers appear on a graph as a nearly flat line so any deviation would appear as a curve or spike.
  • 831. To test his theory, Professor Jahn allegedly pulled people off the street and asked them to focus on this generator. This idea seemed preposterous, for the computers were programmed to produce an even number of ones and zeros. Yet time and again, the mere thoughts of ordinary people produced deviations on the graph – deviations which defied the laws of mainstream science. These findings captivated another professor at Princeton, Dr. Roger Nelson, who was curious to see if the generators would produce an anomaly at a group meditation. Again deviations were recorded which should not have occurred, but they did. Even more interesting, the generators reported even greater deviations on September 5, 1997...
  • 832. a day when over one billion people watched the funeral services of the beloved Princess Diana.
  • 833. Dr. Nelson shared these findings with fascinated colleagues at a European conference in 1998 which spawned the Global Consciousness Project. Forty generators were installed at laboratories all over the world creating a network whimsically named “EGG,” or Electro-Gaia-Gram. Twenty-four hours a day, the generators clicked away an equal amount of zeros and ones unless a major event occurred in the world, such as:
  • 834. the O.J. Simpson trial, the Asian Tsunami, the Winter Olympics in Japan, Hurricane Katrina, the NATO bombing of Yugoslavia, as well as New Years Eve celebrations.
  • 835. Whenever a great number of people focused on a singular event, the generators reported a deviation.
  • 836. On September 11, 2001 the generators recorded an unparalleled increase in deviations all over the globe as people focused in horror on this tragedy.
  • 838. Furthermore, something else occurred on that fateful day: the generators reported deviations 4 hours prior to the towers being attacked – something inexplicable to this day.
  • 839. Two national weather monitoring satellites also detected a powerful spike in global magnetism on September 11. In readings broadcast every 30 minutes, satellites GOES-8 and GOES-10 detected a surge in Earth’s magnetic field strength that reached nearly 50 units higher than any data previously reported.
  • 841. These results demonstrate that focused mass consciousness affects physical reality, which begs the question: Can this power be harnessed for good?
  • 842. The Institute of HeartMath has conducted research which has recognized a correlation between significant worldwide events and the magnetic fields of Earth. Their research focuses on the more specific area of emotion – the magnetic frequencies of energy produced by thoughts and feelings.
  • 843. The Institute of HeartMath employs a team of experts from various scientific disciplines including neuroscience, cardiology, psychology, biochemistry, bioelectricity and physics. Their research has shown that emotions have a dramatic impact on health and well-being, as well as the magnetic fields of Earth! When we feel good, our hearts create coherence or a harmony in our heart rhythms and nervous systems. Conversely, when we feel bad, a state of incoherence is created resulting in an increased disorder in our heart rhythms and nervous systems. Their research indicates that emotions radiate outward like radio waves and are both detected by and affect the nervous systems of those around us, in addition to the magnetic fields of our planet.
  • 844. The magnetic fields of Earth exist between the surface of our planet and the inner edge of the ionosphere, approximately 40 miles high. Within this cavity there is a frequency the scientific community refers to as the “Schumann Resonance,” after German scientist W.O. Schumann who discovered this signal. The Ancients referred to this frequency as the average frequency of humanity or the “heartbeat of Earth.” Studies have shown that Earth’s heartbeat plays an important role in our physical and psychological health, as our hearts and brains are synchronized to this frequency. In fact, Dr. Wolfgang Ludwig advised NASA to install devices on spacecraft which simulate this frequency in order to stabilize an astronaut's health in space.
  • 845. Because our heart and brain waves are synchronized to the rhythm of the “Schumann Resonance,” it is theorized that this magnetic field can be utilized in a positive manner. The Institute of HeartMath believes that if a large number of people were to intentionally focus on a global crisis at a specific time with a coherent positive emotional feeling, the wave of energy produced could positively affect this crisis.
  • 846. With this idea in mind, The Institute of HeartMath established The Global Coherence Project with the goal of utilizing intentional collective thoughts to shift global consciousness from instability and discord, to balance, cooperation and enduring peace.
  • 847. Israel’s Weizmann Institute of Science has conducted research which supports that premise. In a highly controlled experiment utilizing the underlying premise of Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle – that we cannot observe anything in the world without affecting it – it was concluded: “The greater the amount of watching, the greater the observers influence on what actually takes place.”
  • 848. Channel Patricia Cori also corroborates that premise in “Atlantis Rising”: “The collective mind, or focused consciousness of many, can heal disharmony on any level. Strength is in clarity, unity, and intent.” pg 130 “An entire population can become disciplined in their focus using their minds, and the awareness of the power of their thoughts can unite to realize a common goal!” pg 134 “Group waves of light and love become beacons for those who are struggling in the darkness of their anxiety, fear and disharmony. If enough people unite for the light, the power of your thoughts will resonate with earth’s own electromagnetic frequencies.” pg 99 “United, the power of your focused thoughts and the love you bring forward through all actions, words, and expression can deflect the forces of darkness and neutralize those intentions.” 113
  • 849. Can this power be harnessed, and if so, how?
  • 850. “Thoughts have measurable mass and all mass has gravity, so if many people focus on a single thought simultaneously, the thoughts attract unto themselves – merge – and become one larger mass which responds to more gravity. Therefore, if enough people focus on the same thing, the gravitational force of those thoughts becomes tangible – it exerts actual force which can have a measurable effect on our world.” — DAN BROWN The Lost Symbol pg 495
  • 851. How might we utilize the power of consciousness to impact and mold everyday life experience?
  • 852. Imagine that a devastating hurricane is enroute to the heavily populated east coast of Florida. You receive a text message/email instructing you to find a place of solitude (even a bathroom stall) at 3:00 PM EST. At 3:00, you quiet your mind until you achieve a state of coherence. Then you “visualize” the hurricane being diverted to an area where it will be less devastating while simultaneously “dialing down” its velocity from a category 5 to a category 2...
  • 853. There is even more evidence which demonstrates the connection between thought and matter. Paradigm-shattering results utilizing thought have also been obtained in a Japanese laboratory.
  • 854. Dr. Masaru Emoto instructed people to focus various thoughts on glasses of water as the water froze. The results? The crystalline structure of the water was clearly affected; positive thoughts of love, beauty and kindness created beautiful symmetrical ice crystals, whereas negative thoughts produced misshapen and deformed ice crystals.
  • 855. You Make Me Sick, Adolph Hitler Heavy Metal Music I Will Kill You Thank You Love and Appreciation Mother Teresa
  • 857. Dr. Emoto has produced evidence showing that human energy — thoughts, words, ideas and music - affect the molecular structure of water; water which comprises over seventy percent of the human body and covers the same amount of our planet.
  • 858. Furthermore, laboratories all over the world have conducted experiments which demonstrate that thought affects…
  • 859. the growth rate of plants, the direction that fish swim in a bowl, the manner in which cells divide in a Petri dish, the synchronization of separately automated systems, the chemical reactions in one’s own body, the movement of subatomic particles, even cancer cells being transformed into healthy cells simply by having people think about them.
  • 860. Even more incredible, the hands of a faith healer were photographed with a CCD camera and showed streams of energy emanating through his fingertips literally changing the cellular makeup of his patient.
  • 861. 1937 Nobel Prize winner, Albert Szent-Gyorgyi tells us that mind/body/energy healing is not at all unusual…
  • 862. “In every culture and in every medical tradition before ours, healing was accomplished by moving energy.” — ALBERT SZENT-GYORGYI (1937 Nobel Prize Winner)
  • 863. “Laboratories all over the world have established that consciousness exists outside the confines of the human body; that it is a highly ordered energy capable of changing the physical world.” — DAN BROWN The Lost Symbol pg 55
  • 864. ...knowledge the Ancients prophesied that we would need to move into the next stage of evolution and...
  • 866. Experiment after experiment confirms the ancient wisdom and The Law of Attraction: the power of belief and the ability of consciousness to mold reality.
  • 867. And though all of this is spectacularly interesting dinner table conversation, is anyone putting two and two together and using this knowledge to help people?
  • 868. Many courageous doctors and scientists have discovered this knowledge and are now utilizing it to help people! And Dr. Herbert Benson is among them for he has harnessed the power of belief to heal patients that our current medical establishment have diagnosed as incurable! He has created a mind/body healing methodology called ‘remembered wellness’ and tells us:
  • 869. “In my thirty years of practicing medicine, I’ve found no healing force more impressive or more universally accessible than the power of the individual to care for him or herself. Together with colleagues, I found that in the patient cases we reviewed, the effect I call “remembered wellness,” was 70 to 90 percent effective, doubling and tripling the success rate that had always been attributed to the placebo-effect.” — Dr. HERBERT Benson Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief
  • 870. The results of Dr. Benson’s years of research and experience have led him to conclude:
  • 871. “We are, without a doubt, at a turning point in the history of utilizing belief in healing. As medical researchers, we expect some exceptions and anomalies from our statistics. But finding that patients who consistently follow doctor’s orders, believing that doing so would make them well were twice as likely to live, is sobering.” — Dr. Herbert Benson Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief pg 45
  • 872. “The medical system is in crisis... and the best remedy of all may lie in the yet untapped resources that our brilliant brains and visceral souls make possible.” — Dr. Herbert Benson Timeless Healing: The Power and Biology of Belief pg 95
  • 873. Just as Uncle Lazlo and his family were cured of their ailments by simply taking Lifesavers®, we are now beginning to recognize that it is not the medicinal properties in drugs that provide cures, but the beliefs that we, our doctors, or the original researcher holds about that medicine which results in a healing or lack of healing that occurs.
  • 874. And though we are now learning that it is thought and belief which are creating the results from pharmaceuticals, I do not advise throwing away your medications just yet. Your underlying “programmed” beliefs are extremely powerful, so this is one area where you will have to be judicious. You must first learn and practice the process of utilizing your power before taking any drastic steps which might impair your health.
  • 875. At the same time, this truth can no longer be ignored nor stifled for many people are utilizing this power to heal right now. As the Ancients explained, the Law of Attraction is the most powerful law in the universe. This law is responsible for the incongruities that exist in science today — incongruities that are now contributing to unnecessary suffering.
  • 876. Science, those to whom we have given our power, those currently at the helm of our evolution, will not be providing the leap in consciousness we now must take.
  • 877. For the miraculous ‘pill’ we were waiting for science to deliver, the panacea that would eliminate illness and make life better in myriad ways, is not coming from science…
  • 878. for that ‘pill’ exists within each of us.
  • 879. At the conclusion of the Wizard of Oz Dorothy believes that she will never be able to return to her loved ones back in Kansas.
  • 880. In this agonizing moment, Glinda, the good witch appears...
  • 881. Dorothy: ‘Oh, Glinda, can you please help me get back to Kansas?’
  • 882. Glinda: ‘You don’t need to be helped any longer. You always had the power to go back to Kansas. It was inside you.’
  • 884. Glinda: ‘She would not have believed me. She had to learn it for herself.’
  • 885. Just as you and I have to learn our lessons before we can progress into our next stage of evolution.
  • 886. What do the incongruities between Quantum Physics and Newtonian Physics ultimately reveal?
  • 887. That some basic tenets in science need to be replaced — Now.
  • 888. “The dichotomy of Newtonian physics and Quantum Physics leave us in a mess for the laws of Newtonian Physics are predicated upon a system which may not even exist. The entire structure of Newtonian Physics was based on the fact that there must be a frame of reference in which these laws are valid. The inability to find it made Newtonian Physics appear like a huge castle built on sand.” — GARY ZUKAV The Dancing Wu Li Masters: An Overview of the New Physics pg 126
  • 889. “With the discovery of quantum physics, your scientific community is redefining humanity’s command of celestial mechanics and the inner space of the subatomic realms... and what may contradict all of the known ‘laws’ of science today, very probably will be the discoveries of tomorrow.” — PATRICIA CORI Atlantis Rising -pg39
  • 890. Although we have illuminated numerous incongruities in science, Empirical evidence is still the standard methodology employed to determine “truth” thus creating a barrier we must overcome to progress into the next phase of evolution.
  • 891. And though I may not be a rocket scientist, I can put two and two together. So why can’t science?
  • 892. Fear. Too many scientists are trembling in fear for if they dare to expose the incongruities in science…
  • 893. if they dare to declare that the Emperor has no clothes on, surely they will be crucified…
  • 894. Who is this wizard who hides behind the curtain wielding a power so great that scientists tremble before him and dare not deviate from the old paradigm?
  • 895. Is there a Scientific supreme court which decides what is true and what is not?
  • 896. The time has come to form a multi- disciplinary scientific organization with the primary mission of serving the highest good.
  • 897. From my untrained perspective, I have concluded…
  • 898. The larger laws of Newtonian physics, such as gravity, force and motion, create a context or structure where consciousness, governed by the Law of Attraction, learns, plays and evolves.
  • 899. That’s it; pretty simple. Is there more to this? Probably, but it’s a matter of categorizing where one discipline ends and another begins. And from a practical standpoint? It’s all just rhetoric.
  • 900. The time has come to take this information out of the realm of the theoretical, esoteric and philosophical, into everyday life so that we can begin to improve the quality of life and resolve the myriad issues we are now facing.
  • 901. The world is waiting… Evolution is waiting…
  • 902. “We are approaching the end of science [as we now know it] - the coming of western civilization, in its own time and in its own way, into the higher dimensions of human experience.” — GARY ZUKAV The Dancing Wu Li Masters: An Overview of the New Physics pg 263
  • 903. “One day soon the light will dawn and mankind will finally begin to grasp the simple transformative truth of the ancient teachings and take a quantum leap forward in understanding his own magnificent nature.” — DAN BROWN The Lost Symbol pg 488
  • 904. “The world has now reached that point in history where mankind’s role can be decisive. This intelligent creature, a product of evolution, has become capable of obstructing, perhaps destroying, the very process which produced him. For evolution to have a future on Earth it is imperative that each man and woman extend his and her responsibility beyond their immediate concerns to the destiny of mankind and their planet.” — PIERRE TEILHARD DE CHARDIN
  • 905. Have I adequately argued my case and provided enough witnesses and evidence to open your mind to a new possibility? Are you ready to apply this knowledge to make a difference in your own life and our world?
  • 906. If so, let’s move onto section 6, the last section...
  • 907. SECTION 6 What You Can Do at This Critical Moment in History to Ensure a Promising Future
  • 908. Now that you understand the importance of the time we are living and have a more expansive insight of the bigger picture; Now that you’re aware of the most unsuspecting threat facing humanity and can identify the incongruities that exist in science; Now that the ‘mystery of mysteries’ has been revealed and you have learned that there are many areas of science which validate the ancient wisdom…
  • 909. you must weigh this evidence and arrive at a verdict
  • 910. Each of us has now arrived at a crossroads where we are being called upon to take responsibility for our own lives and our world.
  • 911. “The message is clear. If you want to be one of the first into the new paradigm, you cannot wait for large amounts of evidence. In fact, you have to do exactly the opposite. You must trust your intuition — your non-rational judgment – and take the plunge; make a leap of faith into the new paradigm.” — JOEL Barker Paradigms: The Business of Discovering the Future pg 83
  • 912. As you begin to utilize the law of attraction to improve the quality of your life, you will simultaneously help to raise the consciousness on Earth and usher in a promising future for humankind.
  • 913. Will it be easy? No. It’s going to take dedication, determination and discipline. But together we can do it, for we are now aware of our authentic power.
  • 914. “A contemporary understanding of personal evolution – your acceleration into fully conscious twenty-first century human beings – requires profound introspection, commitment, and integration of the logical and intuitive halves of the mind. It entails clearing old programming, release of blocked energy forms, and a new approach to living as caretakers of the celestial being upon which you reside and take nourishment. Involved is the full awakening of the heart and the silencing of the ego-driven self.” — patricia cori Atlantis Rising -pg 1
  • 915. You can also make a difference by sharing this information with others for we are told in Conversations with God:
  • 916. “You have to raise consciousness before you change consciousness.” — Neale Donald Walsch Conversations with God Book 3 pg 293
  • 917. And don’t be shy about sharing this information for today, especially today, people are in pain, on their knees praying, hungering for answers which provide hope for the future.
  • 918. “The time of the Great Awakening is come. Your hands have been chosen to reach the lonely, your eyes to see innocence, not guilt, and your lips to utter words of comfort. Let pain be no more. Teach the lessons you have learned. Your understanding has been given not only for yourself, but to guide a sore and tired world to a new consciousness. You are important, you are needed, and you are worthy. The hope of the world has been planted inside you. This is the healing of Planet Earth.” — LEE CAROLL The Indigo Children
  • 919. In Conversations with God, author Neale Walsch was instructed to share the information he was receiving but he was hesitant for he thought he would be persecuted. This was the answer he was given:
  • 920. “I have chosen you to be my messenger. You and many others. As you have been gifted with higher knowledge, so, too, will you gift others, giving to them the unspeakable treasure: themselves. Let this be your task, let this be your greatest joy: to give people back to themselves. For now, during the times immediately ahead, the world will need many voices to speak the words of truth for which millions long. You have no obligation, only opportunity. Why do it? Because you want the pain to stop. You want the suffering to end. The world waits for you. Heal it. Now. In the place where you are. It takes great courage. Are you ready?” — Neale Donald Walsch Conversations With God book 1 pg 144
  • 922. Do we need to inform the whole world?
  • 923. No. We only need a small percentage dedicated to learning and applying the higher truths.
  • 924. “Never doubt that a small group of thoughtful committed people can change the world. Indeed, it’s the only thing that ever has.” — Margaret Mead
  • 925. How can just a few people change the world?
  • 926. Just as our little butterfly has a profound effect on the matrix of energy, as each of us applies this knowledge to our lives we will have an exponentially powerful effect on the matrix that will propel humanity into the next stage of evolution.
  • 927. “Ideas, messages and behaviors spread like viruses and if they grow to what some refer to as critical mass, or the minimum number required for something to happen, they arrive at a tipping point where the momentum for change becomes unstoppable.” — MALCOLM Gladwell The Tipping Point
  • 928. Millions are sensing that a paradigm shift of human consciousness is underway and have a strong desire to heal the human race and our planet. You can help to make a difference by participating in The Global Coherence Project at: www.globalcoherenceproject.org or 800-998-8786
  • 929. Thomas, a ten year old psychic child in Bulgaria communicated the following message to Humankind: “Your emotions are the key. It is the tool you will use to draw the chosen world into your conscious experience. Your collective emotions have the ability to influence weather patterns and even to end wars. You have done this many times without realizing it. If you continue to claim the world you want by ‘feeling’ that world in your emotions, then it will be so. But if you continue to be influenced by the fear that is so present today, then the world will reflect that. We, your children, are asking that you choose love over fear…Use your feelings of love to draw the reality you really want.”
  • 930. Millions have now learned ‘The Secret’ and are now on the cusp of making a momentous leap into a higher consciousness.
  • 931. “As soon as we begin to harness our power we will have enormous control over our world. We will be able to design reality rather than merely react to it.” — DAN BROWN The Lost Symbol
  • 932. “Someday, after mastering the winds, the waves, the tides and gravity, we shall harness for God the energies of love, and then, for a second time in the history of the world, man will have discovered fire.” — Pierre Teilhard de Chardin
  • 933. “My hope is that my work might undo the very sources of pain, suffering and failure, and assist the evolution of human consciousness to rise to a level of joy that should be the essence of man’s experience.” — DR. DAVID r. HAWKINS Power Versus Force pg 14 www.veritaspub.com
  • 934. “We are on the verge of a truly great period of illumination. Of all the people who have ever lived, in all the eras of history – we are the lucky ones to be experiencing this pivotal moment in history. We are now in that narrow window of time during which we will bear witness to our ultimate renaissance.” — DAN BROWN The Lost Symbol pg 409
  • 935. The next stage of evolution has been called…
  • 936. The Age of the Gods The Fifth World of Peace The Golden Age of Truth and Knowledge The New Age of Harmony, Balance and Unity The Age of Aquarius
  • 937. Spiral Dynamics refers to the next dominant meme as the “Integrative” meme where those in power will have a level of consciousness that understands and respects each meme for the gift each contributes to the whole. Does this sound like a future you can look forward to?
  • 938. Since the dawning of time, man has sought an ideal haven imbued in joy, love, peace, harmony, prosperity and purpose. Every culture on the face of this planet has a name for this ideal:
  • 939. Shambhala, Utopia, Eden, Paradise, Nirvana, Shangri-la, Moksha, Heaven…
  • 940. The deep yearning within our souls to create this ideal has been the driving force that has taken us through countless lessons and brought us to this unprecedented moment in time — a moment where we have the ability to manifest this ideal.
  • 941. However, many possible futures exist for us to choose from and choose we must, say the Ancients.
  • 942. I’d like you to consider the following two possible futures.
  • 943. “Evolution made civilization steward of this planet. One hundred thousand years later, the steward stood before evolution; not healer, but parasite. A gifted society in so many ways, trapped at last by its greed and lack of vision. It ravaged the forests into desert, consumed the soul of the land in mine-pits and waste, smothered its air and its oceans, sterilized the earth with radiation and poisons. A million million chances it had to change, but it would not. From the ground it dug luxury for a few, jobs for the rest, and graves for the children of all. In the end, the children didn’t agree, but the children had come too late. How could a civilization have been so blind?” — RICHARD BACH One -pgs 227-228
  • 944. The second future was portrayed by French visionary Pierre Teilhard de Chardin:
  • 945. “There is now incontrovertible evidence that we have entered upon the greatest period of change the world has ever known. The ills from which we are suffering have had their seat in the very foundation of human thought. But today something is happening to the whole structure of human consciousness. A fresh new kind of life is starting. We are the children of transition, not yet fully conscious of the new powers that have been unleashed: there is for us in the future not only survival but superlife.” — Pierre Teilhard de Chardin
  • 946. Which future will humankind choose?
  • 947. Will we turn a blind eye in denial and apathy?
  • 948. Will we continue to abdicate our power to those we believe to be more powerful?
  • 949. Will we maintain our addiction to the potent drug of indifference?
  • 950. Or will we have the courage to embrace the ancient knowledge and actualize that superlife?
  • 952. or not to be…
  • 953. That really is the question.